<PAGE>   1
 
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 7, 1996.
 
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                            ------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             CALIFORNIA                             3559                             94-3125814
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

 
                              3550 BASSETT STREET
                         SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054
                                 (408) 986-9888
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF THE
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                                 NORMAN H. POND
                             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD,
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
                              3550 BASSETT STREET
                         SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054
                                 (408) 986-9888
  (NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
                          CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
                GARI L. CHEEVER, ESQ.                                ALAN K. AUSTIN, ESQ.
             BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON                      WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI
                TWO EMBARCADERO PLACE                              PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
                   2200 GENG ROAD                                     650 PAGE MILL ROAD
             PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94303                          PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94304
                   (415) 424-0160                                       (415) 493-9300
</TABLE>

 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  / /
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
                            ------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>               <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS                AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE       AGGREGATE OFFERING       AMOUNT OF
OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED(1)        PER SHARE(2)             PRICE(2)         REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, no par value.....  2,587,500 shares         $19.625              $50,779,686           $17,511
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 
(1) Includes shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase to cover
    over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(c). The proposed maximum offering price per share is
    based on the average of high and low sale prices for a share as reported on
    the Nasdaq National Market on June 5, 1996.
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
                 SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION
                         REQUIRED BY ITEMS OF FORM S-1
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND HEADING      HEADING OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
        -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
  <C>   <S>                                              <C>
    1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
        Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus.........  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                         Prospectus
    2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
        Prospectus.....................................  Inside Front Cover Page; Page 3;
                                                         Available Information
    3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
        Earnings to Fixed Charges......................  Summary; Risk Factors; The Company
    4.  Use of Proceeds................................  Summary; Use of Proceeds
    5.  Determination of Offering Price................  Outside Front Cover Page;

                                                         Underwriting
    6.  Dilution.......................................  Dilution
    7.  Selling Security Holders.......................  Not applicable
    8.  Plan of Distribution...........................  Outside Front Cover Page; Summary;

                                                         Underwriting
    9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.....  Summary; Capitalization; Description
                                                         of Capital Stock
   10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.........  Legal Matters
   11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant.....  Outside Cover Page; Summary; Risk
                                                         Factors; The Company; Dividend
                                                         Policy; Selected Consolidated
                                                         Financial Data; Management's
                                                         Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                         Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                         Business; Management; Certain
                                                         Transactions; Principal and Selling
                                                         Shareholders; Shares Eligible for
                                                         Future Sale; Consolidated Financial
                                                         Statements
   12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
        Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities....................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 7, 1996
 
                                      LOGO
 
                                2,250,000 SHARES
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     Of the 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby 1,500,000 shares are
being sold by Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") and 750,000 shares are
being sold by the Selling Shareholders. See "Principal and Selling
Shareholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
these shares by the Selling Shareholders. On June 5, 1996, the last sale price
of the Company's Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was
$19.25 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock." The Common Stock is quoted
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "IVAC."
 
                             ---------------------
 
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING AT PAGE 6.
 
                             ---------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
       COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
         ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
            TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 

<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      UNDERWRITING                                PROCEEDS TO
                                  PRICE TO           DISCOUNTS AND          PROCEEDS TO             SELLING
                                   PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS            COMPANY(1)           SHAREHOLDERS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share................            $                     $                     $                     $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(2).................            $                     $                     $                     $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 
(1) Before deducting expenses, payable by the Company, estimated at $350,000.
 
(2) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to an additional 337,500 shares of Common Stock solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If such option is exercised in
    full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and
    Proceeds to Company will be $                    , $               and
    $                    , respectively.
 
                             ---------------------
 
     The Common Stock is offered by the Underwriters as stated herein, subject
to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order
in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of such shares will be made
through the offices of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC ("Robertson, Stephens &
Company"), San Francisco, California, on or about               , 1996.
 
ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY                                  HAMBRECHT & QUIST
                 The date of this Prospectus is        , 1996.

<PAGE>   4
 
                     [INSIDE FRONT COVER GRAPHICS TO COME]
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND OTHER SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS, IF ANY, OR THEIR AFFILIATES MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

<PAGE>   5
 
     NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY SELLING SHAREHOLDER OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY, ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES
OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE
THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY
TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
                             ---------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Summary...............................................................................   4
Risk Factors..........................................................................   6
The Company...........................................................................  15
Use of Proceeds.......................................................................  17
Price Range of Common Stock...........................................................  18
Dividend Policy.......................................................................  17
Capitalization........................................................................  18
Selected Consolidated Financial Data..................................................  20

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..........................................................................  22
Business..............................................................................  32
Management............................................................................  52
Certain Transactions..................................................................  60
Principal and Selling Shareholders....................................................  62
Description of Capital Stock..........................................................  63
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................................  65
Underwriting..........................................................................  67
Legal Matters.........................................................................  68
Experts...............................................................................  68
Available Information.................................................................  68
Glossary..............................................................................  69
Index to Financial Statements.........................................................  F-1
</TABLE>

 
                             ---------------------
 
     Intevac is a registered trademark of the Company, and D-Star is a trademark
of the Company. This Prospectus also includes trademarks of companies other than
Intevac.
 
                                        3

<PAGE>   6
 

                                    SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information, including "Risk Factors," and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus
contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set
forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 

                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") is a leading supplier of static
sputtering systems and related manufacturing equipment used to manufacture
thin-film disks for computer hard disk drives. Sputtering is a complex vacuum
deposition process used to deposit multiple thin-film layers on a disk. The
Company's principal product, the MDP-250B, was introduced in 1994 and is the
fourth generation of the Company's Magnetic Disk Processing ("MDP") system. The
MDP-250B system enables disk manufacturers to achieve high coercivities, high
signal-to-noise ratios, minimal disk defects, durability and uniformity, all of
which are necessary in the production of high performance, high capacity disks.
Additionally, the Company's static systems allow disk manufacturers to achieve
low production costs through high yield, high uptime, and low acquisition,
operating and facilities costs. The Company's primary objective is to be the
industry leader in supplying disk sputtering equipment by providing disk
sputtering systems which have both the highest overall performance and the
lowest cost of ownership in the industry. To leverage its expertise in thin-film
disk production, the Company has acquired and intends to acquire technologies or
businesses that enable it to expand its current product offerings. In addition,
the Company believes that its expertise and technology may have applications
other than for thin-film disk manufacturing and is in the process of expanding
its product offerings to other areas, such as the flat panel display industry.
 
     The market for thin-film disks is growing rapidly, driven primarily by
growing demand for personal computers and hard disk drives and by increasing
requirements for data storage capacity. These requirements for capacity are
increasing with the development of more memory intensive software, including
complex operating systems such as Windows 95 and programs such as multimedia
computing applications and more powerful and faster microprocessors and other
computer hardware. Because of the increasing demand for reliable, rapid access
storage and the intense competitiveness in the disk drive industry, disk drive
manufacturers continually seek to produce higher capacity disk drives at a lower
cost per megabyte of storage.
 
     Traditionally, thin-film disk manufacturers used in-line systems for disk
sputtering. In 1982, Varian formed a business unit to design a disk sputtering
system to address certain inherent limitations of the in-line sputtering
architecture. That business, acquired by the Company in 1991, developed a single
disk, multiple chamber static sputtering system, similar in concept to the
single wafer processing machines used by the semiconductor industry. The
Company's static systems differ from in-line systems in that static sputtering
provides for deposition with no relative movement between the sputtering source
and the disk being coated. This provides advantages in disk uniformity and
precise control of process parameters. The benefits of the static approach have
caused a number of leading disk manufacturers to purchase the Company's static
systems.
 
     The Company typically sells its static sputtering systems for between $2.5
million and $3.0 million to both captive and merchant thin-film disk
manufacturers. Since 1991, Intevac systems have been installed for or ordered by
the following customers: Akashic Memories, Fuji Electric, Hitachi, HMT
Technology, IBM, Komag, Mitsubishi, Seagate Technology, Trace Storage Technology
and Western Digital. Based on data published by TrendFOCUS, an independent
market research firm, the Company believes it has the largest number of
installed static sputtering systems worldwide. Based upon MDP shipments, the
Company believes it had 80 systems installed as of March 30, 1996. The Company
sells and markets its products directly in the United States, and through
exclusive distributors in Japan, Taiwan and Korea. The Company has established a
subsidiary in Singapore to support customers in Southeast Asia. The Company's
backlog was $45.6 million at March 30, 1996.
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   7
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
                                  THE OFFERING
Common Stock offered by the Company.................  1,500,000 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholders....  750,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after the Offering.........  13,750,959 shares(1)
Use of proceeds.....................................  For general corporate purposes, including
                                                      working capital and possible acquisitions
Nasdaq National Market symbol.......................  IVAC
</TABLE>

 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED      PRO FORMA
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       ---------------------     COMBINED
                                           -----------------------------    APRIL 1,    MARCH 30,      THREE
                                             1993       1994      1995        1995        1996       MONTHS(2)
                                           --------   --------   -------    --------    ---------    ----------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues:
    Disk, flat panel and other...........  $ 16,026   $ 18,266   $42,187    $  4,674     $15,126      $ 17,596
    MBE..................................     6,370      2,185       695         695          --            --
                                            -------    -------   -------     -------     -------       -------
         Total net revenues..............    22,396     20,451    42,882       5,369      15,126        17,596
  Cost of net revenues:
    Disk, flat panel and other...........     9,749     11,799    27,280       3,244       9,203        11,029
    MBE..................................     5,417        858       434         434          --            --
                                            -------    -------   -------     -------     -------       -------
         Total cost of net revenues......    15,166     12,657    27,714       3,678       9,203        11,029
                                            -------    -------   -------     -------     -------       -------
  Gross profit...........................     7,230      7,794    15,168       1,691       5,923         6,567
  Operating income.......................       192      2,031     8,015         480       2,657         2,903
  Income from continuing operations......        66      1,675     5,765         467       1,897         1,971
  Income (loss) from discontinued
    operations...........................     1,457      (267)     1,335       1,335          --            --
  Net income.............................  $  1,523   $  1,408   $ 7,100    $  1,802     $ 1,897      $  1,971
  Income per share from continuing
    operations(3)........................  $   0.01   $   0.16   $  .054    $   0.05     $  0.15      $   0.16
  Net income per share(3)................  $   0.15   $   0.14   $  0.67    $   0.18     $  0.15      $   0.16
  Shares used in per share
    calculations(3)......................    10,305     10,285    10,606      10,295      12,631        12,631
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           MARCH 30,
                                                              1996
                                                           ----------                          PRO FORMA
                                                             ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(2)     AS ADJUSTED(2)(4)
                                                           ----------     ------------     -----------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments......   $ 16,690        $  6,194            $33,275
  Working capital........................................     19,851           6,787             33,868
  Total assets...........................................     58,604          57,246             84,327
  Long-term liabilities..................................        730             730                730
  Total shareholders' equity.............................     29,218          23,383             50,464
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 30, 1996. Excludes
    928,304 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options
    outstanding as of March 30, 1996 at a weighted average exercise price of
    $4.26 per share. See "Management -- 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan,"
    "-- Employee Stock Purchase Plan" and Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements. Subsequent to March 30, 1996 the Company issued
    options to purchase 312,500 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average
    exercise price of $9.85 per share.
 
(2) The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations presents the
    combined results of Intevac, San Jose Technology Corp. ("SJT") and Lotus
    Technology, Inc. ("Lotus") and assumes the SJT acquisition took place on
    January 1, 1996 and the Lotus acquisition took place on February 1, 1996.
    The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations combines the
    historical statement of operations information for Intevac for the three
    months ended March 30, 1996 with the historical statement of operations for
    SJT for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the historical statement
    of operations for Lotus for the three months ended April 30, 1996. The $5.8
    million charge relating to these acquisitions of in-process technology is
    excluded from the pro forma condensed combined statement of operations. The
    pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes the acquisition occurred
    as of March 31, 1996 for SJT and April 30, 1996 for Lotus and combines
    Intevac's March 30, 1996 balance sheet, SJT's March 31, 1996 balance sheet
    and Lotus' April 30, 1996 balance sheet. See"Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and Unaudited
    Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
 
(3) See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered by
    the Company hereby. See "Capitalization."
 
     Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Prospectus
assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. See
"Underwriting."
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   8
 

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following risk
factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its
business before purchasing shares of the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS
 
     The Company's operating results have historically been subject to
significant quarterly and annual fluctuations. The Company derives most of its
net revenues from the sale of a small number of sputtering systems. The number
of systems accepted by customers in any particular quarter has varied from zero
to four and, as a result, the Company's net revenues and operating results for a
particular period could be materially adversely affected if an anticipated order
for even one system is not received in time to permit shipment and customer
acceptance during that accounting period. The Company's backlog at the beginning
of a quarter may not include all system orders needed to achieve the Company's
sales objectives for that quarter. Orders in backlog are subject to
cancellation, and although the Company generally requires a deposit on orders
for its systems, such deposits may not be sufficient to cover the expenses
incurred by the Company for the manufacture of the cancelled systems or fixed
operating expenses associated with such systems to the date of cancellation.
From time to time, in order to meet anticipated customer demand, the Company has
manufactured disk sputtering systems in advance of the receipt of orders for
such systems. The Company expects to continue this practice in the future. In
the event that anticipated orders are not received as expected, then the Company
could be materially adversely affected as the result of higher inventory levels
and increased exposure to surplus and obsolete inventory write-offs. Orders may
be subject to delay, deferral or rescheduling by a customer. From the date the
Company receives an order, it often takes more than six months before the net
revenues from such order are recognized and even longer before final payment is
received. The relatively long manufacturing cycles of many of the Company's
products has caused and could cause shipments of such products to be delayed
from one quarter to the next, which could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations for a
particular quarter. Announcements by the Company or its competitors of new
products and technologies could cause customers to defer purchases of the
Company's existing systems, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     Installing and integrating new sputtering systems into the thin-film disk
manufacturing process requires a substantial investment by a customer.
Therefore, customers often require a significant number of product presentations
and demonstrations, as well as substantial interaction with the Company's senior
management, before making a purchasing decision. Accordingly, the Company's
systems typically have a lengthy sales cycle during which the Company may expend
substantial funds and management time and effort with no assurance that a sale
will result. Furthermore, the Company's expense levels are based, in part, on
its expectations as to future net revenues. If revenue levels are below
expectations, operating results are likely to be adversely affected. Net income,
if any, may be disproportionately affected by a reduction in net revenues
because a proportionately smaller amount of the Company's expenses varies with
its net revenues. The impact of these and other factors on the Company's sales
and operating results in any future period cannot be forecasted with certainty.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, the Company expects its quarterly operating
results to fluctuate significantly and may in certain quarters be below the
expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event it is likely
the price of the Company's Common Stock would be materially adversely affected.
 
     The Company believes that its operating results will continue to fluctuate
on a quarterly and annual basis due to a variety of factors. These factors
include the cyclicality of the thin-film disk manufacturing and disk drive
industries, patterns of capital spending by customers, the timing of
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   9
 
significant orders, order cancellations and shipment reschedulings, market
acceptance of the Company's products, unanticipated delays in design,
engineering or production or in customer acceptance of product shipments,
changes in pricing by the Company or its competitors, the timing of product
announcements or introductions by the Company or its competitors, the mix of
systems sold, the relative proportions of sputtering systems, system components
and subassemblies, and contract research and development net revenues, the
availability and cost of components and subassemblies, changes in product
development costs, expenses associated with any acquisitions and exchange rate
fluctuations. Over the last nine quarters the Company's operating income (loss)
as a percentage of net revenues has fluctuated from approximately (32)% to 27%
of net revenues. The Company anticipates that its operating margin will continue
to fluctuate. As a result, the Company believes that period-to-period
comparisons of its results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and
should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
CYCLICALITY OF THE MEDIA MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY
 
     The Company's business depends upon capital expenditures by manufacturers
of thin-film disks, including manufacturers that are opening new fabrication
facilities, expanding or upgrading existing facilities or replacing obsolete
equipment, which in turn depend upon the current and anticipated market demand
for hard disk drives. The disk drive industry is cyclical and historically has
experienced periods of oversupply. Within the past year, most media
manufacturers have announced programs for capacity expansion. In addition,
Hyundai has announced plans to commence media manufacturing. This industry-wide
increase in capacity may lead to a period of oversupply of thin-film disks,
resulting in significantly reduced demand for thin-film disk production and for
the capital equipment used in such production, including the systems
manufactured and marketed by the Company. In recent years, particularly in very
recent periods, the disk drive industry has experienced significant growth,
which, in turn, has caused significant growth in the capital equipment industry
supplying manufacturers of thin-film disks. There can be no assurance that such
growth will continue particularly in very recent periods. The Company
anticipates that a significant portion of new orders will depend upon demand
from thin-film disk manufacturers building or expanding fabrication facilities,
and there can be no assurance that such demand will exist. The Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected by downturns or slowdowns in the disk drive market. See
"Business -- Industry Background."
 
     Sales of the Company's systems depend, in significant part, upon the
decision of a prospective customer to replace obsolete equipment or to increase
manufacturing capacity by upgrading or expanding existing manufacturing
facilities or constructing new manufacturing facilities, all of which typically
involve a significant capital commitment. In addition, the cyclicality of the
disk drive industry, among other factors, may cause prospective customers to
postpone decisions regarding major capital expenditures, including purchases of
the Company's systems. In the event customers delay the purchase of the
Company's systems, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
INTENSE COMPETITION
 
     The Company experiences intense competition worldwide from three principal
competitors, Ulvac Japan, Ltd. ("Ulvac"), Leybold A.G. ("Leybold") and Anelva
Corporation ("Anelva"), each of which is a large manufacturer of complex vacuum
equipment and thin-film disk manufacturing systems
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   10
 
and has sold a substantial number of thin-film disk sputtering machines
worldwide. Leybold is a manufacturer of static and in-line sputtering systems,
Ulvac is a manufacturer of in-line systems and Anelva is a manufacturer of
static systems, and each has substantially greater financial, technical,
marketing, manufacturing and other resources than the Company. The Company also
experiences competition from other manufacturers of in-line sputtering systems
used in thin-film disk fabrication facilities as well as the manufacturers of
thin-film disks that have developed the capability to manufacture their own
sputtering systems. There can be no assurance that the Company's competitors
will not develop enhancements to, or future generations of, competitive products
that will offer superior price or performance features or that new competitors
will not enter the Company's markets and develop such enhanced products.
Furthermore, the failure of manufacturers of thin-film disks currently using
in-line machines and manufacturers using internally developed sputtering systems
to switch to static sputtering systems in the future could adversely affect the
Company's ability to increase its sputtering system market share.
 
     In addition, the Company's three principal competitors are based in foreign
countries and have cost structures and system prices based on foreign
currencies. Accordingly, currency fluctuations could cause the Company's
dollar-priced products to be less competitive than its competitors' products
priced in other currencies. Currency fluctuations could also increase the
Company's cost structure relative to those of its competitors, which could make
it more difficult for the Company to maintain its competitiveness.
 
     Given the lengthy sales cycle and the significant investment required to
integrate a disk sputtering system into the manufacturing process, the Company
believes that once a thin-film disk manufacturer has selected a particular
supplier's disk sputtering equipment, the manufacturer generally relies upon
that equipment for the specific production line application and frequently will
continue to purchase its other disk sputtering equipment from the same supplier.
The Company expects to experience difficulty in selling to a particular customer
for a significant period of time if that customer selects a competitor's disk
sputtering equipment. Accordingly, competition for customers in the disk
sputtering equipment industry is particularly intense, and suppliers of disk
sputtering equipment may offer pricing concessions and incentives to attract new
customers, which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Because of these competitive factors, there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully in the
future. See "Business -- Competition."
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
     Historically, a significant portion of the Company's revenues in any
particular period have been attributable to sales to a limited number of
customers. The Company's largest customers change from period to period as large
thin-film disk fabrication facilities are completed and new projects are
initiated. Western Digital, Matsubo and Trace Storage Technology ("Trace")
accounted for 21%, 14% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's total net
revenues during 1993, and Trace, Matsubo, Seagate Technology ("Seagate"), Varian
Associates and Komag accounted for 25%, 15% 13%, 12% and 10%, respectively, of
the Company's total net revenues during 1994. Seagate, HMT Technology and
Matsubo accounted for 40%, 20% and 17%, respectively, of the Company's total net
revenues during 1995.
 
     The Company expects that sales of its products to relatively few customers
will continue to account for a high percentage of its net revenues in the
foreseeable future. For example, a majority of the Company's backlog as of March
31, 1996 represented orders from Seagate for a new facility Seagate is
constructing in Singapore. In the event Seagate experiences a significant delay
in the construction of the new facility, or to the extent Seagate defers the
completion of its construction, the Company's net revenues and operating results
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, Seagate recently acquired
Conner Peripherals ("Conner"). Conner has significant disk media manufacturing
operations, uses an internally developed in-line disk sputtering system and has
never purchased a system from the Company. There can be no assurance that the
combined entity will not favor Conner's
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   11
 
internally developed disk sputtering system over the Company's system or delay,
reduce or cease purchases of the Company's products for other reasons or that
this acquisition will not otherwise have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. None of the
Company's customers has entered into a long-term agreement requiring it to
purchase the Company's products. As purchases related to a particular new or
expanded fabrication facility are completed, sales to that customer may decrease
sharply or cease altogether. If completed contracts are not replaced on a timely
basis by new orders from the same or other customers, the Company's net revenues
could be adversely affected. The loss of a significant customer, any reduction
in orders from any significant customer or the cancellation of a significant
order from a customer, including reductions or cancellations due to customer
departures from recent buying patterns, financial difficulties of a customer or
market, economic or competitive conditions in the disk drive industry could
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
LIMITED NUMBER OF OPPORTUNITIES
 
     The Company's business depends upon capital expenditures by manufacturers
of thin-film disks, of which there are a limited number worldwide. According to
TrendFOCUS, an independent market research firm, as of the end of 1995 there
were 187 installed disk sputtering lines (sputtering systems and related
equipment such as plating, polishing, texturing, lubrication and test equipment
as well as related handling equipment) worldwide and only 14 companies in the
world with five or more installed disk sputtering lines. Therefore, winning or
losing an order from any particular customer could significantly affect the
Company's operating results. In addition, the Company's opportunities to sell
its systems are further limited by the fact that many of the manufacturers of
thin-film disks have adopted an in-line approach as opposed to the Company's
static approach to thin-film disk manufacturing. These manufacturers have
invested significant amounts of capital in their in-line systems, and there may
be significant resistance to change to a static approach in the future. At times
the Company has derived a significant proportion of its net revenues from sales
of its systems to manufacturers constructing new thin-film disk fabrication
facilities. The construction of new thin-film disk fabrication facilities
involves extremely large capital expenditures, resulting in few thin-film disk
fabrication facilities being constructed worldwide at any particular time. A
substantial investment is also required by disk manufacturers to install and
integrate additional thin-film disk manufacturing equipment in connection with
upgrading or expanding their existing fabrication facilities. These costs are
far in excess of the cost of purchasing the Company's system. The magnitude of
such capital expenditures has caused certain thin-film disk manufacturers to
forego purchasing significant additional thin-film disk manufacturing equipment.
Consequently, only a limited number of opportunities for the Company to sell its
systems may exist at any given time. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business -- Sales
Channel, Customers and Marketing."
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     The disk drive industry in general, and the thin-film disk manufacturing
industry in particular, are characterized by rapid technological change and
evolving industry standards. As a result, the Company must continue to enhance
its existing systems and to develop and manufacture new systems with improved
capabilities. This has required and will continue to require substantial
investments by the Company in research and development to advance its
technologies. The failure to develop, manufacture and market new systems, or to
enhance existing systems, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. In the past, the
Company has experienced delays from time to time in the introduction of, and
certain technical difficulties with certain of its systems and enhancements. In
addition, the Company's competitors can be expected to continue to develop and
introduce new and enhanced products, any of which could cause a decline in
market demand for the Company's systems or a reduction in the Company's margins
as a result of intensified price competition.
 
                                        9

<PAGE>   12
 
     Changes in the manufacturing processes for thin-film disks could also have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. The Company anticipates continued changes in the
requirements of the disk drive industry and thin-film disk manufacturing
technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
develop, manufacture and sell systems that respond adequately to such changes.
In addition, the data storage industry is subject to constantly evolving
technological standards. There can be no assurance that future technological
innovations will not reduce demand for thin-film disks. The Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected by any trend toward technology that would replace thin-film disks as a
storage medium.
 
     The Company's success in developing and selling new and enhanced systems
depends upon a variety of factors, including accurate prediction of future
customer requirements, technology advances, cost of ownership, introduction of
new products on schedule, cost-effective manufacturing and product performance
in the field. The Company's new product decisions and development commitments
must anticipate the requirements for the continuously evolving disk drive
industry approximately two or more years in advance of sales. Any failure to
accurately predict customer requirements and to develop new generations of
products to meet those requirements would have a sustained material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
New product transitions could adversely affect sales of existing systems, and
product introductions could contribute to quarterly fluctuations in operating
results as orders for new products commence and orders for existing products
decline. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
selecting, developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or enhancements
of existing products. See "Business -- Research and Development."
 
MANAGEMENT OF EXPANDING OPERATIONS
 
     The Company has recently experienced a period of rapid expansion in its
operations that has placed, and could continue to place, a significant strain on
the Company's management and other resources. The Company's ability to manage
its expanding operations effectively will require it to continue to improve its
operational, financial, and management information systems, and to train,
motivate and manage its employees. If the Company's management is unable to
manage its expanding operations effectively, the Company's results of operations
could be adversely affected.
 
     The Company's operating results will depend in significant part upon its
ability to retain and attract qualified management, engineering, manufacturing,
marketing, customer support and sales personnel. The Company has recently
undertaken to attempt to hire a significant number of qualified technical and
marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense and the Company
has had difficulties attracting such personnel, and there can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel.
The failure to attract and retain such personnel could make it difficult to
undertake or could significantly delay the Company's research and development
efforts and the expansion of its manufacturing capabilities or other activities,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Employees."
 
MANUFACTURING RISKS
 
     The Company's systems have a large number of components and are highly
complex. The Company may experience delays and technical and manufacturing
difficulties in future introductions or volume production of new systems or
enhancements. In addition, some of the systems built by the Company must be
customized to meet individual customer site or operating requirements. The
Company has limited manufacturing capacity and may be unable to complete the
development or meet the technical specifications of its new systems or
enhancements or to manufacture and ship these systems or enhancements in a
timely manner. Such an occurrence would materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations as well as its
relationships with customers. In addition, the Company may incur substantial
unanticipated costs early in a product's life cycle, such as increased cost of
materials due to expediting charges, other purchasing inefficiencies and
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   13
 
greater than expected installation and support costs which cannot be passed on
to the customer. Any of such events could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Due to recent
increases in demand, the average time between order and shipment of the
Company's systems may increase substantially in the future. The Company's
ability to quickly increase its manufacturing capacity in response to short-term
increases in demand, if any, could be limited given the complexity of the
manufacturing process, the lengthy lead times necessary to obtain critical
components and the need for highly skilled personnel. The failure of the Company
to satisfy any such short-term increases in demand and to keep pace with
customer demand would lead to further extensions of delivery times, which could
deter customers from placing additional orders, and could adversely affect
product quality, which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     In certain instances, the Company is dependent upon a sole supplier or a
limited number of suppliers, or has qualified only a single or limited number of
suppliers, for certain complex components or sub-assemblies utilized in its
products. In addition, the Company makes extensive use of suppliers serving the
semiconductor equipment business, and such suppliers may choose to give priority
to their semiconductor equipment customers that are much larger than the
Company. Any prolonged inability to obtain adequate deliveries could require the
Company to pay more for inventory, parts and other supplies, seek alternative
sources of supply, delay its ability to ship its products and damage
relationships with current and prospective customers. Any such delay or damage
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company conducts substantially all of its manufacturing activities at
its leased facilities in Santa Clara, California. The Company's Santa Clara
facility is located in a seismically active area. A major catastrophe (such as
an earthquake or other natural disaster) could result in a prolonged
interruption of the Company's business. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
FLAT PANEL DISPLAY MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT RISKS
 
     In 1995, the Company spent approximately $2.5 million to fund the
development of equipment for use in the flat panel display ("FPD") industry,
approximately 72% which was paid for by third parties. In exchange for certain
development funding, the Company has granted to one of its development partners
the exclusive rights to manufacture and market the Company's FPD sputtering
systems in Japan. The Company has limited experience in the development,
manufacture, sale and marketing of FPD manufacturing equipment, having sold only
two rapid thermal processing ("RTP") systems to date and having not yet
completed development of its FPD sputtering system. FPD sputtering systems are
designed to coat glass panels with thin films of various materials. The coated
glass panels are used in the manufacture of FPD screens. There can be no
assurance that the market for FPD manufacturing equipment targeted by the
Company will develop as quickly or to the degree that the Company currently
anticipates, or that the Company's proposed FPD manufacturing equipment will
achieve customer acceptance or that the Company will achieve any net revenues
from the sale of proposed FPD manufacturing equipment. There can be no assurance
that the Company will receive additional customer sponsored research and
development funding in the future. The failure to receive additional customer
sponsored research and development funds could result in the Company internally
funding the development of such FPD manufacturing equipment and the costs of
such research and development may have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company in
any event will continue to fund research and development in the FPD area. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Flat Panel Display Project" and "-- Research and
Development."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES AND OPERATIONS
 
     Sales to customers in countries other than the United States accounted for
32%, 40%, 20% and 45% of revenues in 1993, 1994, 1995 and the first three months
of 1996, respectively. The Company anticipates that international sales will
continue to account for a substantial portion of net revenues in the future. In
addition, the Company has orders from Seagate, a domestic customer, to deliver
and
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   14
 
install a significant number of machines in Seagate's manufacturing facility in
Singapore. In order to effectively service customers located in Singapore and
the surrounding region, the Company has established a sales and service
operation in Singapore. Sales and operating activities outside of the United
States are subject to certain inherent risks, including fluctuations in the
value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies, tariffs,
quotas, taxes and other market barriers, political and economic instability,
restrictions on the export or import of technology, potentially limited
intellectual property protection, difficulties in staffing and managing
international operations and potentially adverse tax consequences. There can be
no assurance that any of these factors will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. In
particular, although the Company's international sales have been denominated in
United States dollars, such sales and expenses may not be denominated in dollars
in the future, and currency exchange fluctuations in countries where the Company
does business could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
PATENTS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     The Company currently has 23 patents issued in the United States, and has
pending patent applications in the United States and foreign countries. Of the
23 patents, seven relate to sputtering, 11 relate to RTP, one relates to
lubrication systems and four relate to other areas not in Intevac's mainstream
business. The Company has the right to utilize certain patents under licensing
arrangements with Litton Industries, Varian Associates, Stanford University,
Lawrence Livermore Radiation Laboratories and Alum Rock Technology. There can be
no assurance that any of the Company's patent applications will be allowed or
that any of the allowed applications will be issued as patents. There can be no
assurance that any patent owned by the Company will not be invalidated, deemed
unenforceable, circumvented or challenged, that the rights granted thereunder
will provide competitive advantages to the Company or that any of the Company's
pending or future patent applications will be issued with claims of the scope
sought by the Company, if at all. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
others will not develop similar products, duplicate the Company's products or
design around the patents owned by the Company. In addition, there can be no
assurance that foreign patent rights, intellectual property laws or the
Company's agreements will protect the Company's intellectual property rights.
Failure to protect the Company's intellectual property rights could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
     There have also been substantial amounts of litigation in the technology
industry regarding intellectual property rights. The Company has from time to
time received claims that it is infringing third parties' intellectual property
rights. In August 1993, Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell") sued the
Federal government alleging infringement of certain patent rights with respect
to the contracts the Federal government has had with a number of companies,
including Intevac. The Federal government has notified Intevac that it may be
liable to the Federal government in connection with contracts for certain
products from the Company's discontinued night vision business. Although the
Company believes it will have no material liability to the Federal government
under these contracts, there can be no assurance that the resolution of the
claims by Rockwell with the Federal government will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. In
addition, the Company has recently become aware that a third party has sent
correspondence to a consortium, of which the Company is a party, in a proposed
government sponsored research and development program claiming that the work to
be done under this program may infringe patents owned by this third party. The
Company and its subcontractors have reviewed the correspondence and patents and
believe these claims are without merit; however, there can be no assurance that
litigation will not result from such development program. There can be no
assurance that other third parties will not in the future claim infringement by
the Company with respect to current or future patents, trademarks or other
proprietary rights relating to the Company's disk sputtering systems, flat panel
display manufacturing equipment or other products. Any present or future claims,
with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation,
cause product shipment delays or require the Company to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements. Such royalty or
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   15
 
licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to
the Company, or at all. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, the Company believes that one of its competitors may be infringing
the Company's patent rights in connection with products currently being offered
by this competitor. Although the Company has not undertaken formal legal
proceedings, the Company has informed this competitor that the Company believes
its patent rights are being infringed and that the Company may undertake
litigation to protect its patent rights if necessary. If undertaken, such
litigation could be costly, time-consuming and result in legal claims being made
against the Company. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition, and, in addition, there
could be no assurance that the Company would ultimately prevail in any such
litigation. See "Business -- Patents and Intellectual Property."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company's operating results will depend significantly upon the
continued contributions of its officers and key management, engineering,
marketing, customer support and sales personnel, many of whom would be difficult
to replace. The Company does not have an employment agreement with any of its
employees or maintain key person life insurance with respect to any employee.
The loss of any key employee could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees of
the Company are currently required to enter into a confidentiality agreement as
a condition of their employment. However, these agreements do not expressly
prohibit the employees from competing with the Company after leaving its employ.
See "Business -- Employees."
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Company's business strategy includes acquiring technologies or
businesses that enable it to expand its current product offerings in the
thin-film disk manufacturing market. The Company has completed three
acquisitions during 1996 and expects that it may pursue additional acquisitions
in the future. Any future acquisitions may result in potentially dilutive
issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, cash payments and
contingent liabilities and amortization expense related to intangible assets
acquired, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the Company will
not be able to use the "pooling of interests" method of accounting, due to a
shareholder being greater than a 50% holder of the Company's Common Stock prior
to the Company's initial public offering, in connection with any acquisition
consummated prior to November 21, 1997, and the Company will therefore be
required to amortize any intangible assets acquired in connection with any
additional acquisitions consummated during that period.
 
     The Company expects to incur a charge to operations currently estimated to
be approximately $5.8 million in the quarter ended June 29, 1996, to reflect the
purchase of in-process research and development pursuant to the two acquisitions
subsequent to March 30, 1996. In addition, the Company intends to amortize
intangible assets of approximately $10.1 million of costs relating to the two
acquisitions subsequent to March 30, 1996 as well as the acquisition completed
during the first quarter of 1996. The amortization period for such costs will be
over useful lives, which range from two years to seven years. Such amounts are
preliminary estimates and therefore subject to change. Additional, unanticipated
expenses may be incurred relating to the integration of technologies and
research and development and administrative functions. Any acquisition will
involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the
acquired company's employees, operations and products, uncertainties associated
with operating in new markets and working with new customers, the potential loss
of the acquired company's key employees as well as the costs associated with
completing the acquisition and integrating the acquired company. See "Use of
Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business -- Strategy."
 
                                       13

<PAGE>   16
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
     The Company is subject to a variety of governmental regulations relating to
the use, storage, discharge, handling, emission, generation, manufacture,
treatment and disposal of toxic or other hazardous substances, chemicals,
materials or waste. Any failure to comply with current or future regulations
could result in substantial civil penalties or criminal fines being imposed on
the Company, or its officers, directors or employees, suspension of production,
alteration of its manufacturing process or cessation of operations. Such
regulations could require the Company to acquire expensive remediation or
abatement equipment or to incur substantial expenses to comply with
environmental regulations. Any failure by the Company to properly manage the
use, disposal or storage of, or adequately restrict the release of, hazardous or
toxic substances could subject the Company to significant liabilities. See
"Business -- Environmental Regulations."
 
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     The Company believes that factors such as announcements of developments
related to the Company's business, fluctuations in the Company's operating
results, failure to meet securities analysts' expectations, general conditions
in the disk drive and thin-film media manufacturing industries and the worldwide
economy, announcements of technological innovations, new systems or product
enhancements by the Company or its competitors, fluctuations in the level of
cooperative development funding, acquisitions, changes in governmental
regulations, developments in patents or other intellectual property rights and
changes in the Company's relationships with customers and suppliers could cause
the price of the Company's Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition,
in recent years the stock market in general, and the market for small
capitalization and high technology stocks in particular, has experienced extreme
price fluctuations which have often been unrelated to the operating performance
of affected companies. Such fluctuations could adversely affect the market price
of the Company's Common Stock. Many companies in the disk drive industry,
including the Company, have recently experienced historic highs in the market
price for their common stock. There can be no assurance that the Company's
Common Stock will not decline substantially from its historic highs or otherwise
experience significant fluctuations in the future. See "Price Range of Common
Stock."
 
CONCENTRATION OF STOCK OWNERSHIP
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the present directors and their
affiliates and executive officers will, in the aggregate, own beneficially
approximately 64.8% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock assuming
no exercise of the underwriters' over allotment option, and 63.3% of the
Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock assuming full exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option. As a result, these shareholders, acting
together, would be able to effectively control all matters requiring approval by
the shareholders of the Company, including the election of a majority of the
directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. See "Principal and
Selling Shareholders."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market following this offering could adversely affect the market price for the
Company's Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale
in the public market is limited by restrictions under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and lock-up agreements under which the
holders of such shares have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of
their shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. However,
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time
without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up
agreements. As a result of lock-up agreements, based on 13,750,959 shares
outstanding as of March 30, 1996, the following shares of Common Stock will be
eligible for future sale. On the date of this Prospectus, 4,907,448 shares,
including the 2,250,000 shares offered hereby, will be eligible for sale. In
addition,
 
                                       14

<PAGE>   17
 
6,043,511 shares (and, to the extent vested, an additional 928,304 shares
subject to outstanding stock options as of March 30, 1996) will be eligible for
sale 90 days after the date of this Prospectus upon expiration of lock-up
agreements. Upon the expiration of the lock-up period (or earlier upon the
consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC), 5,883,333 of these shares
(including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options) will become
eligible for sale subject to the volume restrictions of Rule 144 and 160,178 of
these shares will become eligible for sale without restrictions under Rule 144.
In addition to these shares, 2,800,000 shares held by certain funds associated
with Dougery & Wilder are not subject to lock up and would be eligible for sale
subject to the volume restrictions of Rule 144. If those shares are distributed
by such Dougery & Wilder funds to the partners in these funds, a substantial
number of those shares would be eligible for sale without restrictions under
Rule 144. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." After this offering, the
holders of 7,950,622 shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain demand
and piggyback registration rights with respect to such shares. If such holders,
by exercising their demand registration rights, cause a large number of shares
to be registered and sold in the public market, such sales could have an adverse
effect on the market price for the Company's Common Stock. If the Company were
required to include a Company-initiated registration shares held by such holders
pursuant to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights, such sales may
have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise needed capital. See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."
 
     The Company has filed registration statements on Form S-8 to register
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under its stock incentive and
employee stock purchase plans. Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to these
plans from time to time will be available for sale in the public market, subject
to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates.
 
                                       15

<PAGE>   18
 

                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") was formed in 1990 for the
purpose of acquiring certain businesses, assets and liabilities from Varian
Associates, Inc. ("Varian"). In February 1991, the Company acquired Varian's
disk sputtering equipment business, night vision device business and molecular
beam epitaxy ("MBE") equipment business. The night vision device business
designed, manufactured and sold night vision goggles and devices for military
and commercial customers. The MBE business designed, manufactured and sold
molecular beam epitaxy machines used for the design and production of advanced
materials.
 
     In October 1993, certain assets of the MBE division were exchanged for a
20% ownership in the outstanding stock of Chorus Corporation ("Chorus"), a St.
Paul, Minnesota manufacturer of molecular beam epitaxy products. The Company
retained the rights to sell certain residual assets of the MBE business not
exchanged with Chorus Corporation. Disposition of these assets was completed
during the first quarter of 1995.
 
     In 1994, the Company purchased certain assets from Aktis Corporation and
purchased certain patents from Baccarat Electronics, Inc. which formed the
genesis of the Company's Rapid Thermal Processing ("RTP") business. The Company
is developing an RTP system for use in the production of flat panel displays
under government research and development contracts with the United States
Department of Defense's Advanced Research Projects Agency ("ARPA"). To date the
Company has sold two RTP systems.
 
     In May 1995, the Company completed the sale of its night vision business to
Litton Systems, Inc. for cash. The Company retained certain engineering
personnel from the night vision business as well as some government contracts
for research and development work in photocathodes, various applications of that
technology and development of processes for making thin-film transistors with
sputtered materials. This activity was organized with the RTP business to form
the Advanced Technology Division ("ATD"). ATD expects to continue this type of
work and will seek continued customer support for research and development
activities.
 
     In July 1995, the Company entered into an agreement to transfer its
leasehold interest in the Ground Lease with The Board of Trustees of the Leland
Stanford Junior University for the former Palo Alto site of its discontinued
night vision operations (the "Palo Alto Site") to 601 California Avenue LLC, a
California limited liability company (the "LLC"), a company formed and owned by
most of the shareholders of the Company, in which the Company owns an interest
in the form of a Preferred Share. The Ground Lease is fully paid and expires in
the year 2053. The leasehold interest was transferred in exchange for a
Preferred Share in the LLC valued at $3.9 million and having an aggregate
liquidation preference equal to the current fair market value of the Palo Alto
Site. The Company and the LLC will cross-indemnify each other for potential
environmental claims relating to acts prior to and subsequent to the transfer of
the Palo Alto Site, respectively. The Preferred Share in the LLC accrues an
annual 10% cumulative preferred return which is not payable until the property
is developed and is generating operating cash flow, which is not expected prior
to the end of 1998, if at all. The Preferred Share is currently recorded on the
Company's books at $2.4 million which represents the Company's historical
carrying value with the leasehold interest in the Palo Alto Site. The Company is
accounting for the investment under the cost method. The annual 10% cumulative
preferred return is not payable until the Site is developed and generating cash
flow. There is no assurance that the cumulative preferred return will ever be
paid.
 
     In August 1995, the Company agreed with its Series A Preferred shareholders
to exchange all of its outstanding Series A Preferred shares for shares of
Common Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock was exchanged for
two-thirds of a share of Common Stock and $0.76, which was based on a valuation
from an independent appraiser. The Company paid a total of $9.9 million to its
Series A Preferred shareholders as part of this exchange transaction.
 
                                       16

<PAGE>   19
 
     In August 1995, the Company declared a one time dividend of $0.495 per
outstanding share of Common Stock. An aggregate of $4.9 million of dividends
were paid to the Company's Common shareholders. The Company has no plans to pay
dividends in the future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
     In August 1995, the Company sold its 20% ownership in Chorus, which
represented 1,250,000 shares of Chorus stock to an individual for $500,000 in
cash and a note for $2,380,000. This note bears interest at 12.5% per year with
principal and interest payable in installments through August 1997. The note is
secured by 1,033,000 shares of Chorus stock. The sales price of the Chorus stock
exceeded the net carrying value of the Company's investment in Chorus by
approximately $1,800,000. Due to the inherent uncertainties regarding the
performance of an individual making the remaining installment payments on the
note, the Company will defer the gain on the sale and recognize it under the
cost recovery method.
 
     During 1995, the Company redeemed all the outstanding shares of its
redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock held by Varian for $6.1 million in cash. The
Series 1 Preferred Stock was issued to Varian in connection with the acquisition
of certain Varian assets by the Company in 1991.
 
     In January 1996, the Company acquired Cathode Technology Corporation, a
developer of advanced sputter source technology for the production of disks used
in computer hard disk drives, for approximately $1.1 million in cash and $2.0
million in notes. The notes bear interest at 5.58% compounded monthly and
payable quarterly. Principal payments on the notes are made quarterly based on
unit sales of Cathode Technology sputter sources. Any remaining balance due on
the notes on January 24, 2001 is due, in full, regardless of sputter source
sales.
 
     In May 1996, the Company acquired San Jose Technology Corp., a manufacturer
of systems used to lubricate thin-film disk, for approximately $3.7 million in
cash.
 
     In June 1996, the Company acquired Lotus Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer
of contact stop/start test equipment for disk drives and drive components, for
approximately $8.3 million in cash.
 
     The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California in
October 1990. Its executive offices are located at 3550 Bassett Street, Santa
Clara, California 95054, and its telephone number is (408) 986-9888.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>   20
 

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,500,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed public offering price
of $19.25 are estimated to be approximately $27,081,250 ($33,253,281 if the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full), after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The
Company expects to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate
purposes, including working capital and also expects that a portion of the net
proceeds may be used for the acquisition of businesses, products and
technologies that are complementary to those of the Company. The Company has no
present plans, agreements or commitments and is not currently engaged in any
negotiations with respect to any such transaction. Pending such uses, the net
proceeds of this offering will be invested in investment grade, interest-bearing
securities.
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of
Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholders hereby.
 

                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
     The Company's Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq National Market
following the Company's initial public offering on November 21, 1995 and is
traded under the symbol "IVAC." Prior to the initial public offering, there was
no public market for the Company's Common Stock. The following table sets forth
for the periods indicated the high and low closing sale prices for the Common
Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market. See "Risk Factors -- Volatility
of Stock Price."
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              HIGH       LOW
                                                                              -----     ------
<S>                                                                           <C>       <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995
     Quarter ended December 31, 1995 (from November 21, 1995)...............  $   7     $6 1/4
Year ended December 31, 1996
     Quarter ended March 30, 1996...........................................  $8 1/4    $6 1/8
     Quarter ended June 30, 1996 (through June 5, 1996).....................  $  26     $6 5/8
</TABLE>

 
     On June 5, 1996, the closing sales price of the Common Stock as reported on
the Nasdaq National Market was $19.25 per share. As of March 30, 1996, there
were approximately 550 holders of record of the Common Stock.
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     In August 1995, the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.495 on each share of
Common Stock outstanding as of the August 25, 1995 record date. The Company
currently anticipates that it will retain its earnings, if any, for use in the
operation of its business and does not expect to pay cash dividends on its
capital stock in the foreseeable future. See "The Company."
 
                                       18

<PAGE>   21
 

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) as of
March 30, 1996, (ii) on a pro forma basis giving effect to the acquisitions of
SJT and Lotus and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale by
the Company of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed
public offering price of $19.25 per share after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. See "Use of
Proceeds."
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MARCH 30,
                                                            1996                          PRO FORMA
                                                           ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(1)     AS ADJUSTED
                                                          ---------     ------------     -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>              <C>
Long-term liabilities...................................   $   730        $    730         $   730
Shareholders' equity:
  Undesignated Preferred Stock, no par value, 10,000,000
     shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
     actual, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted.........        --              --              --
  Common Stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized, 12,250,959 shares issued and
     outstanding actual and pro forma, and 13,750,959
     shares issued and outstanding pro forma as
     adjusted(2)........................................    15,305          15,305          42,386
  Retained earnings.....................................    13,913           8,078           8,078
                                                           -------         -------         -------
     Total shareholders' equity.........................    29,218          23,383          50,464
                                                           -------         -------         -------
          Total capitalization..........................   $29,948        $ 24,113         $51,194
                                                           =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes the acquisition
    occurred as of March 31, 1996 for SJT and April 30, 1996 for Lotus and
    combines Intevac's March 30, 1996 balance sheet, SJT's March 31, 1996
    balance sheet and Lotus' April 30, 1996 balance sheet. See "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
    and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
 
(2) Excludes (i) 928,304 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
    options outstanding as of March 30, 1996 at a weighted average exercise
    price of $4.26 per share, (ii) 950,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    grant of future options or direct issuances under the Company's 1995 Stock
    Option/Stock Issuance Plan and (iii) 250,000 shares of Common Stock reserved
    for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Subsequent to March 30,
    1996 the Company issued options to purchase 312,500 shares of Common Stock
    at a weighted average exercise price of $9.85 per share. See
    "Management -- 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan," "-- Employee Stock
    Purchase Plan," and Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       19

<PAGE>   22
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, the unaudited
pro forma condensed financial statements and the notes thereto and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," which
are included elsewhere in the Prospectus. The historical consolidated statement
of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, are derived
from audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included herein.
The historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1991, 1992 and
1993, and the historical consolidated statement of operations data for the years
ended December 31, 1991 and 1992 have been derived from audited consolidated
financial statements not included herein. The historical consolidated statement
of operations data for the three month periods ended April 1, 1995 and March 30,
1996 are derived from the Company's unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements included herein, which have been prepared on the same basis as the
Company's audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of
management, contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for
such periods. The unaudited selected pro forma financial data are derived from
the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements, appearing
elsewhere herein, which give effect to the SJT and Lotus acquisitions, and
should be read in conjunction with the pro forma statements and notes thereto.
The pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not
necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would
have occurred if the SJT and Lotus acquisitions had been consummated as of the
earliest period presented, nor necessarily indicative of the future operating
results or financial position of the Company.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               --------------------      PRO FORMA
                                         -----------------------------------------------   APRIL 1,   MARCH 30,      COMBINED
                                         1991(1)    1992      1993      1994      1995       1995       1996      THREE MONTHS(2)
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------   ---------   ---------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and other...........  $22,118   $17,744   $16,026   $18,266   $42,187   $ 4,674     $15,126        $17,596
  MBE(3)...............................    6,723     9,606     6,370     2,185       695       695          --             --
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
        Total net revenues.............   28,841    27,350    22,396    20,451    42,882     5,369      15,126         17,596
Cost of net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and other...........   12,127    10,946     9,749    11,799    27,280     3,244       9,203         11,029
  MBE(3)...............................    4,576     6,564     5,417       858       434       434          --             --
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
        Total cost of net revenues.....   16,703    17,510    15,166    12,657    27,714     3,678       9,203         11,029
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
Gross profit...........................   12,138     9,840     7,230     7,794    15,168     1,691       5,923          6,567
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.............    1,788     2,887     3,142     3,515     2,603       340       1,379          1,568
  Selling, general and
    administrative.....................    3,560     3,743     3,896     2,248     4,550       871       1,887          2,096
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
        Total operating expenses.......    5,348     6,630     7,038     5,763     7,153     1,211       3,266          3,664
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
Operating income.......................    6,790     3,210       192     2,031     8,015       480       2,657          2,903
Other income (expense), net............   (1,569)      826      (201)      470       929       234         261            130
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations before income taxes.......    5,221     4,036        (9)    2,501     8,944       714       2,918          3,033
Provision for (benefit from) income
  taxes................................    1,369     1,655       (75)      826     3,179       247       1,021          1,062
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
Income from continuing operations......    3,852     2,381        66     1,675     5,765       467       1,897          1,971
Income (loss) from discontinued
  operations...........................   (1,911)    2,610     1,457      (267)    1,335     1,335          --             --
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------        -------
Net income.............................  $ 1,941   $ 4,991   $ 1,523   $ 1,408   $ 7,100   $ 1,802     $ 1,897        $ 1,971
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======        =======
Per share:
  Income from continuing operations....  $  0.40   $  0.24   $  0.01   $  0.16   $  0.54   $  0.05     $  0.15        $  0.16
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======        =======
  Net income...........................  $  0.20   $  0.50   $  0.15   $  0.14   $  0.67   $  0.18     $  0.15        $  0.16
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======        =======
Shares used in per share
  calculations(4)......................    9,678    10,056    10,305    10,285    10,606    10,295      12,631         12,631
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======        =======
</TABLE>

 
                                       20

<PAGE>   23
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                           -------------------------------------------------------     MARCH 30,
                                            1991        1992        1993        1994        1995         1996        PRO FORMA(2)
                                           -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     ---------     ------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
  investments............................  $   159     $ 6,114     $19,877     $13,347     $20,422      $16,690        $  6,194
Working capital..........................    6,711      16,021      21,792      23,229      21,327       19,851           6,787
Total assets.............................   44,427      45,624      44,233      42,749      51,937       58,604          57,246
Long-term liabilities....................    1,875       1,375          --          --       --             730             730
Redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock......    6,100       6,100       6,100       6,100       --              --              --
Total shareholders' equity...............   14,961      20,051      21,588      22,987      27,320       29,218          23,383
Cash dividends declared per common
  share..................................       --          --          --          --       0.495           --              --
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Includes certain insignificant expenses of the Company commencing upon the
    formation of the Company in October 1990. Operations represent the acquired
    Varian businesses from February 15, 1991.
 
(2) The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations presents the
    combined results of Intevac, SJT and Lotus and assumes the SJT acquisition
    took place on January 1, 1996 and the Lotus acquisition took place on
    February 1, 1996. The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations
    combines the historical statement of operations information for Intevac for
    the three months ended March 30, 1996 with the historical statement of
    operations for SJT for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the
    historical statement of operations for Lotus for the three months ended
    April 30, 1996. The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes the
    acquisition occurred as of March 31, 1996 for SJT and April 30, 1996 for
    Lotus and combines the Intevac's March 30, 1996 balance sheet, SJT's March
    31, 1996 balance sheet and Lotus' April 30, 1996 balance sheet.
 
    The pro forma statement of operations data assume the acquisitions of SJT
    and Lotus took place on January 1, 1996 and February 1, 1996, respectively.
    Such unaudited pro forma information is based on the historical three month
    statement of operations for Intevac, SJT and Lotus and give effect for the
    pro forma adjustments, which included amortization of intangibles of $0.5
    million, reduced interest income of $0.2 million and an income tax benefit
    of $0.3 million for the period. Historical net revenues and net income of
    Lotus and SJT, before pro forma adjustments were $2.5 million and $0.5
    million for the period, respectively. The $5.8 million charge relating to
    these acquisitions of in-process technology is excluded from the pro forma
    statement of operations as it represents a nonrecurring item directly
    related to the transaction.
 
(3) In the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company sold its MBE operations and
    acquired 20% of the outstanding capital stock of Chorus, a manufacturer of
    MBE products. The Company retained rights to sell certain other residual
    used systems of the MBE business that were not exchanged with Chorus. The
    sale of these used systems was completed during the first quarter of 1995.
 
(4) See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       21

<PAGE>   24
 

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements which involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     Intevac is a leading supplier of static sputtering systems used to
manufacture thin film disks for computer hard disk drives. Sputtering is a
complex vacuum deposition process used to deposit multiple thin-film layers on a
disk. The Company has three primary sources of net revenue: sales of disk
sputtering systems and related disk manufacturing equipment; sales of system
components; and contract research and development activities. The Company's disk
sputtering systems, which generally represent the majority of the Company's
revenue, are sold to vertically integrated disk drive manufacturers and to
original equipment manufacturers that sell disk media to disk drive
manufacturers. Intevac's system component business consists primarily of sales
of spare parts and after-sale service to purchasers of the Company's disk
sputtering systems, as well as sales of components to other manufacturers of
vacuum equipment. Contract research and development revenues have been primarily
derived from contracts with ARPA for development projects for the flat panel
display industry. Revenues from the sale of FPD products have not been material.
 
     Until the first quarter of 1995, the Company also received revenues from
sales of molecular beam epitaxy ("MBE") systems. MBE systems are used for the
design and manufacture of materials having the characteristics of a
semiconductor that are used to produce transistors, opto-electronic devices and
integrated circuits. The Company acquired the MBE business from Varian in 1991
and sold the business to a third party in October 1993. MBE revenues in 1994 and
the first quarter of 1995 were derived from sales of used MBE equipment that had
not been sold in the acquisition and from other activities in connection with
the winding down of the MBE business. The Company does not expect any MBE
revenues in future periods.
 
     Income (loss) from discontinued operations represents results from the
Company's sales of night vision products, primarily sales of night vision
goggles and devices. In May 1995, the Company completed the sale of its night
vision business to Litton Systems, Inc. for cash. The Company retained certain
engineering personnel from the night vision business as well as some government
contracts for research and development work in photocathodes, various
applications of that technology and development of processes for making
thin-film transistors with sputtered materials.
 
     Historically, a significant portion of the Company's revenues in any
particular period have been attributable to sales to a limited number of
customers. The Company's largest customers change from period to period as large
thin-film disk fabrication facilities are completed and new projects are
initiated. The Company expects that sales of its products to relatively few
customers will continue to account for a high percentage of its net revenues in
the foreseeable future. For example, a majority of the Company's backlog as of
March 31, 1996 represents orders from Seagate for a new facility Seagate is
constructing in Singapore. In the event Seagate experiences a significant delay
in the construction of the new facility, or to the extent Seagate defers the
completion of its construction, the Company's net revenues and operating results
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, Seagate recently acquired
Conner. Conner has significant disk media manufacturing operations, uses an
internally developed in-line disk sputtering system, and has never purchased a
system from the Company. There can be no assurance that the combined entity will
not favor Conner's internally developed disk sputtering system over the
Company's system, or delay, reduce or cease purchases of the Company's products
for other reasons, or that this acquisition will not otherwise have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. None of the Company's customers has entered into a long-term
agreement requiring it to purchase the Company's products. As
 
                                       22

<PAGE>   25
 
purchases related to a particular new or expanded fabrication facility are
completed, sales to that customer may decrease sharply or cease altogether. If
completed contracts are not replaced on a timely basis by new orders from the
same or other customers, the Company's net revenues could be adversely affected.
The loss of a significant customer, any reduction in orders from any significant
customer or the cancellation of a significant order from a customer, including
reductions or cancellations due to customer departures from recent buying
patterns, financial difficulties of a customer or market, economic or
competitive conditions in the disk drive industry could materially adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company's business depends upon capital expenditures by manufacturers
of thin-film disks, of which there are a limited number worldwide. According to
TrendFOCUS, an independent market research firm, as of the end of 1995, there
were 187 installed disk sputtering lines worldwide and only 14 companies in the
world with five or more installed disk sputtering lines. Therefore, winning or
losing an order from any particular customer can significantly affect the
Company's operating results. In addition, the Company's opportunities to sell
its systems are further limited by the fact that many of the manufacturers of
thin-film disks have adopted an in-line approach as opposed to the Company's
static approach to thin-film disk manufacturing. These manufacturers have
invested significant amounts of capital in their in-line systems, and as such
there may be significant resistance to change to a static approach in the
future. See "Risk Factors -- Limited Number of Opportunities."
 
     The disk drive industry is cyclical and historically has experienced
periods of oversupply. Within the past year, most media manufacturers have
announced programs for capacity expansion. In addition, Hyundai has announced
plans to commence media manufacturing. This industry-wide increase in capacity
may lead to a period of oversupply of thin-film disks resulting in significantly
reduced demand for thin-film disk production and for the capital equipment used
in such production, including the systems manufactured and marketed by the
Company. In recent years, particularly in very recent periods the disk drive
industry has experienced significant growth, which, in turn, has caused
significant growth in the capital equipment industry supplying manufacturers of
thin-film disks. There can be no assurance that such growth will continue. The
Company anticipates that a significant portion of new orders will depend upon
demand from thin-film disk manufacturers building or expanding fabrication
facilities, and there can be no assurance that such demand will exist. The
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected by downturns or slowdowns in the disk drive
market. See "Risk Factors -- Cyclicality of the Media Manufacturing Industry."
 
     The Company's business strategy includes acquiring technologies or
businesses that enable it to expand its current product offerings in the
thin-film disk manufacturing market. The Company has completed three
acquisitions during 1996 and expects that it may pursue additional acquisitions
in the future. In January 1996, the Company acquired Cathode Technology
Corporation, a developer of advanced sputter source technology for the
production of disks used in computer hard disk drives, for approximately $1.1
million in cash and $2.0 million in notes. In May 1996, the Company acquired San
Jose Technology Corp., a manufacturer of systems used to lubricate thin-film
disks, for approximately, $3.7 million in cash. In June 1996, the Company
acquired Lotus Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer of contact stop/start test
equipment for hard disk drives and drive components, for approximately $8.3
million in cash.
 
     Any future acquisitions may result in potentially dilutive issuances of
equity securities, the incurrence of debt, cash payment and contingent
liabilities and amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired, any
of which could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. In particular, the Company will not be able
to use the "pooling of interests" method of accounting in connection with any
acquisition consummated prior to November 21, 1997, and the Company will
therefore be required to amortize any intangible assets acquired in connection
with any acquisition consummated during that period.
 
                                       23

<PAGE>   26
 
     The Company expects to incur a charge to operations currently estimated to
be approximately $5.8 million in the quarter ended June 29, 1996, to reflect the
purchase of in-process research and development pursuant to the two acquisitions
subsequent to March 30, 1996. In addition, the Company intends to amortize
approximately $10.1 million of costs relating to the SJT and Lotus acquisitions
subsequent to March 30, 1996. In addition, in connection with the SJT, Lotus and
Cathode acquisitions in 1996, the Company anticipates capitalizing intangibles
of approximately $10.1 million consisting of current technology, goodwill and
non-compete covenants. A full quarter's amortization is expected to be
approximately $644,000. Such amounts are preliminary estimates and therefore
subject to change. Additional, unanticipated expenses may be incurred relating
to the integration of technologies and research and development and
administrative functions. Any acquisition will involve numerous risks, including
difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired company's employees, operations
and products, uncertainties associated with operating in new markets and working
with new customers, the potential loss of the acquired company's key employees
as well as the costs associated with completing the acquisitions and integrating
the acquired company. See "Risk Factors -- Acquisitions."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of operations
data as a percentage of total net revenues and certain gross margin data for the
periods indicated:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ----------------------      PRO FORMA
                                   -------------------------     APRIL 1,     MARCH 30,       COMBINED
                                   1993      1994      1995        1995         1996        THREE MONTHS
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------     ------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>
Net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and other.....   71.6%     89.3%     98.4%       87.1%       100.0%          100.0%
  MBE............................   28.4      10.7       1.6        12.9           --              --
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
          Total net revenues.....  100.0%    100.0%    100.0%      100.0%       100.0%          100.0%
Cost of net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and other.....   43.5      57.7      63.6        60.4         60.8            62.7
  MBE............................   24.2       4.2       1.0         8.1           --              --
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
          Total cost of net
            revenues.............   67.7      61.9      64.6        68.5         60.8            62.7
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
Gross profit.....................   32.3      38.1      35.4        31.5         39.2            37.3
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.......   14.0      17.2       6.1         6.3          9.1             8.9
  Selling, general and
     administrative..............   17.4      11.0      10.6        16.3         12.5            11.9
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
          Total operating
            expenses.............   31.4      28.2      16.7        22.6         21.6            20.8
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
Operating income.................    0.9       9.9      18.7         8.9         17.6            16.5
Other income (expense), net......   (0.9)      2.3       2.1         4.4          1.7             0.7
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
Income from continuing operations
  before income taxes............     --      12.2      20.8        13.3         19.3            17.2
Provision for (benefit from)
  income taxes...................   (0.3)      4.0       7.4         4.6          6.8             6.0
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
Income from continuing
  operations.....................    0.3       8.2      13.4         8.7         12.5            11.2
Income (loss) from discontinued
  operations.....................    6.5      (1.3)      3.1        24.9           --              --
                                   -----     -----     -----     --------     ---------        ------
Net income.......................    6.8%      6.9%     16.5%       33.6%        12.5%           11.2%
                                   =====     =====     =====      ======      =======       ===========
Gross margin:
  Disk, flat panel and other.....   39.2%     35.4%     35.3%       30.6%        39.2%           37.3%
  MBE............................   15.0%     60.7%     37.6%       37.6%          --              --
</TABLE>

 
                                       24

<PAGE>   27
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND MARCH 30, 1996
 
     Net revenues.  Disk, flat panel and other net revenues consist primarily of
sales of the Company's disk sputtering systems and related disk manufacturing
equipment and flat panel equipment and, to a lesser extent, system components
and contract research and development. Net revenues from the sales of systems
are recognized upon customer acceptance. System component sales are recognized
upon product shipment, and contract research and development is recognized in
accordance with contract terms, typically as costs are incurred. MBE net
revenues consist primarily of sales of used MBE equipment not included in the
sale of the MBE business. Net revenues increased to $15.1 million for the three
months ended March 30, 1996 from $5.4 million the three months ended April 1,
1995. The increase in net revenues was primarily due to an increase in the sales
of disk sputtering systems.
 
     There were no net revenues from the sale of MBE systems for the three
months ended March 30, 1996 as compared to net revenues of $0.7 million for the
three months ended April 1, 1995. The Company wound down the MBE business
following the exchange of substantially all of the assets related to this
business with a third party for stock in late 1993.
 
     International sales increased to $6.7 million for the three months ended
March 30, 1996 from $0.8 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. The
increase in revenues from international sales was primarily due to an increase
in the sales of disk sputtering systems. International sales constituted 45% of
net revenues for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and 14% of net revenues
for the three months ended April 1, 1995.
 
     Gross profit.  Cost of net revenues consist primarily of purchased
materials, fabrication, assembly, test, installation, international distributor
costs, warranty costs and, to a lesser extent, costs attributable to contract
research and development. Gross margin from disk, flat panel and other sales was
39.2% for the three months ended March 30, 1996 as compared to 30.6% for the
three months ended April 1, 1995. The higher gross margins were primarily due to
increased manufacturing efficiencies resulting from higher production volume and
to a lesser extent to favorable product mix. Margins fluctuate with the
configuration of systems sold in any given period and the system configurations
for the three months ended March 30, 1996 were higher margin configurations. The
Company believes that gross margins experienced in the first quarter of 1996
were higher than should generally be expected and are not indicative of gross
margins in future periods.
 
     Research and development.  Research and development expense consists
primarily of prototype materials, salaries and related costs of employees
engaged in ongoing research, design and development activities for disk
sputtering equipment and FPD manufacturing equipment. Company funded research
and development expense increased to $1.4 million for the three months ended
March 30, 1996 from $0.3 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995,
representing 9.1% and 6.3%, respectively, of net revenue. The increase in
research and development expense was primarily the result of increased expense
for the development of disk sputtering products and FPD manufacturing machines.
 
     Research and development expenses do not include costs of $0.4 million in
each of the three months ended March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995, reimbursed
under the terms of a research and development cost sharing agreement with the
Company's Japanese flat panel manufacturing equipment ("D-Star") development
partner. On February 14, 1996, this research and development cost sharing
agreement was amended to increase the development partner's total funding
commitment from $4.3 million to $5.5 million. Under the terms of the research
and development cost sharing agreement, Intevac and its development partner each
pay half of all D-Star development costs. At March 30, 1996, $0.9 million of the
$5.5 million development funding committed by the Company's development partner
remained to be spent on the D-Star development project. In addition, research
and development expenses do not include expenditures in connection with contract
research and development activities since these are charged to cost of sales.
 
                                       25

<PAGE>   28
 
     The Company also expects that it will take a charge of $5.8 million in the
quarter ended June 30, 1996 relating to the purchase of in-process research and
development of Lotus and SJT. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and
intangible assets of Lotus and SJT based on the fair values of those assets
using a risk adjusted discounted cash flow approach. The valuation of in-process
research and development considered, among other factors, the stage of
development of each project, the time and resources needed to complete each
project, expected income and associated risks. The in-process research and
development did not have alternative future uses.
 
     Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative
expense consists primarily of selling, marketing, financial, travel, management,
legal and professional services. Domestic sales are made by the Company's direct
sales force whereas international sales are made by distributors that typically
provide sales, installation, warranty and ongoing customer support.
International distributor costs are included in cost of net revenues. Selling,
general and administrative expense increased to $1.9 million for the three
months ended March 30, 1996 from $0.9 million for the three months ended April
1, 1995 representing 12.5% and 16.2%, respectively, of net revenue. The increase
in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily the result of
increased expense associated with the marketing and customer service and support
of disk sputtering systems, the on-site customer evaluation of a system and
increased public company costs subsequent to the Company's initial public
offering in November 1995. Administrative headcount grew to 55 employees at
March 30, 1996 from 34 employees at April 1, 1995.
 
     Other income, net.  Other income, net consists primarily of interest income
on the Company's short-term investments, and to a lesser extent, early payment
discounts on the purchase of inventories, goods and services. Other income, net
increased by 11% to $0.3 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from
$0.2 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995, as the result of
increased interest income from higher cash balances, offset partially by the
Company shifting a portion of its cash and short-term investments into tax
exempt short-term investments with lower pretax yields.
 
     Discontinued operations.  In March 1995, the Company adopted a formal plan
to discontinue its night vision business. The Company sold its night vision
business to Litton Systems, Inc. in May of 1995. Accordingly, the results of
operations data for the three months ended April 1, 1995 reflect the night
vision business as a discontinued operation. Net revenues included in
discontinued operations for the three months ended April 1, 1995 were $4.2
million. Included in income from discontinued operations of the three months
ended April 1, 1995 is a net gain after taxes of approximately $1.3 million, net
of a reserve of approximately $2.6 million to provide for estimated closing,
environmental remediation and warranty costs from the sale of the night vision
business.
 
     Provision for income taxes.  Income tax expense as a percentage of pretax
income for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995, was 35% and
36%, respectively. The Company's tax rate for these periods differs from the
applicable statutory rates primarily due to tax exempt interest income and state
income taxes.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
     Net revenues.  Net revenues totaled $42.9 million, $20.5 million and $22.4
million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Net revenues increased from 1994
to 1995 primarily due to a $23.9 million increase in net revenues from sales of
disk sputtering systems and other components partially offset by a $1.5 million
decline in MBE sales. Net revenues decreased from 1993 to 1994 due to a $4.2
million decline in MBE sales, partially offset by a $2.1 million increase in net
revenue from sales of disk sputtering systems and other components. Seagate, HMT
Technology and Matsubo accounted for 40%, 20% and 17%, respectively, of the
Company's total net revenues during 1995. Trace, Matsubo, Seagate, Varian
Associates and Komag accounted for 25%, 15%, 13%, 12% and 10%, respectively, of
the Company's total net revenues during 1994 and Western Digital, Matsubo and
Trace accounted for 21%, 14% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's total net
revenues during 1993.
 
                                       26

<PAGE>   29
 
     MBE accounted for $0.7 million, $2.2 million and $6.4 million of net
revenues in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company sold substantially
all of the assets related to its MBE operation in October 1993 in exchange for
20% of the outstanding stock of Chorus. This investment is accounted for under
the equity method. The Company continued to dispose of residual assets of the
MBE business through the first quarter of 1995. In the third quarter of 1995,
the Company sold its investment interest in Chorus.
 
     International sales totaled $8.7 million, $8.2 million and $7.2 million in
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, International sales accounted for 20%, 40%
and 32% of net revenues in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Substantially all
of the Company's sales were denominated in United States dollars.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross margin for disk, flat panel and other was 35.3%, 35.4%
and 39.2% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Gross margin declined in 1994 as
the result of a larger portion of total net revenues in 1994 being represented
by lower margin component sales and contract research and development. Gross
margin for MBE was 37.6%, 60.7% and 15% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
MBE gross margin increased to 60.7% in 1994 and 37.6% in 1995 due to the resale
at high margins of used MBE machines that the Company retained after the sale of
the MBE business.
 
     Research and development.  Company funded research and development expense
decreased from $3.5 million in 1994 to $2.6 million in 1995. The $0.9 million
decrease was caused by a $1.1 million decrease in expenses related to the
development of a FPD machine and a $0.2 million decrease in MBE research and
development expenses, which were partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in
research and development spending on disk sputtering equipment. Research and
development expense increased by 12% to $3.5 million in 1994 from $3.1 million
in 1993. The increase was primarily the result of a $0.9 million increase in
expenses related to development of a FPD machine and was partially offset by a
$0.6 million decrease in MBE research and development expenses.
 
     Research and development expenses do not include costs of $1.1 million,
$2.0 million and $0.9 million that were incurred by the Company in 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively, reimbursed under the terms of a research and development
cost sharing agreement with the Company's Japanese development partner. In
addition, research and development expenses do not include expenditures in
connection with contract sponsored research and development activities since
these are charged to cost of sales.
 
     Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative
expense totaled $4.6 million, $2.2 million and $3.9 million in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively, representing 10.6%, 11.0% and 17.4% of revenue. The $2.4
million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses from 1994 to
1995 was primarily the result of increased expenses associated with marketing
disk sputtering systems and, to a lesser extent, the increased costs of
administering and insuring a public company as a result of the Company's
November 21, 1995 initial public offering. These costs were driven by an
increase in administrative head-count to support the Company's increased level
of business and administrative activities. The reduction in selling, general and
administrative expense to $2.2 million in 1994 from $3.9 million in 1993 was the
result of a significant decrease ($2.0 million) in expenses related to the MBE
business which was sold in October 1993, partially offset by increases in
expenses related to the disk sputtering business.
 
     Other income (expense), net.  Other income (expense), net totaled $0.9
million, $0.5 million and $(0.2) million, in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Other income during 1994 and 1995 resulted primarily from interest income. Other
expense during 1993 resulted primarily from a $0.8 million charge related to the
sale of the MBE business, partially offset by interest income.
 
     Discontinued operations.  In March 1995, the Company adopted a formal plan
to discontinue the night vision business. The Company sold its night vision
business to Litton Systems, Inc. in May 1995. Accordingly, the results of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 reflects
the night vision business as a discontinued operation. Net revenues included in
discontinued
 
                                       27

<PAGE>   30
 
operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $4.2
million, $18.4 million and $37.5 million, respectively.
 
     Provision for (benefit from) income taxes.  Income tax expense as a
percentage of pretax income was 36% and 33% in 1995 and 1994, respectively. The
Company's tax rate differs from the applicable statutory rates primarily due to
the utilization of research and development tax credits, tax exempt interest
income and state income taxes. In 1993, the Company recorded a tax benefit of
$75,000 on a pretax loss of $9,000 primarily due to the utilization of research
and development tax credits.
 
     A net deferred tax asset of $3.2 million is reflected in the financial
statements at December 31, 1995. Based on the Company's historical taxable
income and projected future earnings, management believes that it is more likely
than not that the Company will realize the benefit of this assets. The valuation
allowance of $0.5 million relates to certain future state income tax deductions.
 
                                       28

<PAGE>   31
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial
information for the nine quarters in the period ended March 30, 1996 as well as
such data expressed as a percentage of the Company's total net revenues and
certain gross margin data for the periods indicated. In the opinion of
management the data has been prepared on a basis consistent with the Company's
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the Prospectus
and includes all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
accruals that management considers necessary for a fair presentation. The
Company believes that the results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       JULY
                           APRIL 2,     2,     OCT. 1,   DEC. 31,   APRIL 1,   JULY 1,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MARCH 30,
                             1994      1994     1994       1994       1995      1995       1995        1995       1996
                           --------   ------   -------   --------   --------   -------   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and
    other................   $3,138    $1,337   $ 9,641    $4,150     $4,674    $11,105    $12,071    $14,337     $15,126
  MBE systems............      495       745       431       514        695         --         --         --          --
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
         Total net
           revenues......    3,633     2,082    10,072     4,664      5,369     11,105     12,071     14,337      15,126
Cost of net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and
    other................    2,080     1,150     5,716     2,853      3,244      7,116      7,702      9,218       9,203
  MBE systems............      114       362       250       132        434      --            --         --          --
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
         Total cost of
           net
           revenues......    2,194     1,512     5,966     2,985      3,678      7,116      7,702      9,218       9,203
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
Gross profit.............    1,439       570     4,106     1,679      1,691      3,989      4,369      5,119       5,923
Operating expenses:
  Research and
    development..........    1,113       757       679       966        340        580        746        937       1,379
  Selling, general and
    administrative.......      515       484       671       578        871      1,130      1,106      1,443       1,887
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
  Total operating
    expenses.............    1,628     1,241     1,350     1,544      1,211      1,710      1,852      2,380       3,266
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
Operating income
  (loss).................     (189)     (671)    2,756       135        480      2,279      2,517      2,739       2,657
Other income, net........      133       138       111        88        234        274        186        235         261
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations
  before income taxes....      (56)     (533)    2,867       223        714      2,553      2,703      2,974       2,918
Provision for (benefit
  from)
  income taxes...........      (18)     (175)      945        74        247        916        973      1,043       1,021
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing
  operations.............      (38)     (358)    1,922       149        467      1,637      1,730      1,931       1,897
Income (loss) from
  discontinued
  operations.............      110      (485)     (176)      284      1,335         --         --         --          --
                            ------    ------   -------    ------     ------    -------    -------    -------     -------
Net income (loss)........   $   72    $ (843)  $ 1,746    $  433     $1,802    $ 1,637    $ 1,730    $ 1,931     $ 1,897
                            ======    ======   =======    ======     ======    =======    =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>

 
                                       29

<PAGE>   32
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             APRIL 2,   JULY 2,   OCT. 1,   DEC. 31,   APRIL 1,   JULY 1,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MARCH 30,
                               1994      1994      1994       1994       1995      1995       1995        1995       1996
                             --------   -------   -------   --------   --------   -------   ---------   --------   ---------
<S>                          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL NET
  REVENUES:
Net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and
    other..................     86.4%      64.2%     95.7%     89.0%      87.1%     100.0%    100.0%      100.0%     100.0%
  MBE......................     13.6       35.8       4.3      11.0       12.9         --        --          --         --
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
         Total net
           revenues........    100.0      100.0     100.0     100.0      100.0      100.0     100.0       100.0      100.0
Cost of net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel and
    other..................     57.3       55.2      56.7      61.2       60.4       64.1      63.8        64.3       60.8
  MBE......................      3.1       17.4       2.5       2.8        8.1         --        --          --         --
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
         Total cost of net
           revenues........     60.4       72.6      59.2      64.0       68.5       64.1      63.8        64.3       60.8
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Gross profit...............     39.6       27.4      40.8      36.0       31.5       35.9      36.2        35.7       39.2
Operating expenses:
  Research and
    development............     30.6       36.4       6.7      20.7        6.3        5.2       6.2         6.5        9.1
  Selling, general and
    administrative.........     14.2       23.2       6.7      12.4       16.3       10.2       9.1        10.1       12.5
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Total operating expenses...     44.8       59.6      13.4      33.1       22.6       15.4      15.3        16.6       21.6
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Operating income (loss)....     (5.2)     (32.2)     27.4       2.9        8.9       20.5      20.9        19.1       17.6
Other income (expense),
  net......................      3.7        6.6       1.1       1.9        4.4        2.5       1.5         1.6        1.7
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations
  before income taxes......     (1.5)     (25.6)     28.5       4.8       13.3       23.0      22.4        20.7       19.3
Provision for (benefit
  from)
  income taxes.............     (0.5)      (8.4)      9.4       1.6        4.6        8.3       8.1         7.3        6.8
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations....     (1.0)     (17.2)     19.1       3.2        8.7       14.7      14.3        13.4       12.5
Income (loss) from
  discontinued
  operations...............      3.0      (23.3)     (1.8)      6.1       24.9         --        --          --         --
                               -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----       -----      -----
Net income (loss)..........      2.0%     (40.5)%    17.3%      9.3%      33.6%      14.7%     14.3%       13.4%      12.5%
                               =====      =====     =====     =====      =====      =====     =====       =====      =====
Gross profit:
  Disk, flat panel and
    other..................     33.7%      14.0%     40.7%     31.3%      30.6%      35.9%     36.2%       35.7%      39.2%
  MBE......................     77.0%      51.4%     42.0%     74.3%      37.6%        --        --          --         --
</TABLE>

 
     Net revenue.  The Company's quarterly operating results depend upon the
volume and timing of net revenues from system sales from quarter to quarter.
Disk, flat panel and other net revenues fluctuated from the first quarter of
1994 through the first quarter of 1996 primarily as the result of the number of
disk sputtering systems shipped and accepted in each particular quarter. From
the first quarter of 1994 through to the first quarter of 1996, the number of
disk sputtering systems accepted by customers per quarter ranged from zero to
four systems. Disk sputtering systems sold during the periods ranged depending
primarily on configuration between $2.0 million to $3.5 million per system and
the number and configuration of units sold and accepted by customers in any
quarter had a major effect on the Company's net revenues and operating profit
for that particular period.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross profit and gross margin for disk, flat panel and other
fluctuated from the first quarter of 1994 through the first quarter of 1996
primarily as the result of the number and configuration of disk sputtering
systems sold in any particular quarter. In periods when net revenue from sales
of disk sputtering systems was low, gross margin decreased as a result of lower
margin component sales and net revenue from contract research and development
representing a larger proportion of total net revenues. In periods when net
revenue from sales of disk sputtering systems was relatively higher, gross
margin increased as a result of higher margin disk sputtering system sales
representing a larger proportion of total net revenue. In the first quarter of
1996, gross margin was 39.2% which was
 
                                       30

<PAGE>   33
 
significantly higher than the gross margin in prior quarters and higher than
gross margins expected in future quarterly periods.
 
     Research and development.  Company funded research and development expenses
fluctuated from the first quarter of 1994 through the first quarter of 1996
primarily as the result of varying levels of expenses related to the D-Star
development project and MDP-250 product development and the timing of receipt of
cost sharing credits from the Company's D-Star development partner. D-Star
development expenses in 1994 included the cost of producing the initial D-Star
prototype. Research and development costs during 1995 do not include significant
D-Star prototype expenses. The Company expects that additional expenses for
development of further D-Star prototypes are likely to be incurred in the
future. There can be no assurance the Company's development partner will
continue to share D-Star development costs in the future. A reduction or
elimination of D-Star cost sharing with the Company's D-Star development partner
could cause the Company to incur greater D-Star development expense or to
curtail or eliminate further D-Star development efforts.
 
     Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative
expenses have generally increased in each quarter from the first quarter of 1994
through the first quarter of 1996 as the result of the Company adding marketing,
financial, administrative and management personnel and related expenses
consistent with expansion of the Company's business. The Company is expanding
its customer support organization to support its installed customer base and
expects expenses associated with such expansion to increase in absolute dollar
amounts in future periods and fluctuate as a percent of net revenue. Selling,
general and administrative expenses fluctuate as a percentage of revenue
primarily due to fluctuations in revenue.
 
     The Company's operating results have historically been subject to
significant quarterly and annual fluctuations. The Company derives most of its
net revenues from the sale of a small number of sputtering systems. The number
of systems accepted by customers in any particular quarter has varied from zero
to four and, as a result, the Company's net revenues and operating results for a
particular period could be materially adversely affected if an anticipated order
for even one system is not received in time to permit shipment and customer
acceptance during that accounting period. The Company's backlog at the beginning
of a quarter may not include all system orders needed to achieve the Company's
sales objectives for that quarter. Orders in backlog are subject to
cancellation, and although the Company generally requires a deposit on orders
for its systems, such deposits may not be sufficient to cover the expenses
incurred by the Company for the manufacture of the cancelled systems or fixed
operating expenses associated with such systems to the date of cancellation.
From time to time, in order to meet anticipated customer demand, the Company has
manufactured disk sputtering systems in advance of the receipt of orders for
such systems. The Company expects to continue this practice in the future. In
the event that anticipated orders are not received as expected, then the Company
could be materially adversely affected as the result of higher inventory levels
and increased exposure to surplus and obsolete inventory write-offs. Orders may
be subject to delay, deferral or rescheduling by a customer. From the date the
Company receives an order, it often takes more than six months before the net
revenues from such order are recognized and even longer before final payment is
received. The relatively long manufacturing cycles of many of the Company's
products has caused and could cause shipments of such products to be delayed
from one quarter to the next, which could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations for a
particular quarter. Announcements by the Company or its competitors of new
products and technologies could cause customers to defer purchases of the
Company's existing systems, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     Installing and integrating new sputtering systems into the thin-film disk
manufacturing process requires a substantial investment by a customer.
Therefore, customers often require a significant number of product presentations
and demonstrations, as well as substantial interaction with the Company's senior
management, before making a purchasing decision. Accordingly, the Company's
systems typically have a lengthy sales cycle during which the Company may expend
substantial funds and management time and effort with no assurance that a sale
will result. Furthermore, the Company's
 
                                       31

<PAGE>   34
 
expense levels are based, in part, on its expectations as to future net
revenues. If revenue levels are below expectations, operating results are likely
to be adversely affected. Net income, if any, may be disproportionately affected
by a reduction in net revenues because a proportionately smaller amount of the
Company's expenses varies with its net revenues. The impact of these and other
factors on the Company's sales and operating results in any future period cannot
be forecasted with certainty. Due to all of the foregoing factors, the Company
expects its quarterly operating results to fluctuate significantly and may in
certain quarters be below the expectations of the public market analysts and
investors. In such event it is likely the price of the Company's Common Stock
would be materially adversely affected.
 
     The Company believes that its operating results will continue to fluctuate
on a quarterly and annual basis due to a variety of factors. These factors
include the cyclicality of the thin-film disk manufacturing and disk drive
industries, patterns of capital spending by customers, the timing of significant
orders, order cancellations and shipment reschedulings, market acceptance of the
Company's products, unanticipated delays in design, engineering or production or
in customer acceptance of product shipments, changes in pricing by the Company
or its competitors, the timing of product announcements or introductions by the
Company or its competitors, the mix of systems sold, the relative proportions of
sputtering systems, system components and subassemblies, and contract research
and development net revenues, the availability and cost of components and
subassemblies, changes in product development costs, expenses associated with
any acquisitions and exchange rate fluctuations. Over the last nine quarters the
Company's operating income (loss) as a percentage of net revenues has fluctuated
from approximately (32)% to 27% of net revenues. The Company anticipates that
its operating margin will continue to fluctuate. As a result, the Company
believes that period-to-period comparisons of its results of operations are not
necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future
performance.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's operating activities in 1995 provided cash of $10.5 million
due to net income, increases in customer advances and accounts payable from
continuing operations and a decrease in accounts receivable from continuing
operations partially offset by increases in inventories related to continuing
operations. The Company's operating activities used cash of $1.3 million for the
three months ended March 30, 1996. The decrease was due primarily to increased
accounts receivable and increased inventories which were partially offset by
increased customer advances and net income.
 
     Investing activities in 1995 provided cash of $9.5 million due to proceeds
of $7.5 million from the sale of the night vision business, $4.1 million from
net sales of short-term investments and $0.9 million from the sale of the
investment in Chorus, partially offset by $3.0 million for the purchase of
property and equipment. The Company's investing activities used cash of $5.0
million for the three months ended March 30, 1996. The decrease was due
primarily to the purchase of short-term investments, the purchase of fixed
assets and the Company's purchase of Cathode Technology Corporation ("Cathode").
In January 1996, the Company acquired Cathode for approximately $3.1 million of
cash and notes.
 
     Financing activities in 1995 used cash of $8.9 million due to the cash
payment on the conversion of the Preferred Stock to Common Stock of $9.9
million, the payment of the dividend on the Common Stock of $4.9 million and the
redemption of Preferred Stock for $6.1 million partially offset by $12.1 million
from the sale of Common Stock, net of repurchases. The Company's financing
activities provided cash of $1,000 for the three months ended March 30, 1996.
The increase was due primarily to the exercise of stock options by employees.
 
     At March 30, 1996, the Company had $14.1 million of cash and cash
equivalents. Subsequent to March 30, 1996, the Company used cash of
approximately $12 million to fund two acquisitions. In May 1996, the Company
acquired SJT, for approximately $3.7 million in cash. In June 1996, the Company
acquired Lotus, for approximately $8.3 million in cash. In addition, the Company
has a $10.0 million
 
                                       32

<PAGE>   35
 
revolving line of credit which expires March 13, 1997. Borrowings under the
agreement are based on eligible receivables. Borrowings bear interest, at the
option of the Company, at the prime rate, of the London Interbank Offering Rate
(LIBOR) plus two and one-half percent per annum and are secured by substantially
all the Company's assets. The line of credit agreement requires the Company to
maintain certain financial ratios and other financial conditions. The Company
intends to undertake approximately $2.5 million in capital expenditures during
the next 12 months. The Company believes the net proceeds from this offering and
its existing cash and cash equivalent balances and credit facilities will be
sufficient to meet its cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. While
operating activities may provide cash in certain periods, to the extent the
Company may experience growth in the future, the Company anticipates that its
operating and investing activities may use cash and, consequently, such growth
may require the company to obtain additional sources of financing. The Company
may also from time to time consider additional acquisitions of complementary
businesses, products or technologies, which may require additional financing.
 
                                       33

<PAGE>   36
 

 
                                   BUSINESS
 
     The following Business section contains forward-looking statements which
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
     Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") is a leading supplier of static
sputtering systems and related manufacturing equipment used to manufacture
thin-film disks for computer hard disk drives. Sputtering is a complex vacuum
deposition process used to deposit multiple thin-film layers on a disk. The
Company's principal product, the MDP-250B, was introduced in 1994 and is the
fourth generation of the Company's Magnetic Disk Processing ("MDP") system. The
MDP-250B system enables disk manufacturers to achieve high coercivities, high
signal-to-noise ratios, minimal disk defects, durability and uniformity, all of
which are necessary in the production of high performance, high capacity disks.
Additionally, the Company's static systems allow disk manufacturers to achieve
low production costs through high yield, high uptime, and low acquisition,
operating and facilities costs. The Company's primary objective is to be the
industry leader in supplying disk sputtering equipment by providing disk
sputtering systems which have both the highest overall performance and the
lowest cost of ownership in the industry.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     The market for computer disk drives is large and growing rapidly, driven
primarily by the demand for new personal computers ("PCs") and upgrades to
existing PCs. Requirements for data storage capacity are also increasing with
the development of more memory intensive software, including complex operating
systems such as Windows 95 and programs such as multimedia computing
applications, and more powerful and faster microprocessors and other computer
hardware. Because hard disk drives are the principal means for storing and
rapidly retrieving large amounts of digital data, the market for hard disk
drives has also grown at a rapid rate. According to International Data
Corporation ("IDC"), hard disk drive shipments were 50 million units in 1993,
are expected to reach 115 million units in 1996 and are projected to reach over
201 million units in 1999. IDC expects the worldwide market for hard disk drives
to be $28 billion in 1996.
 
     The disk drive industry is characterized by short product lives, frequent
technological advances and intense competition. These technological advances
have resulted in significant increases in disk storage capacity and lower cost
per megabyte of storage. Typical disk drive storage capacity has increased more
than tenfold in the last five years, from approximately 30 to 60 megabytes in
1989 to approximately 500 to 1,000 megabytes in 1995. While the amount of
storage capacity has increased significantly during this period, typical disk
drive form factors have decreased from 5.25 inches to 3.5 inches. Hard disk
drive storage capacity can be increased by adding more disks to the disk drive
or by increasing the areal density (the number of bits of data stored per unit
of area)of the disks. Although the number of disks used in disk drives has begun
to increase recently, it had remained approximately the same over the last five
years while the areal density of the disks has increased rapidly during this
period. The increase in disk drive capacity has therefore been primarily
accomplished by increasing the storage capacity of the disks themselves.
According to TrendFOCUS, an independent market research firm, the number of
thin-film disks produced in 1993 was 134 million, is expected to be 336 million
in 1996 and is projected to reach 609 million in 1999. TrendFOCUS expects the
worldwide market for thin-film disks to be $4.2 billion in 1996.
 
     The Company's business depends upon capital expenditures by manufacturers
of thin-film disks, of which there are a limited number worldwide. According to
TrendFOCUS, as of the end of 1995, there were 187 installed disk sputtering
lines (sputtering systems and related equipment such as plating, polishing,
texturing, lubrication and test equipment as well as related handling equipment)
 
                                       34

<PAGE>   37
 
worldwide and only 14 companies in the world with five or more installed disk
sputtering lines. The Company's opportunities to sell its systems are limited by
the fact many manufacturers of thin-film disks have adopted an in-line approach
as opposed to the Company's static approach to thin-film disk manufacturing.
 
     DISK MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
 
     The disks in a hard disk drive are substrates that have been coated with
several thin-film layers and are used as a storage medium for digital data. A
thin magnetic film on the disk is capable of storing information in the form of
magnetic patterns written and read by the disk drive recording head. The
production of thin-film disks involves several complex process steps requiring
specialized and expensive manufacturing equipment and facilities. The following
briefly summarizes the steps in this manufacturing process:
 
     - Plating, polishing and texturing.  The disk substrate (typically
       aluminum), which must be flat, smooth and free of surface defects, is
       plated with a non-magnetic layer for strength and durability. The
       substrate is then polished and textured to produce a controlled roughness
       on the disk's surface. This improves the friction characteristics so that
       the disk drive head will not stick to the disk during operation.
 
     - Sputtering.  Sputtering is a complex vacuum deposition process used to
       deposit multiple thin-films on the disk. The initial thin-film layers are
       various alloys that produce the magnetic qualities of a disk. The final
       thin-film layer is a protective carbon overcoat. The layers vary in
       thickness but are all very thin, typically less than 1/2,000th the
       thickness of a piece of paper. The following diagram depicts the layering
       of the thin films on a disk substrate:
 
                                      LOGO
 
                                       35

<PAGE>   38
 
     - Lubrication.  After thin-film sputtering, a microscopic layer of
       lubricant is applied to the disk's surface to improve durability and
       reduce surface friction.
 
     - Test and certification.  In the test and certification process, each disk
       is electronically scanned for both film integrity and asperity control
       and to ensure that the disk operates to the customer's specifications.
 
     Improvements in the disk sputtering process have contributed significantly
to increases in disk storage capacity through increasing areal density (the
number of bits of data stored per unit of area). The most significant advances
in disk media technology have been the achievement of better magnetic
characteristics and improved mechanical properties permitting lower flying
heights. Flying height, the distance between the head and the disk while the
disk drive is operating, depends on the smoothness and flatness of the disk
surface.
 
     CHALLENGES FACING THIN-FILM DISK MANUFACTURERS
 
     Because of the increasing demand for reliable, rapid access storage and the
intense competitiveness in the disk drive industry, disk drive manufacturers
continually seek to produce higher capacity disk drives at a lower cost per
megabyte of storage. Many thin-film disk manufacturers address this requirement
by producing higher capacity disks capable of higher areal densities. As
thin-film disk manufacturers do this, they face technical and operational
challenges that fall into two principal categories: the production of high
performance disks and the control of disk production costs.
 
     Production of high performance disks.
 
     The ability of thin-film disk manufacturers to produce disks capable of
high areal density is directly related to the manufacturer's ability to
consistently control disk attributes that are largely determined in the
sputtering process. The disk attributes include the following:
 
     - Coercivity.  Coercivity, a measure of the magnetic strength of the disk,
       is expressed in Oersted ("Oe"). The magnetic strength of the disk is
       determined by the types of disk substrate and thin-film materials used;
       substrate surface conditions before disk sputtering; and the conditions
       that exist during the sputtering process, including temperature, vacuum
       and possible sources of disk contamination. Coercivity is increasingly
       important as areal density increases because higher coercivity permits
       sharper transitions between magnetized regions, essentially allowing bits
       of data to be closer together and therefore more data to be stored in the
       same disk area. Advanced drive designs today require coercivities in the
       range of 1800 to 2200 Oes compared to a range of 950 to 1,200 required
       five years ago. The Company believes coercivity requirements will
       continue to increase significantly over the next several years.
 
     - Signal-to-noise ratio.  The proper choice of magnetic alloy material and
       the uniform deposition of this material on the disk help to reduce
       "noise" (unwanted signals), thereby improving the signal-to-noise ratio
       of the data that is read from the disk. Higher signal-to-noise ratios
       permit higher recording density and better data rates.
 
     - Defects.  Suitability of the disks for use in disk drives with high areal
       density is dependent upon both the number and the size of surface
       imperfections on the disk. Surface imperfections result from a variety of
       factors, including preexisting substrate surface imperfections, minor
       damage, contaminants trapped in the sputtered film and non-uniform
       sputtering of the thin-film layers. As more data is stored in the same
       disk space, the number and size of disk defects that can be tolerated
       must be reduced.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>   39
 
     - Smoothness and flatness.  As areal density increases, a smaller
       magnetized region stores each bit of data. The lower the disk head flying
       height, the more accurately the head can read the magnetic signal. The
       smoother and flatter the disks, the lower the flying height that can be
       achieved without the head contacting the disk.
 
     - Durability.  Because the head and disk come into physical contact when
       the disk drive is turned off, a protective carbon overcoat is sputtered
       over the magnetic layer to minimize wear on the disk, to protect the
       information stored on the disk and to increase the useful life of the
       disk drive. The thickness of this overcoat must nevertheless be minimized
       in order to allow the head to fly as close as possible to the magnetic
       layer.
 
     - Uniformity.  The performance of a disk is affected by the uniformity of
       all of the above characteristics across the entire surface of the disk.
       Such uniformity is substantially affected by the quality of the disk
       sputtering process.
 
     Control of disk production costs
 
     It is important for thin-film disk manufacturers to control disk production
costs in order to be competitive. Some of the most significant costs in the disk
manufacturing process are influenced by the disk sputtering equipment. Disk
manufacturers seek to lower their per disk manufacturing costs as part of the
sputtering process by attention to:
 
     - Yield.  Overall yield significantly affects per disk manufacturing costs.
       The capability and performance of the sputtering equipment can
       significantly affect overall yield.
 
     - Equipment acquisition and operating costs.  Although acquisition costs
       are substantial, the cost of using the sputtering equipment, including
       operators, maintenance, spare parts and consumables over the life of the
       equipment is more significant.
 
     - Increasing uptime and throughput.  Operating cost per disk produced is
       directly related to the uptime and throughput realized from the
       equipment.
 
     - Facilities costs.  The loading and unloading portions of the sputtering
       machine must be in a clean room. Clean room space is very expensive to
       build, operate and maintain. Both the size and footprint of sputtering
       systems affect the amount of clean room space required to house them and
       the degree to which the manufacturing facility must be customized to
       accommodate the sputtering equipment.
 
     - Time and cost of making process adjustments.  At times during the
       production of disks it is necessary or desirable to add, remove or make
       adjustments to certain process steps. To the extent that process
       engineers are able to do so quickly and efficiently, the disk
       manufacturer is able to reduce equipment and line downtime and therefore
       reduce its per disk manufacturing cost.
 
     - Flexible production scheduling.  OEM customer specifications for disks
       and the mix of different disks produced by thin-film disk manufacturers
       vary. To the extent that the disk manufacturer has the flexibility to
       quickly and efficiently alter the product mix and volume of disks
       produced through its production lines, the disk manufacturer is able to
       rapidly respond to changing customer requirements.
 
                                       37

<PAGE>   40
 
     THE TRADITIONAL "IN-LINE" THIN-FILM DISK SPUTTERING APPROACH
 
     Traditionally, thin-film disk manufacturers typically used in-line systems
for disk sputtering, and these systems continue to play a significant role in
media manufacturing. An in-line machine involves the use of a pallet typically
holding 16 or more disks. The pallet begins at one end of the machine and
travels on a long conveyor through various chambers in which all of the disks in
the pallet are processed while the pallet is moving. The following drawing
depicts a typical in-line system:
 
                                      LOGO
 
     As the specifications and tolerances for media have become more demanding,
several features typical of the in-line system architecture have created
increasingly significant challenges for media manufacturers using in-line
systems. These challenges include the following:
 
     - Limited vacuum isolation.  The architecture of typical in-line systems
      makes it very difficult to achieve optimum conditions for each process
      step because of imperfect vacuum isolation as disks move from one process
      step to the next.
 
     - Contamination from the pallet.  In an in-line system, disk substrates are
      processed while on the pallet. As the pallet goes through the machine
      repeatedly the pallet collects sputtered material (condensate). When the
      pallet is exposed to the atmosphere, the condensate absorbs gas which is
      partially released on the next cycle through the machine. This background
      gas degrades the properties of the magnetic film. In addition, condensate
      can flake off the pallet and contaminate disk surfaces, reducing yields.
 
                                       38

<PAGE>   41
 
     - Spatial variations.  The large size of the pallets and the movement of
      the pallets during sputtering both result in spatial variations in process
      conditions and disk temperatures. Even small temperature variations can
      cause a variation in magnetic properties, which may result in a lack of
      uniformity on a given disk or from disk to disk.
 
     - Size of the machines.  In-line machines are large (often more than 30
      feet long), and the time required for the machine to reach stable
      operating conditions is longer than for smaller machines. In addition, the
      large size and linear configuration of in-line systems make it difficult
      to add process steps after installation.
 
     Those thin-film disk manufacturers that have adopted an in-line approach
have typically made significant investments in manufacturing equipment and
processes. Therefore, some have chosen to overcome the challenges outlined above
by making extensive modifications to their equipment in order to extend its
useful life. These challenges are increasingly difficult to overcome. For
example, reduced bit sizes associated with increased coercivities and reduced
flying heights substantially narrow the range of permissible defect levels and
signal-to-noise ratios, which can require manufacturers using in-line systems to
make substantial modifications to their manufacturing systems. In addition, as
disk production evolves to require additional process steps, manufacturers using
in-line systems may be required to add additional chambers and processes to
their systems, which may be cumbersome, difficult and expensive. The technical
challenges facing manufacturers using in-line systems may become even more
difficult to address to the extent that new technological developments, such as
magneto-resistive heads and alternative substrates such as glass and ceramics,
emerge and gain market acceptance. While a number of disk media manufacturers
are expected to continue to employ in-line systems, others have chosen to
implement alternative approaches to disk media manufacturing.
 
                                       39

<PAGE>   42
 
INTEVAC'S STATIC MANUFACTURING APPROACH
 
     In 1982, Varian formed a business unit to design a disk sputtering system
to address the inherent limitations of the in-line sputtering architecture. That
business, acquired by Intevac in 1991, developed a single disk, multiple chamber
static sputtering system, similar in concept to the single wafer processing
machines used by the semiconductor industry. The Company's static systems differ
from in-line systems in that static sputtering provides for deposition with no
relative movement between the sputtering source and the disk being coated. Each
disk is placed sequentially in fully isolated chambers in which various process
steps are performed. The initial, first-generation static system, introduced in
1985, produced high performance disks but had low throughput compared with
in-line systems. The Company's current, fourth-generation static system has a
throughput of approximately 450 disks per hour, more than three times the
throughput of the first-generation system. The Company believes this system is
competitive with in-line systems on a cost per disk basis. The capability for
making high performance disks has also been improved. For example, the current
system has twelve process chambers compared to six chambers for the initial
model. These improvements have led to a number of thin-film disk manufacturers
adopting the static sputtering approach much as semiconductor manufacturers have
moved away from batch processing systems to single wafer multiple chamber
processing systems. The following drawing depicts the Company's MDP-250B static
sputtering system:
 
                                      LOGO
 
                                       40

<PAGE>   43
 
     The Company's static sputtering system enables manufacturers to achieve
high coercivities, high signal-to-noise ratios, minimal defects, high durability
and high uniformity, all of which are necessary in the production of high
performance, high areal density disks. Additionally, Intevac's static system
allows the disk manufacturer to achieve low production costs through high yield,
low equipment acquisition and operating costs, high uptime and low facilities
costs.
 
     The key features and benefits of the Intevac static sputtering approach
are:
 
     - Isolated process chambers.  The Company's sputtering systems have
      isolated vacuum process chambers which can be separately controlled and
      optimized for each process step, enabling manufacturers to more
      efficiently achieve high levels of coercivity.
 
     - Single disk processing.  Each disk substrate is individually processed
      under the same process parameters in the Company's system. Disk to disk
      repeatability is high in the Company's sputtering systems because every
      disk is subjected to nearly identical static process conditions, and the
      thin-film coating is uniform due to the cylindrical shape and other design
      features of the sputter sources.
 
     - Reduced contamination.  In an Intevac system there is no pallet that is
      exposed to the atmosphere and then introduced into the process chambers;
      thus no absorbed gas on a pallet from outside the vacuum system can
      contaminate the sputtering process. The short time intervals between
      process steps further minimizes contamination of the disk surface and
      makes it possible for the Company's disk sputtering systems to produce
      thin-film disks with high coercivity.
 
     - Precise temperature control.  Intevac's sputtering systems afford precise
      temperature control and rapid changes in substrate temperature. This
      permits optimization of the conditions for deposition of the magnetic film
      in order to achieve high coercivity, while creating different process
      conditions for the top coat deposition in order to maximize durability.
 
     - Rapid process development.  The Company's systems permit rapid and
      precise change in process parameters. Stability of process conditions is
      achieved quickly, which significantly shortens process development time
      and new product qualification as well as disk production ramp up.
 
     - Cost-effective, high throughput.  The Company's systems have short
      transport time intervals and high sputtering rates, which enable high disk
      production throughput. Intevac has designed its sputter sources for high
      target utilization; this feature, together with the ability to use either
      platinum or non-platinum alloy targets to produce high coercivity disks,
      significantly reduces operating costs.
 
     - Flexible manufacturing.  The Company's multi-chamber, static systems fit
      well into relatively small scale production lines that can be installed,
      modified or expanded relatively quickly and comparatively inexpensively.
      This allows the disk manufacturer to incrementally change production
      levels and mix, to rapidly adapt manufacturing equipment to new product
      technology and to achieve fast production ramp up. The Company's static
      manufacturing systems thus allow the thin-film disk manufacturer to meet
      its customers' increasingly rapid time-to-market demands.
 
     - Reduced facilities costs.  The Company's system occupies approximately
      370 square feet of factory floor space, including less than 30 square feet
      of clean room space. A critical cost factor for disk manufacturers is
      clean room facility costs, which can cost several hundred dollars per
      square foot for initial construction and are very expensive to operate.
      The size of the Company's systems therefore reduces the cost of building
      and operating the manufacturing facilities.
 
     The Company has continuously introduced static sputtering systems that give
manufacturers more control of the disk manufacturing process thereby allowing
manufacturers to produce high performance high density disks. The advanced
technology incorporated in the static system design has allowed
 
                                       41

<PAGE>   44
 
Intevac to meet the rapidly changing needs of the disk drive industry. For
instance, the design of the Intevac system allows the manufacture of disks that
can be used with psuedo-contact recording and magneto-resistive disk drive heads
as well as the sputtering of thin-films onto alternative substrates.
 
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's primary objective is to be the industry leader in supplying
disk sputtering equipment by providing disk sputtering systems which have both
the highest overall performance and the lowest cost of ownership in the
industry. Key elements of the Company's strategy include the following:
 
     Maintain Industry Leadership.  The Company is a leading supplier of static
sputtering systems for thin-film disk manufacturing. Intevac intends to maintain
this leadership position while continuing to advance the role of static
sputtering in the thin-film disk manufacturing industry.
 
     Advance Technology Leadership.  The Company believes it is currently a
technology leader in the design and manufacture of static sputtering systems for
thin-film disks. The Company intends to leverage the static architecture of its
products to enhance the functionality of its static sputtering systems through
development of advanced process techniques, higher system performance and
greater throughput, while lowering the overall cost of the sputtering process to
disk manufacturers.
 
     Provide the Lowest Overall Cost of Ownership.  The Company has focused and
will continue to focus on providing to its customers sputtering systems and
related disk manufacturing equipment with the lowest overall cost of ownership
in the industry. The Company intends to achieve this goal by continuously
seeking to improve system performance, throughput, uptime and product yield and
by reducing costs related to operating and maintaining its systems.
 
     Leverage Strategic Customer Relationships.  The Company's customers include
many of the world's leading manufacturers of thin-film disks. The Company works
and intends to continue to work closely with these customers to meet their
current manufacturing needs, to develop future generations of disk sputtering
systems and to improve fabrication processes and manufacturing costs while
meeting performance expectations.
 
     Achieve High Level of Customer Service.  The Company will continue to place
a strong emphasis on quickly responding to customer needs and supporting each
customer from the initial contact through the delivery, installation, ramp up
and operation of the Company's equipment. The Company seeks to provide the
industry's highest level of service to its customers.
 
     Minimize Manufacturing Cost.  The Company's manufacturing strategy is to
produce high quality, cost-effective systems and low cost replacement parts and
to be able to respond effectively to changes in volume. To do this, the Company
currently designs its products to use standard parts where possible. The Company
performs manufacturing activities that add value or that require unique
technology or specialized knowledge and, taking advantage of its Silicon Valley
location, utilizes subcontractors to perform other manufacturing activities.
 
     Expand Product Offerings.  The Company believes that significant
opportunities exist in the thin-film disk manufacturing industry. It intends to
acquire technologies or businesses that enable it to expand its current product
offerings to thin-film disk manufacturers. In this regard, the Company made
three acquisitions in the first six months of 1996. The Company acquired certain
advanced sputter source technology and products; a company that sells
lubrication equipment used in the manufacture of thin-film disks; and a company
that sells contact stop/start test equipment for computer hard disk drives and
drive components. In addition, Intevac believes that its expertise and
technology may have applications other than for thin-film disk manufacturing and
intends to expand its product offerings to other applicable markets through
internal development or acquisitions of products or technologies. In this
regard, the Company is currently developing products for the flat panel display
industry.
 
                                       42

<PAGE>   45
 
PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
  HOW SPUTTERING WORKS
 
     Sputtering is a vacuum deposition process for creating thin uniform layers
of very pure materials by bombarding a target of the desired material with
energetic ions of a noble gas, usually Argon. The Argon ions strike the surface
of the target with sufficient energy to dislodge atoms from the target and
propel them away from the target surface. These dislodged atoms coat the surface
of the substrate and form the desired film. Conditions for sputtering are
achieved through the proper combination of vacuum level, electric field and
magnetic field. The following diagram depicts the sputtering of a thin-film
layer on a disk:
 
                                      LOGO
 
  THE MDP-250B DISK SPUTTERING SYSTEM
 
     The Company's principal product is the MDP-250B disk sputtering system,
introduced in 1994, and is the fourth generation of the Company's "Magnetic Disk
Processing" systems. The MDP-250B is fully automated, has 12 independent process
stations and achieves throughput of approximately 450 disks per hour. Including
sales by Varian prior to the acquisition, the Company has sold 80 MDP systems,
of which 13 are MDP-250B systems. The Company's list prices for the MDP-250B
range from $2.0 million to $4.0 million, depending upon configuration, with the
most common configurations resulting in end user prices of $2.5 million to $3.0
million.
 
     The MDP-250B was designed by the Company to meet current requirements for
the production of media and to provide the capability to meet future
requirements. The MDP-250B is capable of producing disks with coercivity in
excess of 2,500 Oe with or without a costly platinum based magnetic layer. In
addition, the MDP-250B has the capability to sputter multi-layers (multiple
magnetic layers with interspersed non-magnetic layers) onto alternative
substrates (such as glass and ceramic), as well as conventional aluminum
substrates, and also to make media with the appropriate characteristics for use
with MR heads.
 
     The mechanical design of the MDP-250B has characteristics which are similar
to the cluster tools which are widely used in semiconductor manufacturing since
each process station is separately vacuum pumped and is vacuum isolated during
processing. The MDP-250B does not require a carrier or pallet to transport disks
through the system. Cassettes containing 25 substrates are automatically are
 
                                       43

<PAGE>   46
 
moved one at a time to pedestals located on the rim of the disk transfer wheel.
This wheel moves up and down and rotates, moving the disks sequentially into and
out of the process chambers. When the wheel is in its up position, each process
chamber is vacuum isolated from the transport chamber and from other process
stations. The disks pass through up to 12 process stations, and are then placed
in a cassette, which when full, moves into the exit load lock, from which it
moves into the exit conveyor.
 
     The following drawing shows the transport mechanism designed into the
MDP-250B disk sputtering system:
 
                                      LOGO
 
     Any number of process steps, up to 12, can be outfitted as the customer
requires. The process station options include the direct current ("DC") or radio
frequency ("RF") sputter process stations, an infrared substrate heating
station, a gas conduction substrate cooling station and a sputter etch cleaning
station. The Company designed its MDP-250B with twelve stations, more than
current needs require, in order to support future, more complex manufacturing
processes. The 12 independent process stations make it possible to produce disks
with multi-layers, which reduce noise and thereby increase the signal to noise
level of the data stream that is read from the disk. This permits higher
recording density and data rates. Furthermore, process stations can be moved
from any machine process position to any other to easily accommodate process
changes.
 
     The sputtering sources have been designed to provide for high utilization
of the target material thus reducing the cost of depositing the various thin
films. The Company is currently redesigning its CM-GUN, the sputtering source
currently used in the MDP-250B, to provide for greater target utilization and
longer target life. The Company is planning to incorporate the ES-GUN sputtering
source acquired from Cathode into the MDP-250B. The ES-GUN electrically sweeps
plasma radially at the target which results in greater target utilization,
longer target life and permits the deposition of two different materials
sequentially in the same chamber. In addition, the Company is developing the
RM-GUN sputtering source which uses a special rotating magnet assembly designed
to achieve greater target utilization and longer target life for both magnetic
and non-magnetic targets.
 
                                       44

<PAGE>   47
 
     MDP-250B operation is controlled by a computer program which displays
commands and process information on a color monitor. A user interface is
provided which allows an operator to monitor process and to access the
programmable controller. A color display unit and a keyboard located in the
clean room enable an operator or engineer to access the computer program to
control deposition or other processes through appropriate menu choices, to
monitor deposition data, or to call up certain access-protected service mode
subroutines. A data logging feature of the system enables users to transmit to a
host computer the values of the parameters existing at each process station,
providing valuable quality control information.
 
     A "top coat" is sputtered onto the disk immediately over the magnetic
recording layer to protect the recording layer from corrosion and mechanical
damage due to head contact and to provide a surface condition that in
conjunction with the lubrication layer minimizes "stiction," the tendency of the
head to stick to the disk surface. The top coat is typically carbon or a carbon
based substance. The Company believes that optimum deposition of carbon occurs
at a lower temperature than is required for the magnetic layer. The MDP-250B
incorporates a patented cooling station which permits the required reduction of
disk temperature to be achieved within a few seconds. The Company believes that
this feature plus the capability to sputter carbon in conjunction with hydrogen
or nitrogen makes it possible for the MDP-250B to produce disks that are highly
durable.
 
     The MDP-250B sputters 3 1/4 inch and smaller diameter disks. The Company is
currently developing the MDP-250C sputtering system which will have all the
features of the MDP-250B but will sputter 5 1/4 inch diameter disks.
 
  RELATED DISK MANUFACTURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT
 
     The Company has recently acquired two companies with product lines that
complement the MDP-250B. In May 1996, the Company acquired San Jose Technology
Corp. ("SJT"), a leading supplier of systems used to lubricate thin-film disks.
Lubrication is the production step that typically follows disk sputtering in the
manufacture of thin-film disks. During lubrication, a microscopic layer of
lubricant is applied to the disk's surface to improve durability and reduce
surface friction. SJT's products allow thin-film disk manufacturers to uniformly
lubricate disks in a temperature controlled, low vibration, contamination free
environment with a minimal amount of solvent loss. In June 1996, the Company
acquired Lotus Technologies, Inc. ("Lotus"), a leading manufacturer of contact
stop/ start ("CSS") test equipment for hard disk drives and drive components.
The Lotus family of PC-based CSS test equipment performs precise measurements of
disk wear, friction, stiction and start-stop torques related to the interface of
the read-write head with the thin-film disk. The Company intends to use the
Lotus expertise in head-disk interface and CSS testing to further improve the
Company's disk sputtering and disk lubrication equipment.
 
  INTEVAC TECHNOLOGY AND SKILLS
 
     The design and fabrication of sputtering systems for thin film disk
production requires a broad range of technologies and skills, including:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
- - Sputtering processes              - Thermal systems design
- - Sputter source design             - Design of complex electromechanical systems
- - Thin film characterization        - Material transport systems and robotics
- - Vacuum system design              - Computer based control systems
</TABLE>

 
     The Company's scientists and engineers are knowledgeable about disk
manufacturing processes and work with the Company's customers to design hardware
and software systems to meet the customers' requirements. The Company has a
MDP-250B in its laboratories to run various process tests for customers to
determine the suitability of the machine for their production process, and also
for the Company's design engineering department to test newly designed process
capabilities. The Company
 
                                       45

<PAGE>   48
 
believes that its process expertise, and the ability to communicate with its
customer's process scientists, gives it an important competitive advantage.
 
     The Company has the expertise to design apparatus for rapid, uniform
substrate heating and cooling, substrate cleaning using glow discharge and
sputter etch techniques, as well as both DC and RF sputtering. A particular area
of Company expertise is computer modeling, as well as practical design of the
electromagnetic magnetron sputtering sources which are at the heart of the
system. The Company believes that the ability to control magnetic field strength
using electromagnetic magnetrons is an advantage in maintaining tight process
control. The Company's computer programs also are used to calculate the
uniformity of sputtered film thickness and magnetic characteristics and the
overall utilization of target materials.
 
NEW BUSINESS PROJECT: FPD MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
 
     In recent years, flat panel displays ("FPDs") have emerged as a display
technology for a variety of applications such as PCs, workstations and video
displays. The manufacture of several types of flat panel displays such as STN,
AMLCD and FED require the use of a sputtering process to deposit thin-film
layers of different materials onto a glass substrate.
 
     In 1992, after evaluating the dynamics of the FPD market and the technical
requirements of meeting that market need, the Company initiated a program to
develop a sputtering system for this market as the first step to enter this
business area. The Company believes that the skills and technologies that it has
developed for the thin-film disk manufacturing industry are directly applicable
to the FPD manufacturing industry. These skills and technologies include its
expertise and experience in sputtering, rapid heating, high vacuum, isolated
process chambers and material handling. In addition, as with the thin-film disk
manufacturing industry, the FPD industry involves providing complex, expensive
capital equipment to a small number of customers worldwide.
 
     Since inception, the Company has invested approximately $8.6 million in the
flat panel sputtering development effort, of which approximately half has been
paid by Ebara Corporation ("Ebara"). The Company entered into its agreement with
Ebara in September 1992. Under the agreement, as amended, Ebara has agreed to
pay one-half of the development costs of the flat panel sputtering system, up to
a maximum amount of $5.5 million, in exchange for joint ownership of the
intellectual property rights, the exclusive right to manufacture flat panel
sputtering systems in Japan and the exclusive right to market and sell such
systems in the Far East. Under the agreement, the Company has retained the
exclusive right to manufacture flat panel sputtering systems in the United
States and the exclusive right to market and sell such systems in the United
States and Europe. Each party is required to pay royalties to the other party on
its flat panel sputtering system sales. The agreement expires five years
following completion of the joint development project. The Company has not yet
completed development of its flat panel sputtering systems.
 
     In 1994, the Company identified an additional opportunity in the FPD
market. Certain advanced FPDs require amorphous silicon deposited on the
substrate to be converted into poly-silicon. An effective way to accomplish this
is to rapidly heat the amorphous silicon to a high temperature. In 1994, the
Company acquired certain assets of Aktis Corporation and certain patents from
Baccarat Electronics, Inc. and continued a project to develop a rapid thermal
processing ("RTP") system for converting amorphous silicon into poly-silicon.
The Company has sold two RTP systems. Also in 1994, ARPA awarded the Company a
contract to develop an "All Sputtered Thin Film Transistor."
 
     The Company currently has contracts with ARPA providing for maximum funding
over the lives of the contracts of approximately $3.3 million. As of March 30,
1996, the cumulative billings were approximately $1.1 million, unspent backlog
under these contracts was approximately $1.3 million and approximately $0.9
million had not yet been funded under the contracts. In 1995, the Company spent
$4.6 million on research and development, which included $2.5 million that was
spent on research and development related to the Company's FPD efforts. Of the
amounts spent on FPD projects during
 
                                       46

<PAGE>   49
 
1995, approximately 72% of the funding was provided by customer sponsored
research and development contracts and/or cost sharing agreements.
 
     The Company has limited experience in the development, manufacture, sale
and marketing of flat panel display manufacturing equipment, having sold only
two RTP systems to date and having not yet completed development of its FPD
sputtering system. There can be no assurance that the market for flat panel
display manufacturing equipment targeted by the Company will develop as quickly
or to the degree the Company currently anticipates, or that the Company's
proposed FPD manufacturing equipment will achieve customer acceptance or that
the Company will achieve any net revenues from the sale of its proposed FPD
manufacturing equipment. There can be no assurance the Company will receive
additional customer sponsored research and development funding in the future.
The failure to receive additional customer sponsored research and development
funds could result in the Company internally funding the development of such FPD
manufacturing equipment, and the costs of such research and development may have
a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. There can be
no assurance that the Company in any event will continue to fund research and
development in the of FPD area. See "Risk Factors -- Flat Panel Display
Manufacturing Equipment Risks."
 
SALES CHANNEL, CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING
 
     The selling process for the Company's products is often a multi-level and
long-term process involving individuals from marketing, engineering, operations,
customer service and senior management. The process is lengthy and involves
making sample thin-film disks for the prospective customer and responding to
individual needs for moderate levels of machine customization. The Company sells
and markets its products directly in the United States, and through exclusive
distributors in Japan (Matsubo), Taiwan (Scientek) and Korea (Chung Song). The
Company has established a subsidiary in Singapore to support its customers in
Southeast Asia. The Company is also in the process of increasing its sales and
marketing efforts by expanding its marketing and technical support staff. See
"Risk Factors -- Management of Expanding Operations."
 
     Historically, a significant portion of the Company's revenues in any
particular period have been attributable to sales to a limited number of
customers. For example, Western Digital, Matsubo and Trace accounted for 21%,
14% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's total net revenues during 1993, and
Trace, Matsubo, Seagate, Varian Associates and Komag accounted for 25%, 15%,
13%, 12% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's total net revenues during 1994.
Seagate, HMT Technology and Matsubo accounted for 40%, 20% and 17%,
respectively, of the Company's total net revenues during 1995. International
sales accounted for 32% of revenue in 1993, 40% in 1994, and 20% in 1995. The
Company expects that international sales will continue to be a significant
portion of its revenues in the foreseeable future.
 
     Intevac sells static sputtering systems to both captive and merchant
thin-film disk manufacturers. Captive thin-film disk manufacturers produce disks
to be used in disk drives they manufacture, and merchant thin-film disk
manufacturers produce disks to be included in disk drives manufactured by third
parties. Since 1991 Intevac systems have been installed for or ordered by the
following customers:
 
Akashic Memories
Fuji Electric
Hitachi
HMT Technology
IBM
Komag
Mitsubishi
Seagate
Trace
Western Digital
 
     The Company participates in trade shows, publishes articles, makes
presentations at technical meetings, participates in industry trade groups and
consortiums, and distributes promotional literature. See "Risk
Factors -- Customer Concentration" and "-- Limited Number of Opportunities."
 
                                       47

<PAGE>   50
 
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
 
     Since media production lines are often operated 24 hours per day, seven
days per week, continuing service support is of vital importance and thus the
Company provides process and applications support, customer training,
installation and start-up assistance and emergency service support to its
customers. Over the past 18 months the Company has taken several steps to
substantially improve customer support including expanding the training program,
increasing the number of service engineers, adding product support engineering
capability, reducing delivery times for spare parts and providing 24 hour per
day response.
 
     Process and applications support is provided by equipment process
scientists who have access to a dedicated MDP-250B in the Company's applications
laboratory, and who also visit customers at their plants to assist in process
development projects.
 
     The Company conducts training classes for process scientists, machine
operators and machine service personnel. Additional training is also given
during the machine installation.
 
     Installation and start up of the sputtering systems are provided within the
United States by the Intevac customer service organization. This group also
assists with the installation and start up of sputtering systems in overseas
locations as required.
 
     The Company provides a standard warranty for up to twelve months from
customer acceptance or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first. During
this warranty period any necessary non-consumable parts are supplied and
installed. Currently the Company has seven full time trained servicemen to
provide service to United States customers. Overseas service is provided by the
Company's distributor and representatives using personnel who have received
training at Intevac. Intevac stocks consumables and spare parts to support the
installed base of systems. These parts are available on a 24 hour per day basis.
Intevac distributors provide a similar service for overseas customers.
 
     Consistent with the Company's strategy to provide the industry's highest
level of service to its customers, the Company is currently establishing
operations in Singapore. The subsidiary Intevac is establishing in Singapore
will provide customer training, installation, start-up assistance, spare parts
and service support to customers in Southeast Asia.
 
BACKLOG
 
     The Company's backlog was $45.6 million and $25.2 million at March 30, 1996
and April 1, 1995, respectively. The Company includes in its backlog only those
customer orders for systems, component parts and contract research and
development for which it has accepted signed purchase orders with assigned
delivery dates. In the case of a cancellation of a system order, the Company's
system sales contracts generally provide for a non-refundable deposit, depending
upon when the order is cancelled, typically 30%. The equipment requirements for
thin-film disk manufacturers cannot be determined with accuracy, and therefore
the Company's backlog at any certain date may not be indicative of future demand
for the Company's manufacturing systems. See "Risk Factors -- Customer
Concentration."
 
     Due to recent increases in demand, the average time between order and
shipment of the Company's systems may increase substantially in the future. The
Company's ability to quickly increase its manufacturing capacity in response to
short-term increases in demand, if any, could be limited given the complexity of
the manufacturing process, the lengthy lead times necessary to obtain critical
components and the need for highly skilled personnel. The failure of the Company
to satisfy any such short-term increases in demand and to keep pace with
customer demand would lead to further extensions of delivery times, which could
deter customers from placing additional orders, and could adversely affect
product quality, which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Manufacturing Risks."
 
                                       48

<PAGE>   51
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The disk drive industry in general, and the thin film disk manufacturing
industry in particular, are characterized by rapid technological change and
evolving industry standards. The Company has invested substantial amounts in
research and development for its disk sputtering systems and flat panel display
manufacturing equipment. The Company's research and development expenses in
1993, 1994, 1995 and the first three months of 1996 were $3.1 million, $3.5
million, $2.6 million, and $1.4 million respectively, and represented 14.0%,
17.2%, 6.1% and 9.1%, respectively, of net revenues. Research and development
expenses do not include costs of $1.1 million, $2.0 million and $0.9 million
that were incurred by the Company in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively,
reimbursed under the terms of a research and development cost sharing agreement
with the Company's Japanese development partner. In addition, research and
development expenses do not include expenditures in connection with contract
research and development activities since these are charged to cost of sales.
 
     The Company expects to continue an active development program to make
sputter system improvements to increase machine throughput, add additional
capabilities that will improve disk performance, permit optimum utilization of
alternative substrates, lower cost of ownership and respond to future market
requirements. The Company's ability to remain competitive has required and will
continue to require substantial investments in research and development to
advance its technologies. The failure to develop, manufacture and market new
systems, or to enhance existing systems, would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In the
past, the Company has experienced delays from time to time in the introduction
of, and certain technical difficulties with, certain of its systems and
enhancements. In addition, the Company's competitors can be expected to continue
to develop and introduce new and enhanced products, any of which could cause a
decline in market demand for the Company's systems or a reduction in the
Company's margins as a result of intensified price competition. With respect to
the Company's research and development activities related to flat panel display
manufacturing equipment, See "-- New Business Project: FPD Manufacturing
Equipment." See also, "Risk Factors -- Flat Panel Display Manufacturing
Equipment Risks."
 
     Changes in the manufacturing processes for thin-film disks could also have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. The Company anticipates continued changes in the
requirements of the disk drive industry and thin-film disk manufacturing
technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
develop, manufacture and sell systems that respond adequately to such changes.
In addition, the data storage industry is subject to constantly evolving
technological standards. There can be no assurance that future technological
innovations will not reduce demand for thin-film disks. The Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected by any trend toward technology that would replace thin-film disks as a
storage medium.
 
     The Company's success in developing and selling new and enhanced systems
depends upon a variety of factors, including accurate prediction of future
customer requirements, technology advances, cost of ownership, introduction of
new products on schedule, cost-effective manufacturing and product performance
in the field. The Company's new product decisions and development commitments
must anticipate the requirements for the continuously evolving disk drive
industry approximately two or more years in advance of sales. Any failure to
accurately predict customer requirements and to develop new generations of
products to meet those requirements would have a sustained material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
New product transitions could adversely affect sales of existing systems, and
product introductions could contribute to quarterly fluctuations in operating
results as orders for new products commence and orders for existing products
decline. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
 
                                       49

<PAGE>   52
 
selecting, developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or enhancements
of existing products. See "Risk Factors -- Rapid Technological Change."
 
MANUFACTURING
 
     Substantially all of the Company's manufacturing is conducted at its
headquarters facility in Santa Clara, California. The Company's manufacturing
operations include electromechanical assembly, mechanical and vacuum assembly,
fabrication of the sputter sources, and system assembly, alignment and testing.
The Company makes extensive use of the infrastructure serving the semiconductor
equipment business. The Company purchases vacuum pumps, valves, instrumentation
and fittings, power supplies, printed wiring board assemblies, computers and
control circuitry and specialized mechanical parts made by forging, machining
and welding. The Company has a well-equipped fabrication center that is capable
of producing most of the fabricated metal parts. This capability is used
primarily for quick reaction requirements for design work or to cover shortages
and most of the parts required for production are purchased from outside
suppliers.
 
     The Company's manufacturing strategy is to produce high quality,
cost-effective systems and low cost replacement parts and to be able to respond
effectively to changes in volume. To do this, the Company currently designs its
products to use standard parts where possible. The Company performs
manufacturing activities that add value or that require unique technology or
specialized knowledge and, taking advantage of its Silicon Valley location,
utilizes subcontractors to perform other manufacturing activities.
 
     In certain instances, the Company is dependent upon a sole supplier or a
limited number of suppliers, or has qualified only a single or limited number of
suppliers, for certain complex components or sub-assemblies utilized in its
products. In addition, the Company makes extensive use of suppliers serving the
semiconductor equipment business and such suppliers may choose to give priority
to their semiconductor equipment customers that are much larger than the
Company. Any prolonged inability to obtain adequate deliveries could require the
Company to pay more for inventory, parts and other supplies, seek alternative
sources of supply, delay its ability to ship its products and damage
relationships with current and prospective customers. Any such delay or damage
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company's systems have a large number of components and are highly
complex. The Company may experience delays and technical and manufacturing
difficulties in future introductions or volume production of new systems or
enhancements. In addition, some of the systems built by the Company must be
customized to meet individual customer site or operating requirements. The
Company has limited manufacturing capacity and may be unable to complete the
development or meet the technical specifications of its new systems or
enhancements or to manufacture and ship these systems or enhancements in a
timely manner. Such an occurrence would materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations as well as its
relationships with customers. In addition, the Company may incur substantial
unanticipated costs early in a product's life cycle, such as increased cost of
materials due to expediting charges, other purchasing inefficiencies and greater
than expected installation and support costs which cannot be passed on to the
customer. Any of such events could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Manufacturing Risks."
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors are system
performance and features, reliability and uptime, overall cost of ownership and
customer support. The Company believes that it competes favorably with respect
to each of these factors. The Company believes it is the principal United
States-based supplier of sputtering systems for thin-film disks.
 
     The Company experiences intense competition worldwide from three principal
competitors, Ulvac, Leybold and Anelva, each of which is a large manufacturer of
complex vacuum equipment and
 
                                       50

<PAGE>   53
 
thin-film disk manufacturing systems and has sold a substantial number of
thin-film disk sputtering machines worldwide. Leybold is a manufacturer of
static and in-line sputtering systems, Ulvac is a manufacturer of in-line
systems and Anelva is a manufacturer of static systems, and each has
substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, manufacturing and other
resources than the Company. The Company also experiences competition from other
manufacturers of in-line sputtering systems used in thin-film disk fabrication
facilities as well as the manufacturers of thin-film disks that have developed
the capability to manufacture their own sputtering systems. There can be no
assurance that the Company's competitors will not develop enhancements to, or
future generations of, competitive products that will offer superior price or
performance features or that new competitors will not enter the Company's
markets and develop such enhanced products. Furthermore, the failure of
manufacturers of thin-film disks currently using in-line machines and
manufacturers using internally developed sputtering systems to switch to static
sputtering systems in the future could adversely affect the Company's ability to
increase its sputtering system market share.
 
     In addition, the Company's three principal competitors are based in foreign
countries and have cost structures and system prices based on foreign
currencies. Accordingly, currency fluctuations could cause the Company's
dollar-priced products to be less competitive than its competitors' products
priced in other currencies. Currency fluctuations could also increase the
Company's cost structure relative to those of its competitors, which could make
it more difficult for the Company to maintain its competitiveness.
 
     Given the lengthy sales cycle and the significant investment required to
integrate a disk sputtering system into the manufacturing process, the Company
believes that once a thin-film disk manufacturer has selected a particular
supplier's disk sputtering equipment, the manufacturer generally relies upon
that equipment for the specific production line application and frequently will
continue to purchase its other disk sputtering equipment from the same supplier.
The Company expects to experience difficulty in selling to a particular customer
for a significant period of time if that customer selects a competitor's disk
sputtering equipment. Accordingly, competition for customers in the disk
sputtering equipment industry is particularly intense, and suppliers of disk
sputtering equipment may offer pricing concessions and incentives to attract new
customers, which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Because of these competitive factors, there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully in the
future.
 
PATENTS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     The Company places a high value on intellectual property and has an active
program to seek patent coverage for discoveries and designs that are believed to
have significant value. The Company recognizes patentable inventions by
employees through incentive payments to inventors. The Company currently has 23
patents issued in the United States, and has patent applications in the United
States and foreign countries. Of the 23 patents, seven relate to sputtering, 11
relate to RTP, one relates to lubrication and four relate to other areas not in
Intevac's mainstream business. The Company has the right to utilize certain
patents under licensing arrangements with Litton Industries, Varian Associates,
Stanford University, Lawrence Livermore Laboratories and Alum Rock Technology.
 
     There can be no assurance that any of the Company's patent applications
will be allowed or that any of the allowed applications will be issued as
patents. There can be no assurance that any patent owned by the Company will not
be invalidated, deemed unenforceable, circumvented or challenged, that the
rights granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to the Company or
that any of the Company's pending or future patent applications will be issued
with claims of the scope sought by the Company, if at all. Furthermore, there
can be no assurance that others will not develop similar products, duplicate the
Company's products or design around the patents owned by the Company. In
addition, there can be no assurance that foreign patent rights, intellectual
property laws or the Company's agreements will protect the Company's
intellectual property rights. Failure to protect the
 
                                       51

<PAGE>   54
 
Company's intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     There have also been substantial amounts of litigation in the technology
industry regarding intellectual property rights. The Company has from time to
time received claims that it is infringing third parties' intellectual property
rights. In August 1993, Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell") sued the
Federal government alleging infringement of certain patent rights with respect
to the contracts the Federal government has had with a number of companies,
including Intevac. The Federal government has notified Intevac that it may be
liable to the Federal government in connection with contracts for certain
products from the Company's discontinued night vision business. Although the
Company believes it will have no material liability to the Federal government
under these contracts, there can be no assurance that the resolution of the
claims by Rockwell with the Federal government will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. In
addition, the Company has recently become aware that a third party has sent
correspondence to a consortium, of which the Company is a party, in a proposed
government sponsored research and development program claiming that the work to
be done under this program may infringe patents owned by third party. The
Company and its subcontractors have reviewed the correspondence and patents and
believe these claims are without merit; however, there can be no assurance that
litigation will not result from such development program. There can be no
assurance that other third parties will not in the future claim infringement by
the Company with respect to current or future patents, trademarks or other
proprietary rights relating to the Company's disk sputtering systems, flat panel
display manufacturing equipment or other products. Any present or future claims,
with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation,
cause product shipment delays or require the Company to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not
be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. Any of the foregoing
could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition. In addition, the Company believes that one of
its competitor's may be infringing the Company's patent rights in connection
with products currently being offered by this competitor. Although the Company
has not undertaken formal legal proceedings, the Company has informed its
competitor that the Company believes its patents are being infringed and that
the Company may undertake litigation to protect its patent rights if necessary.
If undertaken, such litigation could be expected to be costly, time-consuming
and result in legal claims being made against the Company. This could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition, and, in addition, there could be no assurance that the
Company would ultimately prevail in any such litigation. See "Risk
Factors -- Patents and Other Intellectual Property."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At March 30, 1996, the Company had 193 employees, 11 of whom are contract
employees. 187 of these employees are located in California, with 51 in research
and development, 87 in manufacturing, and 49 in administration, customer support
and marketing. The Company also has 6 employees at its operation in Singapore.
 
     The Company believes that it has good relations with its employees. None of
the Company's employees is represented by a labor union, and the Company has
never experienced a work stoppage. The Company believes that attracting and
motivating skilled technical talent is vital to its success. See "Risk
Factors -- Management of Expanding Operations" and " -- Dependence on Key
Employees."
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company leases all of its facilities, including approximately 90,000
square feet in Santa Clara, California. These buildings house the manufacturing,
research and development, marketing and administration, and the Company's
headquarters offices. The lease for these buildings expires in June 1999. The
Company has an option to extend the lease with respect to 44,000 square feet for
an additional five-year period, with a monthly base rent to be negotiated by the
Company and the lessor.
 
                                       52

<PAGE>   55
 
If the Company and the lessor are unable to reach agreement with respect to such
monthly base rent, the monthly base rent for the extension will be determined by
an appraisal process set forth in the lease.
 
     The Company leases a 5,000 square-foot building in Rocklin, California.
This building houses the RTP business. This lease expires in January 1997. The
Company has an option to extend the lease for an additional three-year period,
with a monthly base rent equal to its current base rent plus 5% per year. The
Company is currently evaluating the extension of this lease while also reviewing
alternate sites for its RTP Business.
 
     The Company leases a facility of approximately 2,400 square feet in
Singapore to house the Singapore customer support organization. This lease
expires in December 1997. The Company has an option to extend the lease for an
additional two years at market rates.
 
     The Company believes that its current facilities are suitable and adequate
for its current and foreseeable operations. The Company currently operates with
one full manufacturing shift and one partial manufacturing shift and has
sufficient manufacturing capacity to produce 4-5 sputtering systems per month
without material capital expenditures. The Company believes that it currently
has sufficient productive capacity to meet its needs for at least the next 12
months and does not currently anticipate incurring any material capital
expenditures during the next 12 months in order to increase its productive
capacity for its disk sputtering production facility.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
     The Company is subject to a variety of governmental regulations relating to
the use, storage, discharge, handling, emission, generation, manufacture,
treatment and disposal of toxic or other hazardous substances, chemicals,
materials or waste. Any failure to comply with current or future regulations
could result in substantial civil penalties or criminal fines being imposed on
the Company or its officers, directors or employees, suspension of production,
alteration of its manufacturing process or cessation of operations. Such
regulations could require the Company to acquire expensive remediation or
abatement equipment or to incur substantial expenses to comply with
environmental regulations. Any failure by the Company to properly manage the
use, disposal or storage of, or adequately restrict the release of, hazardous or
toxic substances could subject the Company to significant liabilities. See "Risk
Factors -- Environmental Regulations."
 
                                       53

<PAGE>   56
 

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The directors, executive officers and key employees of the Company, and
their ages as of May 31, 1996, are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME             AGE                              POSITION
- -------------------------  ---   --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>   <C>
Directors and Executive
  Officers:
Norman H. Pond...........  57    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles B. Eddy III......  45    Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial
                                 Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Robert D. Hempstead......  52    Chief Operating Officer and General Manager of the Vacuum
                                 Systems Division
John R. Dougery(1)(2)....  56    Director
Edward Durbin(1).........  68    Director
David N. Lambeth.........  49    Director
H. Joseph Smead(2).......  70    Director
Key Employees:
Verle W. Aebi............  41    Vice President and General Manager of the Advanced Technology
                                 Division
Daniel E. Gentry.........  49    Vice President, Sales and Marketing
John Lester Hughes.......  57    Vice President, Engineering
Stephen A. Campano III...  35    Customer Service Manager
Timothy E. Justyn........  33    Operations Manager
Carlos E. Rodriguez......  40    Systems Engineering Manager
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee
 
     Mr. Pond is a founder of the Company and has served as Chairman of the
Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since February 1991. Before joining
the Company, from 1988 to 1990, Mr. Pond served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Varian Associates, Inc. ("Varian"), a publicly held manufacturer of
semiconductor, communication, defense and medical products where he was
responsible for overall management of Varian's operations. From 1984 to 1988,
Mr. Pond was President of Varian's Electron Device and Systems Group and became
a Director of Varian in 1986. Prior to joining Varian, Mr. Pond was employed by
Teledyne, a diversified electronics company, from 1963 to 1984 where he served
in various positions, including as Group Executive. Mr. Pond holds a B.S. in
physics from the University of Missouri and an M.S. in physics from the
University of California at Los Angeles.
 
     Mr. Eddy has served as Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company since April 1991. Mr.
Eddy served as Chief Financial Officer of Videonics, Inc., a manufacturer of
consumer video editing equipment, from 1987 to 1991 and served as Chief
Financial Officer of Parallel Computers, Inc., a startup computer company, from
1983 to 1987. Mr. Eddy was with Intel Corporation, a publicly held manufacturer
of semiconductor products, from 1974 to 1983 where he served in a variety of
positions, including controller and plant manager. Mr. Eddy holds a B.S. in
engineering science from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth
College.
 
     Dr. Hempstead has served as Chief Operating Officer and General Manager of
the Vacuum Systems Division of the Company since April 1996. Before joining the
Company, Dr. Hempstead served as Executive Vice President of Censtor Corp., a
manufacturer of computer disk drive heads and disks, from November 1994 to
February 1996. He was a self-employed consultant from 1989 to November 1994. Dr.
Hempstead holds a B.S. and M.S. in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in physics from the University of Illinois.
 
                                       54

<PAGE>   57
 
     Mr. Dougery has served as a Director of the Company since February 1991.
Mr. Dougery has been a general partner of Dougery & Wilder, a venture capital
firm, since 1981. Mr. Dougery currently serves as a director of Printronix and
In Focus Systems, both publicly held companies, as well as several privately
held technology companies. Mr. Dougery holds an A.B. in mathematics from the
University of California at Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Stanford University
Graduate School of Business.
 
     Mr. Durbin has served as a Director of the Company since February 1991. Mr.
Durbin has been a Senior Vice President of Kaiser Aerospace and Electronics
Corporation ("Kaiser"), a privately held manufacturer of electronic and
electro-optical systems, responsible for marketing and business development
since joining Kaiser in 1975. Mr. Durbin currently serves as a director for all
of Kaiser's subsidiaries. Mr. Durbin holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from
The Cooper Union and an M.S. in electrical engineering from the Polytechnic
Institute of Brooklyn.
 
     Dr. Lambeth has served as a Director of the Company since May 1996. Dr.
Lambeth has been Professor of electrical and computer engineering and Associate
Director of the Data Storage Systems Center at Carnegie Mellon University since
1989. Since 1988, Dr. Lambeth has been the owner of Lambeth Systems, an
engineering consulting firm. From 1973 to 1988, Dr. Lambeth worked at Eastman
Kodak Company's Research Laboratories, most recently as the head of the Magnetic
Materials Laboratory. Dr. Lambeth holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from
the University of Missouri and a Ph.D. in physics from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.
 
     Dr. Smead has served as a Director of the Company since February 1991. Dr.
Smead has been President of Kaiser since joining Kaiser in 1974. Since 1977, Dr.
Smead has been President and Chairman of the Board of Directors of K Systems,
Inc., Kaiser's parent company. Dr. Smead currently serves as Chairman of the
Board of Directors of Kaiser and as a director for all of Kaiser's subsidiaries.
Dr. Smead holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of
Colorado, an M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Washington
and a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Purdue University.
 
     Mr. Aebi has served as General Manager of the Advanced Technology Division
of the Company since May 1995 and was elected as a Vice President of the Company
in September 1995. From 1988 through 1994, Mr. Aebi was the Engineering Manager
of the Company's night vision business, where he was responsible for new project
development in the areas of advanced photocathodes and image intensifiers. Mr.
Aebi holds a B.S. in physics and an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford
University.
 
     Mr. Gentry has served as Marketing Manager of the Vacuum Systems Division
of the Company since March 1991 and was elected as a Vice President, Sales and
Marketing of the Company in September 1995. Before joining the Company, from
1988 to 1991, Mr. Gentry served as Vice President, Marketing and Sales at
Exclusive Design Company, a private manufacturer of hard disk texturing systems,
where he developed the overseas sales and distribution system and directed the
domestic sales and marketing activities. Mr. Gentry holds a B.S. and M.S. in
electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an
M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
     Mr. Hughes has served as Engineering Manager of the Vacuum Systems Division
of the Company since February 1991 and was elected as a Vice President of the
Company in September 1995. Before joining the Company, from 1984 through 1991,
Mr. Hughes served as Engineering Manager of the vacuum systems business of
Varian where he was responsible for the management of research and development
and engineering of disk sputtering systems. Mr. Hughes holds a B.A. in physics
from San Francisco State University.
 
     Mr. Campano has served as Customer Service Manager of the Company since
August 1995 and previously served as Manufacturing Manager and Product Manager
of Intevac's night vision business
 
                                       55

<PAGE>   58
 
since joining the Company in 1991. Currently Mr. Campano is responsible for all
of the Company's customer service activities, including field service
engineering, product support engineering, training and spare parts support.
Before joining the Company, from 1987 to 1991 Mr. Campano held various
management positions with Varian, including Quality Engineer Manager and Quality
Assurance Manager. Mr. Campano holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the
United States Military Academy.
 
     Mr. Justyn has served as Operations Manager of the Company since July 1995,
where he is responsible for manufacturing and materials. From 1984 to 1995, Mr.
Justyn held various positions in Intevac's night vision business including
Engineering Manager, Environmental Health and Safety Manager, Manufacturing
Business Manager and New Product Development Manager. Mr. Justyn holds a B.S. in
chemical engineering from the University of California at Santa Barbara.
 
     Mr. Rodriguez has served as Systems Engineering Manager of the Company
since February 1991, where he is responsible for managing new systems
development and ongoing engineering activity. Before joining the Company, from
1984 to 1991 Mr. Rodriguez held various positions at Varian's vacuum systems
business including design engineer and project engineer and was part of the team
that manufactured the first MDP disk sputtering system in 1984. Mr. Rodriguez
holds a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Pernambuco,
Brazil.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Directors of the Company do not receive compensation for services provided
as a director. The Company also does not pay compensation for committee
participation or special assignments of the Board of Directors. However, all
directors are eligible to receive option grants under the Discretionary Option
Grant Program, and non-employee directors receive periodic option grants under
the Automatic Option Grant Program, of the 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance
Plan. See "-- 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan."
 
                                       56

<PAGE>   59
 
SUMMARY OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table provides certain summary information concerning the
compensation earned for the 1995, 1994 and 1993 fiscal years, as applicable, by
(i) the Company's Chief Executive Officer and (ii) each of the two other
executive officers of the Company whose compensation was in excess of $100,000
for the 1995 fiscal year. Such individuals will be hereafter referred to as the
Named Executive Officers.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LONG-TERM
                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                                                           AWARDS
                                                                        ------------
                                                                         NUMBER OF
                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION              SECURITIES
                                 ----------------------------------      UNDERLYING         ALL OTHER
  NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION    YEARS      SALARY(1)        BONUS        OPTIONS        COMPENSATION(2)
- -------------------------------  -----     ------------     -------     ------------     ---------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>              <C>         <C>              <C>
Norman H. Pond.................   1995       $279,990         --           193,333           $ 2,741
  President and Chief             1994        240,000         --            --                 2,460
  Executive Officer               1993        239,423         --            --                 1,700
Charles B. Eddy III............   1995        127,691       $25,000         83,332             1,011
  Vice President, Finance and     1994        115,774        15,000         10,000               886
  Administration, Chief           1993        107,692        10,000          6,666               118
     Financial
  Officer, Treasurer and
  Secretary
William C. Johnson(3)..........   1995        150,000        20,000         66,666             1,102
  Vice President and              1994         57,552        20,000         50,000               135
  General Manager of the          1993         --             --            --               --
  Vacuum Systems Division
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Includes salary deferral contributions to the Company's 401(k) Plan.
 
(2) The indicated amount for each Named Executive Officer is comprised of the
    contributions made by the Company on behalf of such individual to the
    Company's 401(k) Plan which match part of such officer's salary deferral
    contributions to that plan, plus the cost of any life insurance in excess of
    $50,000 paid by the Company.
 
(3) Mr. Johnson left the position of Vice President and General Manager of the
    Vacuum Systems Division in 1996 and was replaced by Dr. Hempstead.
 
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
 
     The following table contains information concerning the stock option grants
made to each of the Named Executive Officers during the 1995 fiscal year. Except
for the limited stock appreciation rights described in footnote (1) below, no
stock appreciation rights were granted to those individuals during such year.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)                     VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                           -------------------------------------------------------            RATES
                           NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF                                      OF STOCK PRICE
                           SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS     EXERCISE                      APPRECIATION FOR
                           UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO          OR                          OPTION TERM(3)
                            OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN     BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION   -----------------------
          NAME              GRANTED         1995        PER SHARE(2)       DATE         5%           10%
- -------------------------  ----------   -------------   -------------   ----------   --------     ----------
<S>                        <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
Norman H. Pond...........    193,333         27.3%          $6.00         08/06/05   $729,517     $1,848,738
Charles B. Eddy III......     16,666          2.4            2.17         06/29/05     22,797         57,771
                              66,666          9.4            6.00         08/06/05    251,555        637,491
William C. Johnson.......     16,666          2.4            2.17         06/29/05     22,797         57,771
                              50,000          7.1            6.00         08/06/05    188,668        478,123
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Each option, with the exception of Mr. Pond's option to purchase 83,333
    shares, is immediately exercisable for all of the option shares. However,
    any shares purchased under the option will be
 
                                       57

<PAGE>   60
 
    subject to repurchase by the Company, at the original exercise price paid
    per share, upon the optionee's cessation of service with the Company prior
    to vesting in those shares. The option shares will vest in a series of five
    (5) successive equal annual installments upon the optionee's completion of
    each year of service over the five (5) year period measured from the grant
    date. In addition, the option shares will vest in full upon an acquisition
    of the Company by merger or asset sale, unless the options are assumed by
    the acquiring entity and the Company's repurchase right with respect to the
    option shares is transferred to the acquiring entity. Each option has a
    maximum term of 10 years measured from the option grant date, subject to
    earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of service with the
    Company. Each option also includes a limited stock appreciation right which
    provides the optionee with a right, exercisable upon the successful
    completion of a hostile tender offer for forty percent (40%) or more of the
    Company's outstanding voting securities, to surrender the option to the
    Company, to the extent the option is at that time exercisable for vested
    shares, in return for a cash distribution per surrendered option share equal
    to the excess of (i) the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in the
    hostile tender offer over (ii) the option exercise price payable per share.
 
(2) The exercise price may be paid in cash, in shares of the Company's Common
    Stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless
    exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchased shares. The
    Company may also finance the option exercise by loaning the optionee
    sufficient funds to pay the exercise price for the purchased shares, plus
    any Federal and state income tax liability incurred by the optionee in
    connection with such exercise.
 
(3) There can be no assurance provided to any executive officer or any other
    holder of the Company's securities that the actual stock price appreciation
    over the 10-year option term will be at the 5% and 10% assumed annual rates
    of compounded stock price appreciation or at any other defined level. Unless
    the market price of the Common Stock appreciates over the option term, no
    value will be realized from the option grant made to the Named Executive
    Officer.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises and
option holdings for the 1995 fiscal year by each of the Named Executive
Officers. Except for the limited stock appreciation rights described in footnote
(1) to the table in "-- Stock Option Grants" above, no stock appreciation rights
were exercised during such year or were outstanding at the end of that year.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                                         SECURITIES           VALUE OF
                                                                         UNDERLYING          UNEXERCISED
                                                                        UNEXERCISED         IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                      OPTIONS/SARS AT      OPTIONS/SARS AT
                                                                      FISCAL YEAR-END      FISCAL YEAR-END
                               NUMBER OF                              ----------------     ---------------
                            SHARES ACQUIRED                             EXERCISABLE/        EXERCISABLE/
          NAME                ON EXERCISE       VALUE REALIZED(1)     UNEXERCISABLE(2)     UNEXERCISABLE(3)
- ------------------------    ---------------     -----------------     ----------------     ---------------
<S>                         <C>                 <C>                   <C>                  <C>
Norman H. Pond..........        385,999             $ 781,648           126,669/66,664     $ 79,168/$41,665
Charles B. Eddy III.....         16,666                 5,999            27,291/56,041      80,805/ 35,025
William C. Johnson......        --                   --                  75,833/40,833     302,393/ 25,520
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Equal to the fair market value of the purchased shares on the option
    exercise date less the exercise price paid for those shares.
 
(2) For options that are immediately exercisable for all the option shares, any
    shares purchased under those options will be subject to repurchase by the
    Company, at the original exercise price paid per share, upon the optionee's
    cessation of service with the Company prior to vesting in such shares. As of
    December 31, 1995, the repurchase right had lapsed as to none of Mr. Pond's
    option shares, none of Mr. Eddy's option shares and 10,000 of Mr. Johnson's
    option shares.
 
                                       58

<PAGE>   61
 
(3) Based on the market price of $6.625 per share, which was the closing sales
    price per share of the Company's Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq
    National Market on the last day of the 1995 fiscal year, less the exercise
    price payable for such shares.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors was formed
on September 14, 1995, and the initial members of the Compensation Committee
were Messrs. John Chapin, John Dougery and H. Joseph Smead. Mr. Chapin did not
stand for re-election to the Board of Directors at the Company's annual meeting
in May 1996, and the current members of the Compensation Committee consist of
Messrs. Dougery and Smead. None of these individuals was at any time during the
1995 fiscal year, or at any other time, an officer or employee of the Company.
No executive officer of the Company serves as a member of the board of directors
or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive
officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation
Committee.
 
1995 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
 
     The Company's 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "1995 Plan") is
intended to serve as the successor equity incentive program to the Company's
1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Predecessor Plan"). The 1995 Plan
was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 14, 1995 and approved by the
stockholders on September 26, 1995. 1,883,667 shares of Common Stock have been
authorized for issuance under the 1995 Plan. This share reserve is comprised of
(i) the shares which remained available for issuance under the Predecessor Plan,
including the shares subject to outstanding options thereunder, plus (ii) an
additional increase of approximately 515,000 shares. Those outstanding options
were incorporated into the 1995 Plan at the time the Underwriting Agreement for
the Company's initial public offering was executed, and no further option grants
or share issuances have been made under the Predecessor Plan. The incorporated
options will continue to be governed by their existing terms, unless the Plan
Administrator elects to extend one or more features of the 1995 Plan to those
options. However, except as otherwise noted below, the outstanding options under
the Predecessor Plan contain substantially the same terms and conditions
summarized below for the Discretionary Option Grant Program in effect under the
1995 Plan.
 
     The 1995 Plan is divided into three separate components: (i) the
Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible individuals in the
Company's employ or service may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be
granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise price not less
than 85% of their fair market value on the grant date, (ii) the Stock Issuance
Program under which such individuals may, in the Plan Administrator's
discretion, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, through the purchase of
such shares at a price not less than 85% of their fair market value at the time
of issuance or as a bonus tied to the performance of services, and (iii) the
Automatic Option Grant Program under which option grants will automatically be
made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee Board members to purchase
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to 100% of their fair market
value on the grant date.
 
     The Discretionary Option Grant Program and the Stock Issuance Program are
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Compensation
Committee as Plan Administrator has complete discretion to determine which
eligible individuals are to receive option grants or stock issuances, the time
or times when such option grants or stock issuances are to be made, the number
of shares subject to each such grant or issuance, the status of any granted
option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option under
the Federal tax laws, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant
or stock issuance and the maximum term for which any granted option is to remain
outstanding. In no event, however, may any one participant in the 1995 Plan
receive option grants or direct stock issuances for more than 200,000 shares per
calendar year, except that for the calendar year in which an individual first
enters the Company's employ or service, the limit will be increased to 350,000
shares. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale of the
 
                                       59

<PAGE>   62
 
Company, each outstanding option and unvested stock issuance will be subject to
full and immediate vesting under certain circumstances, including the
involuntary termination of the optionee's service within twelve months following
the effective date of such corporate transaction.
 
     The Plan Administrator also has discretion to issue stock appreciation
rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program which provide the holders
with the election to surrender their outstanding options for an appreciation
distribution from the Company equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value
of the vested shares of Common Stock subject to the surrendered option over (ii)
the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such appreciation
distribution may be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock or a combination
of both. Certain outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan include limited
stock appreciation rights which provide each holder with the right, exercisable
upon the successful completion of a hostile tender offer for forty percent (40%)
or more of the Company's outstanding voting securities, to surrender his or her
outstanding options to the Company, to the extent those options are at the time
exercisable for vested shares, in return for a cash distribution per surrendered
option share equal to the excess of (i) the greater of the fair market value on
the date the option is surrendered or the highest price per share of Common
Stock paid in the hostile tender offer over (ii) the option exercise price
payable per share.
 
     The Plan Administrator has the authority to effect, with the consent of the
affected option holder, the cancellation of outstanding options under the
Discretionary Option Grant Program (including options incorporated from the
Predecessor Plan) in return for the grant of new options for the same or
different number of option shares with an exercise price per share based upon
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the new grant date.
 
     Under the Automatic Option Grant Program, each individual serving as a
non-employee Board member on the date the Underwriting Agreement for the
Company's initial public offering was executed received an option grant on such
date for 10,000 shares of Common Stock, provided such individual had not
otherwise been in the prior employ of the Company. Each individual who first
becomes a non-employee Board member at any time thereafter will receive a
similar 10,000-share option grant on the date such individual joins the Board,
provided such individual has not been in the prior employ of the Company. In
addition, on the date of each Annual Stockholders Meeting, beginning with the
1996 Annual Meeting, each individual who will continue to serve as a non-
employee Board member will receive an option grant to purchase an additional
2,500 shares of Common Stock, whether or not such individual has been in the
prior employ of the Company, provided such individual has served as a
non-employee Board member for at least six months. Automatic grants were made to
the Company's non-employee Board members in connection with the Company's 1996
Annual Meeting.
 
     Each automatic grant will have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier
termination following the optionee's cessation of Board service. Each automatic
option will be immediately exercisable; however, any shares purchased upon
exercise of the option will be subject to repurchase should the optionee cease
service as a Board member prior to vesting in those shares. The initial
10,000-share grant will vest in four successive equal annual installments, over
the optionee's period of Board service with the first installment to vest upon
the Board members completion of one year of Board service. Each additional
2,500-share grant will vest upon the optionee's completion of one year of Board
service measured from the grant date. However, each outstanding option will
immediately vest upon (i) certain changes in the ownership or control of the
Company or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee while serving as a Board
member.
 
     The Board may amend or modify the 1995 Plan at any time, however, the
Automatic Option Grant Program cannot be amended more frequently than once every
six months. The 1995 Plan will terminate on September 30, 2005, unless sooner
terminated by the Board.
 
                                       60

<PAGE>   63
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     The Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was
adopted by the Board of Directors on September 14, 1995 and approved by the
stockholders on September 26, 1995. The Purchase Plan is designed to allow
eligible employees of the Company and participating subsidiaries to purchase
shares of Common Stock, at semi-annual intervals, through their periodic payroll
deductions under the Purchase Plan, and a reserve of 250,000 shares of Common
Stock has been established for this purpose.
 
     The Purchase Plan has been structured as a series of successive offering
periods, each with a maximum duration of 24 months. However, the initial
offering period began on the day the Underwriting Agreement was executed and
priced in connection with the Company's initial public offering and will end on
the last business day in January 1998.
 
     Individuals who are eligible employees on the start date of any offering
period may enter the Purchase Plan on that start date or on any subsequent
semi-annual entry date (February 1 or August 1). Individuals who first become
eligible employees after the start date of the offering period may join the
Purchase Plan on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that period.
 
     Payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of base salary, and the accumulated
payroll deductions of each participant will be applied to the purchase of shares
on his or her behalf on each semi-annual purchase date (January 31 and July 31)
at a purchase price per share equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of
(i) the fair market value of the Common Stock on the participant's entry date
into the offering period or (ii) the fair market value on the semi-annual
purchase date. In no event, however, may any participant purchase more than 750
shares on any one semi-annual purchase date.
 
     The Purchase Plan will terminate on the earlier of (i) the last business
day of January 2005, (ii) an earlier date determined by the Board or (iii) the
date all shares available for issuance have been sold.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The Company does not presently have any employment contracts in effect with
any of the Named Executive Officers.
 
     Several change in control arrangements are in effect under the 1995 Plan.
In the event the Company is acquired via a merger or asset sale, all outstanding
options held by an executive officer of the Company will automatically vest
unless these options are assumed by the acquiring company. Any assumed options
will subsequently vest in the event an executive officer is terminated by the
acquiring company within a specified period following the acquisition. In
addition, the Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator of the 1995 Plan has
the discretionary authority to accelerate outstanding options in connection with
a change in control or the subsequent termination of the employment of an
executive officer within a certain period following a change in control. Similar
vesting provisions will be in effect for any unvested shares issued under the
Stock Issuance Program of the 1995 Plan.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
     The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company may indemnify its directors,
officers and other agents in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted
by the provisions of Section 317 of the California Corporations Code. The
Company believes that indemnification under its Bylaws covers at least
negligence and gross negligence by indemnified parties, and permits the Company
to advance litigation expenses to directors in the case of shareholder
derivative actions or other actions, against an undertaking by the indemnified
party to repay those advances if it is ultimately determined that the
indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification by the Company as
authorized by the California Corporations Code. The Company also provides
liability insurance for its officers and directors.
 
     In addition, the Company's Articles of Incorporation provide that liability
of directors to the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the
fullest extent permitted under California
 
                                       61

<PAGE>   64
 
law. This provision in the Articles of Incorporation does not eliminate the
Directors' fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies
such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available
under California law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to
liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts
or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing
violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the
director and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or
redemptions that are unlawful under California law. The provision also does not
affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. In addition, the Company
has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors
and executive officers. The Company believes that its Articles of Incorporation
and Bylaw provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as
directors and officers.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may be permitted to directors,
officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
                                       62

<PAGE>   65
 

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     On July 28, 1995 the Company entered into an agreement to transfer its
leasehold interest in the Ground Lease with The Board of Trustees of the Leland
Stanford Junior University for the site of the Company's discontinued night
vision business (the "Palo Alto Site") to 601 California Avenue LLC (the "LLC"),
a California limited liability company formed and owned by most of the
shareholders of the Company, in which the Company owns an interest in the form
of a Preferred Share. The Ground Lease is fully paid and expires in the year
2053. The LLC was formed for the purpose of remediation and development of the
Palo Alto Site. The Company believes the removal of the buildings, remediation
and development of an office building at the Palo Alto Site will maximize the
value of its leasehold interest in the Ground Lease. The Company agreed to
transfer its interest in the Ground Lease to the LLC to undertake the
development project because the Company did not believe it was appropriate for a
manufacturer of high-technology products to be engaged in real estate
development. In consideration for the Company's transfer of its leasehold
interest to the LLC, the Company received a Preferred Share in the LLC equal to
the fair market value of the leasehold interest as determined by an independent
appraisal conducted by an outside real estate appraisal firm. The Preferred
Share was valued at $3.9 million and has an aggregate liquidation preference
equal to the current fair market value of the Palo Alto Site. In addition, the
Preferred Share accrues an annual 10% cumulative preferred return which is not
payable until the Palo Alto Site is developed and generating operating cash flow
which is not expected prior to the end of 1998, if at all. To raise capital for
the initial development of the Palo Alto Site, the Company offered interests in
the LLC to all shareholders of the Company based upon their percentage ownership
of the Company's outstanding capital stock. All executive officers and directors
were offered the opportunity to purchase interests in the LLC to the extent of
their individual ownership of stock in the Company or to the extent of the
ownership of stock of the Company held by their affiliates. Kaiser purchased a
$588,000 interest in the LLC. Messrs. Durbin and Smead are shareholders of K
Systems, Inc. ("KSI") which owns all the outstanding stock of Kaiser and may be
deemed to have a material financial interest in this transaction but disclaim
such interest except as to their pecuniary interest as shareholders of KSI.
Certain funds associated with Dougery & Wilder ("Dougery & Wilder Funds")
purchased a $295,400 interest in the LLC. Mr. Dougery may be deemed to have a
material financial interest in this transaction but disclaims such an interest,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest arising from his general
partnership interest in the general partner of the Dougery & Wilder Funds.
Messrs. Pond and Eddy purchased a $123,000 and an $8,400 interest in the LLC,
respectively. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders".
 
     On August 25, 1995, the preferred shareholders of the Company exchanged all
the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company for Common Stock of the
Company and cash (the "Exchange"). Specifically, each share of Preferred Stock
was exchanged for two-thirds of a share of Common Stock and $0.76. The Company
effected the Exchange to eliminate the preferential rights of the outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock, including preferences for dividends, liquidation,
voting and anti-dilution. The Company commissioned an appraisal of the fair
market value attributed to the preferences of the Preferred Stock, which
appraisal determined that such preferences had a fair market value of $.76 per
share. The cash used to effect the Exchange was an amount the Company believed
to be in excess of its operating requirements. Prior to the Exchange, Mr. Pond,
beneficially owned 340,000 shares of Preferred Stock and received 226,667 shares
of Common Stock and $258,400 in the Exchange. Prior to the Exchange, Kaiser held
8,400,000 shares of Preferred Stock and received 5,600,000 shares of Common
Stock and $6,384,000 in the Exchange. Messrs. Chapin, Durbin and Smead are
shareholders of KSI which owns all the outstanding stock of Kaiser and may be
deemed to have a material financial interest in the Exchange, but disclaim such
interest except as to their pecuniary interests as shareholders of KSI. Prior to
the Exchange, Dougery & Wilder Funds held 4,200,000 shares of Preferred Stock
and received 2,800,000 shares of Common Stock and $3,192,000 in the Exchange.
Mr. Dougery may be deemed to have a material financial interest in the Exchange,
but disclaims such an interest, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
arising from his general partnership interest in the general partner of the
Dougery & Wilder Funds.
 
                                       63

<PAGE>   66
 
     In addition, the Company has granted options to certain of its executive
officers. See "Management -- Stock Option Grants."
 
     The Company had system and product sales to Varian of $1,664,000,
$2,491,000, $1,844,000 and $476,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996, respectively. The Company
paid rent to Varian of approximately $1,352,000, and $1,056,000 during the years
ended December 31, 1993, and 1994, respectively. At March 30, 1996, $282,000 was
due from Varian. The Company has been a subcontractor to Kaiser on certain
government contracts and recognized sales of approximately $105,000, $406,000
and $12,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, respectively.
 
     During 1995, the Company redeemed all the outstanding shares of its
redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock held by Varian for $6.1 million in cash. The
Series 1 Preferred Stock was issued to Varian in connection with the acquisition
of certain Varian assets by the Company in 1991.
 
     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. The Company intends that all future transactions,
including loans, between the Company and its officers, directors, principal
shareholders and their affiliates be approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested outside
directors on the Board of Directors, and be on terms no less favorable to the
Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, the
Company will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors
and executive officers.
 
                                       64

<PAGE>   67
 

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of May 31, 1996, as adjusted to
reflect the sale of shares offered hereby, by (i) each person who is known by
the Company to own beneficially more than five percent (5%) of the Company's
Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, Named Executive Officers and
other executive officers, (iii) the Selling Shareholders and (iv) all current
executive officers and directors as a group.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SHARES BENEFICIALLY                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                  OWNED PRIOR TO                             OWNED AFTER
                                                  OFFERING(1)(2)         SHARES TO        OFFERING(1)(2)(3)
                                            --------------------------   BE SOLD IN   -------------------------
            BENEFICIAL OWNERS                NUMBER          PERCENT      OFFERING     NUMBER           PERCENT
- ------------------------------------------  ---------       ----------   ----------   ---------         -------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>
Kaiser Aerospace and Electronics..........  5,600,000          45.7%       600,000    5,000,000           36.3%
  950 Tower Lane, Suite 800
  Foster City, CA 94404
Dougery & Wilder Funds(4).................  2,800,000          22.8%            --    2,800,000           20.4%
  155 Bovet Road, Suite 350
  San Mateo, CA 94402
Norman H. Pond(5).........................  1,103,436           8.9%       129,378      974,058            7.0%
  3550 Bassett Street
  Santa Clara, CA 95054
Charles B. Eddy(6)........................    120,624             *          9,269      111,355              *
Robert D. Hempstead (7)...................    250,000           2.0%            --      250,000            1.8%
John R. Dougery(8)........................  2,820,700          23.0%            --    2,820,700           20.5%
Ed Durbin(9)..............................  5,612,500          45.7%       600,000    5,012,500           36.4%
David N. Lambeth(10)......................     10,000             *             --       10,000              *
H. Joseph Smead(9)........................  5,612,500          45.7%       600,000    5,012,500           36.4%
William C. Johnson(11)....................     92,500             *             --       92,500              *
All directors and executive officers as a
  group
  (7 persons)(5)(8)(9)(12)................  9,976,560          77.8%       738,647    9,237,913           64.5%
        OTHER SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Verle Aebi(13)............................     63,331             *          1,353       61,978              *
John L. Hughes(14)........................    131,665             *         10,000      121,665              *
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 *  Less than 1%.
 
 (1) Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to
     applicable community property laws, to the Company's knowledge the persons
     named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to
     all shares of Common Stock.
 
 (2) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding prior to and after
     this offering includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that
     may be exercised by the respective person or group within 60 days after May
     31, 1996. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after this
     offering includes the 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the
     Company hereby.
 
 (3) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
 (4) Includes 2,672,320 shares held by Dougery & Wilder III, a California
     Limited Partnership ("D&W III"), and 127,680 shares held by DW III
     International Investors Partnership, a California Limited Partnership ("DW
     III International").
 
 (5) Includes 960,100 shares held by the Norman Hugh Pond and Natalie Pond Trust
     DTD 12/23/80 of which Norman Hugh Pond and Natalie Pond are Trustees and
     options exercisable into 143,336 shares of Common Stock under the 1991
     Plan. Excludes 206,663 shares transferred by Mr. Pond to Mr. Pond's
     relatives or their respective trusts, as Mr. Pond has no voting or
     dispositive power over such shares.
 
 (6) Includes options exercisable into 43,958 shares of Common Stock.
 
 (7) Includes options exercisable into 250,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
 (8) Includes options exercisable into 12,500 shares of Common Stock and
     2,672,320 shares held by DW III, and 127,680 shares held by DW III
     International Investors Partnership, a California Limited Partnership ("DW
     III International"). Mr. Dougery, a director of the Company, is a General
     Partner of Dougery & Wilder Management Partners, a California Limited
     Partnership, which is the general partner of D&W III and DW III
     International. Mr. Dougery disclaims beneficial ownership in the shares
     held by D&W III and DW III International except to the extent of his
     pecuniary interest therein arising from his general partnership interest in
     D&W III and DW III International.
 
 (9) Includes options exercisable into 12,500 shares of Common Stock and
     5,600,000 shares held by Kaiser Aerospace and Electronics ("Kaiser")
     Messrs. Durbin and Smead are directors of the Company and are officers and
     shareholders of KSI, which owns all of the outstanding stock of Kaiser, and
     share voting and investment powers over the shares of the Company held by
     Kaiser. Both individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of the
     Company held by Kaiser except as to their pecuniary interests as
     shareholders of KSI.
 
(10) Includes options exercisable into 10,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
(11) Includes options exercisable into 92,500 shares of Common Stock.
 
(12) Includes options exercisable into 577,294 shares of Common Stock.
 
(13) Includes options exercisable into 29,999 shares of Common Stock.
 
(14) Includes options exercisable into 121,665 shares of Common Stock.
 
                                       65

<PAGE>   68
 

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, no par value, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, no par
value.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of March 30, 1996, there were 12,250,959 shares of Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by approximately 550 shareholders, assuming
no exercise after March 30, 1996 of outstanding stock options. There will be
13,750,959 shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option) after giving effect to the sale of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See
"Dividend Policy." In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution
rights of Preferred Stock, if any, then outstanding. The Common Stock has no
preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the
shares of Common Stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be
fully paid and nonassessable.
 
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Company's Articles of Incorporation authorizes 10,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred
Stock in one or more series and to fix the price, rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates,
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices,
liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the
designation of such series, without further vote or action by the shareholders.
The issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the
shareholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and conversion
rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock,
including the loss of voting control to others.
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
     The Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock on
terms that the Board of Directors has the authority to fix at the time of
issuance. The Articles and Bylaws provide for the elimination of cumulative
voting upon the Company becoming a listed corporation. The Bylaws also require
that any action taken by shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual
or special meeting of shareholders and may not be affected by written consent
without a meeting. These provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a
change in control of the Company. These provisions are also intended to enhance
the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of
Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to
discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or
threatened change of control of the Company. These provisions are designed to
reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal.
The provisions, alone or in combination, could have the effect of discouraging
others from making tender offers for the Company's shares and, as a consequence,
they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the Company's shares
that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also
may have the effect of preventing changes in the management of the Company.
 
                                       66

<PAGE>   69
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 7,950,622
shares of Common Stock (the "Registrable Securities") will be entitled to
certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the
Securities Act. Those registration rights have been waived with respect to this
offering. Under the terms of an agreement between the Company and the holders of
the Registrable Securities, if the Company proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or the account
of other security holders exercising registration rights, those holders are
entitled to notice of registration and are entitled to include shares of
Registrable Securities therein. The holders of a majority of Registrable
Securities may also require the Company to file up to two registration
statements under the Securities Act at its expense with respect to their
Registrable Securities, and the Company is required to use its best efforts to
effect that registration. Further, those shareholders may require the Company to
file additional registration statements on Form S-3. These registration rights
are subject to certain conditions and limitations, among them the right of the
underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in that
registration.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is The First National
Bank of Boston.
 
                                       67

<PAGE>   70
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 13,750,959 shares
of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of options after March 30,
1996). Of these shares, 4,907,448 shares, including the 2,250,000 shares sold in
this offering, will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by
"affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined under the Securities Act
("Affiliates"), may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of
Rule 144 described below.
 
     The remaining 8,843,511 shares of Common Stock are deemed "Restricted
Shares" under Rule 144. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale
in the public market is limited by restrictions under the Securities Act and
lock-up agreements under which the holders of such shares have agreed not to
sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Robertson,
Stephens & Company LLC. Because of these restrictions, on the date of this
Prospectus, no shares other than the 4,907,448 shares set forth above will be
eligible for sale. However, 2,800,000 of the Restricted Shares are held by one
of the Company's principal shareholders that is an Affiliate of the Company that
has not entered into a lock-up agreement with Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC,
and therefore would be eligible for sale subject to volume and other
restrictions of Rule 144. If those shares are distributed by this Affiliate to
the partners of this shareholder who are not affiliated with the Company, a
substantial number of those shares would be eligible for sale without
restrictions under Rule 144. Beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus
(or earlier with the prior written consent or Robertson, Stephens & Company
LLC), 5,883,333 Restricted Shares (and, to the extent vested, an additional
928,304 shares subject to outstanding stock options as of March 30, 1996) will
become available for sale in the public market subject to Rule 144 and Rule 701
of the Securities Act, and 160,178 Restricted Shares will become available for
sale in the public market without restrictions under Rule 144.
 
     In general, under rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, a
person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned
"restricted" shares for at least two years, including a person who may be deemed
an Affiliate of the Company, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares of Common Stock that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the
then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (approximately 137,500
shares after giving effect to this offering) or the average weekly trading
volume of the Common Stock as reported through the Nasdaq National Market during
the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act are subject to certain restrictions relating to manner of sale,
notice and the availability of current public information about the Company. In
addition, under Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act, a person who is not an
Affiliate of the Company at any time 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned shares for at least three years, would be entitled to sell
such shares immediately following this offering without regard to the volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice or other requirements of Rule
144 of the Securities Act.
 
     As of March 30, 1996, options to purchase a total of 928,304 shares of
Common Stock were outstanding and exercisable. An additional 950,000 shares of
Common Stock were available for future option grants or direct issuances under
the 1995 Plan. In addition, 250,000 shares of Common Stock were available for
issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management --
1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan," and "-- Employee Stock Purchase Plan,"
and Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     Rule 701 under the Securities Act provides that shares of Common Stock
acquired on the exercise of outstanding options may be resold by persons other
than Affiliates, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and
by Affiliates, subject to all provisions of Rule 144 except its two-year minimum
holding period. The Company has filed a registration statements on Form S-8, to
register a total of 250,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and 1,883,667 shares of Common Stock
subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under the 1995 Plan.
Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to these plans from time to
 
                                       68

<PAGE>   71
 
time will be available for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to affiliates.
 
     After this offering, the holders of 7,950,622 shares of Common Stock will
be entitled to certain demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to
such shares. If such holders, by exercising their demand registration rights,
cause a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market,
such sales could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's
Common Stock. If the Company were required to include in a Company-initiated
registration shares held by such holders pursuant to the exercise of their
piggyback registration rights, such sales may have an adverse effect on the
Company's ability to raise needed capital. See "Description of Capital Stock --
Registration Rights."
 
                                       69

<PAGE>   72
 

                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Underwriters named below, acting through their representatives,
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC and Hambrecht & Quist LLC (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed with the Company and the Selling
Shareholders, subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement,
to purchase the numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their
respective names below. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for
all of such shares if any are purchased.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NUMBER OF
                                   UNDERWRITERS                                  SHARES
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC ........................................
    Hambrecht & Quist LLC.....................................................
                                                                                ---------
              Total...........................................................  2,250,000
                                                                                =========
</TABLE>

 
     The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Shareholders
that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public
at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession of not in
excess of $   per share, of which $   may be reallowed to other dealers. After
the public offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to
dealers may be reduced by the Representatives. No such reduction shall change
the amount of proceeds to be received by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
     The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable during the
30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 337,500
additional shares of Common Stock at the same price per share as the Company and
Selling Shareholders receives for the 2,250,000 shares that the Underwriters
have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such
option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase
approximately the same percentage of such additional shares that the number of
shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents
as a percentage of the 2,250,000 shares offered hereby. If purchased, such
additional shares will be sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on
which the 2,250,000 shares are being sold.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.
 
     Each officer and director of the Company, other than Mr. Dougery, the
Selling Shareholders and certain other persons that beneficially own or have
dispositive power over shares of the Company's Common Stock, have agreed with
the Representatives, until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus (the
"Lock-Up Period"), subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract
to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with
respect to any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any
shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such holders
or with respect to which they have or hereafter acquire the power of
disposition, without the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company
LLC. Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any
time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to
lock-up agreements. Substantially all of such shares will be eligible for
immediate public sale following expiration of the Lock-Up Period, subject to the
provisions of Rule 144. In addition, the Company has agreed that during the
Lock-Up Period, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, subject to certain exceptions, issue, sell,
contract to
 
                                       70

<PAGE>   73
 
sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock, any options or
warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock other than the
Company's sales of shares in this offering, the issuance of Common Stock upon
the exercise of outstanding options, the Company's issuance of options under
existing employee stock option plans, and the issuance of Common Stock under the
Company's existing Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
 
     The rules of the Commission generally prohibit the Underwriters and other
members of the selling group, if any, from making a market in the Company's
Common Stock during the "cooling-off" period immediately preceding the
commencement of sales in the offering. The Commission has, however, adopted
exemptions from these rules that permit passive market making under certain
conditions. These rules permit an underwriter or other members of the selling
group, if any, to continue to make a market subject to the conditions, among
others, that its bid not exceed the highest bid by a market maker not connected
with the offering and that its net purchases on any one trading day not exceed
prescribed limits. Pursuant to these exemptions, certain Underwriters and other
members of the selling group, if any, may engage in passive market making in the
Company's Common Stock during the cooling-off period.
 

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal
matters for the offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Wilson,
Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. As
of the date of this Prospectus, members of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 7,150 shares of the Company's
Common Stock.
 

                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Intevac, Inc. at December 31, 1994
and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
     The financial statements of Lotus Technologies, Inc. at January 31, 1996,
and for the year then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration
Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set
forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in
reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus
constitutes a part, on Form S-1 under the Act with respect to the Common Stock
offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules to the
Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and
the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement
and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement.
Statements contained in this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract
or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete; reference is
made in each instance to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in all
respects by such reference to such exhibit. The Registration Statement,
including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the
Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference facilities described
below, and copies of all or any part
 
                                       71

<PAGE>   74
 
thereof may be obtained from such facilities after payment of fees prescribed by
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy
statements and other information may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's
Regional Offices: Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
10048; and at Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material may be obtained at prescribed
rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549. The Common Stock of the Company
is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. Reports and other information
concerning the Company may be inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq Stock
Market at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
                                       72

<PAGE>   75
 
                                    GLOSSARY
 
ACTIVE MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (AMLCD):  A display which uses a transistor
at each picture element.
 
ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECTS AGENCY (ARPA):  United States Department of Defense's
Advanced Research Projects Agency.
 
AMORPHOUS SILICON:  A glassy form of silicon which does not have a crystalline
structure.
 
AREAL DENSITY:  The number of bits of data stored per unit of area.
 
ASPERITY CONTROL:  A means of eliminating or preventing the formation of
protrusions on the disk surface.
 
BIT:  The basic unit of storage of information in a computer system. Bits are
represented by the presence or absence of changes in orientation of the magnetic
domains along a track on the storage media.
 
BYTE:  Equal to eight bits.
 
CAPTIVE THIN-FILM DISK MANUFACTURER:  A producer of disks to be used in disk
drives manufactured by such producer.
 
COERCIVITY:  A measure of the magnetic strength of the disk which is expressed
in Oersteds.
 
CONDENSATE:  The collection of sputtered material on the pallet that repeatedly
passes through an in-line sputtering machine.
 
CSS TESTING:  Contact Stop/Start testing performs precise measurements of disk
wear, friction, stiction and start-stop torques related to the interface of the
read-write head with the thin-film disk.
 
DEFECTS:  The surface or magnetic imperfections of a disk.
 
DISK:  A magnetically coated substrate which spins inside a hard disk drive and
is used as the storage medium for digital data.
 
DISK SPUTTERING LINES:  A sputtering system and related equipment such as
plating, polishing, texturing, lubrication and test equipment as well as related
handling equipment.
 
FIELD EMISSION DISPLAY (FED):  A type of flat panel display based on electrons
emitted from an array of point sources.
 
FLAT PANEL DISPLAY SCREENS:  The screens used in portable computers and
televisions.
 
FLAT PANEL DISPLAY SPUTTERING SYSTEM:  A system designed to coat glass panels
with thin films of various materials. The coated glass panels are used in the
manufacture of flat panel display screens.
 
FLYING HEIGHT:  The distance between the head and the disk while the disk drive
is operating. Fly height is dependant on the smoothness and flatness of the disk
surface.
 
HARD DISK DRIVE:  Comprised of disks that are substrates which have been coated
with several thin-film layers and used as a storage medium for digital data.
 
HIGH PERFORMANCE DISKS:  Disks that have relatively high capacity and/or high
signal to noise ratio.
 
IN-LINE DISK SPUTTERING SYSTEM:  A system in which disks are contained in a
carrier or pallet which moves along a conveyor from station to station.
 
MAGNETO-RESISTIVE HEADS:  Recording heads that use an inductive thin-film
element to write data on to the media and read the data with a separate
magneto-resistive element. The use of a separate but much more sensitive read
element permits data to be recorded and, subsequently, read at much higher track
densities than inductive thin-film head technology.
 
                                       73

<PAGE>   76
 
MDP-250B SPUTTERING SYSTEM:  The current model Intevac static disk sputtering
system.
 
MEGABYTE:  Equal to a million bytes.
 
MERCHANT THIN-FILM DISK MANUFACTURER:  A producer of disks to be included in
disk drives manufactured by third-parties.
 
MOLECULAR BEAM EPITAXY (MBE) SYSTEMS:  A specialized vacuum system used for the
design and manufacture of materials having the characteristics of semiconductors
that are used to produce transistors, opto-electronic devices and integrated
circuits.
 
OERSTED (OES):  A unit of magnetic strength.
 
POLY-SILICON:  A silicon layer which consists of multiple, small crystals of
silicon.
 
RAPID THERMAL PROCESSING (RTP) SYSTEM:  A system for converting amorphous
silicon into poly-silicon.
 
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO:  The level of the signal divided by the level of
background noise.
 
SPUTTERING:  A complex vacuum deposition process used to deposit multiple
thin-film layers on a disk.
 
STATIC SPUTTERING SYSTEM:  A system that provides for the deposition of
materials with no relative movement between the sputtering source and the disk
being coated.
 
SUBSTRATES:  The disk material (typically aluminum) onto which the thin layers
of material are sputtered.
 
SUPER TWISTED NEUMATIC (STN):  A type of liquid crystal flat panel display.
 
THIN-FILMS:  For magnetic disks, films with thicknesses measured in microinches
(millionths of an inch).
 
THIN-FILM DISK:  A disk incorporating a thin magnetic film capable of storing
information in the form of magnetic patterns written and detected by a separate
magnetic head.
 
THIN-FILM DISK MANUFACTURING PROCESS:  The various steps required to produce a
thin-film disk. Typically includes sputtering, texturing, polishing, and
lubrication among others.
 
THROUGHPUT:  The number of disks processed on a given production machine per
unit of time.
 
YIELD:  A measure of manufacturing efficiency; the percent of acceptable product
obtained from a specific manufacturing process(es).
 
                                       74

<PAGE>   77
 
                      (This page intentionally left blank)

<PAGE>   78
 

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                    CONTENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        -----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
INTEVAC, INC.
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.....................................    F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income.....................................................    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.......................................    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................    F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................    F-7
INTEVAC, INC., SAN JOSE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. UNAUDITED
  PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information..........................   F-23
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet..................................   F-24
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations........................   F-25
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements..................   F-27
LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.....................................   F-30
Balance Sheets........................................................................   F-31
Statements of Operations..............................................................   F-32
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit)...........................................   F-33
Statements of Cash Flows..............................................................   F-34
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................   F-35
</TABLE>

 
                                       F-1

<PAGE>   79
 

               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Intevac, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intevac,
Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements
of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Intevac, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                               Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
February 2, 1996

 
                                       F-2

<PAGE>   80
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 30,
                                                                                         -----------------     -----------
                                                                                          1994      1995          1996
                                                                                         -------   -------     -----------
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                      <C>       <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................................  $ 9,268   $20,422       $14,119
  Short-term investments...............................................................    4,079        --         2,571
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $106, $461 and $560 at December 31, 1994
    and 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively, and includes related party receivables
    of $457, and $199 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively......................    9,494     4,439         9,753
  Inventories, including $1,402, $2,579 and $5,813 at customers at December 31, 1994
    and 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively..........................................   11,224    16,468        18,308
  Short-term note receivable, arising from the sale of the investment in Chorus
    Corporation, net of allowance of $593 and $983 at December 31, 1995 and March 30,
    1996, respectively.................................................................       --       177           177
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................................      267       503           348
  Deferred tax assets..................................................................    2,251     3,158         3,158
  Net current assets of discontinued operations........................................       --       777            73
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
Total current assets...................................................................   36,583    45,944        48,507
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost:
  Buildings and improvements...........................................................    4,759     1,416         2,329
  Machinery and equipment..............................................................    8,876     3,909         4,319
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
                                                                                          13,635     5,325         6,648
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization............................................    9,001     1,846         2,011
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
                                                                                           4,634     3,479         4,637
Investment in Chorus Corporation.......................................................      942        --            --
Long-term note receivable, arising from sale of the investment in Chorus Corporation,
  net of allowance of $1,180 and $790 at December 31, 1995 and March 30, 1996,
  respectively.........................................................................       --        --            --
Investment in 601 California Avenue LLC................................................       --     2,431         2,431
Deferred tax assets and other assets...................................................      590        83         3,029
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
Total assets...........................................................................  $42,749   $51,937       $58,604
                                                                                         =======   =======       =======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable........................................................................  $    --   $    --       $ 1,250

  Accounts payable.....................................................................    1,816     2,681         2,233
  Accrued payroll and related liabilities..............................................    1,459     1,075         1,189
  Accrued income taxes.................................................................    1,092     2,616         1,768
  Other accrued liabilities............................................................    2,177     2,052         2,036
  Customer advances....................................................................    6,810    14,436        19,027
  Net liabilities of discontinued operations...........................................       --     1,757         1,153
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
Total current liabilities..............................................................   13,354    24,617        28,656
Long-term liabilities..................................................................      308        --           730
Redeemable Series 1 preferred stock....................................................    6,100        --            --
Commitments and contingencies..........................................................
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, no par value:
    Authorized shares -- 20,000, none and none at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March
     30, 1996, respectively
    Series A convertible preferred stock, no par value:
      Designated, issued, and outstanding shares -- 13,020, none and none at December
     31, 1994 and 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively................................   13,020        --            --
  Undesignated preferred stock, no par value, 10,000 shares authorized, no shares
    issued and outstanding.............................................................       --        --            --
  Common stock, no par value:
    Authorized shares -- 50,000
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 714, 12,248 and 12,251 at December 31, 1994 and
     1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively.............................................      104    15,304        15,305
  Retained earnings....................................................................    9,863    12,016        13,913
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
Total shareholders' equity.............................................................   22,987    27,320        29,218
                                                                                         -------   -------       -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.............................................  $42,749   $51,937       $58,604
                                                                                         =======   =======       =======
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-3

<PAGE>   81
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,       ---------------------
                                               -----------------------------    APRIL 1,    MARCH 30,
                                                1993       1994       1995        1995        1996
                                               -------    -------    -------    --------    ---------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel, and other................  $16,026    $18,266    $42,187    $  4,674     $15,126
  MBE........................................    6,370      2,185        695         695       --
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Total net revenues (includes related party
  revenues of $1,769, $2,897 and $1,856 for
  the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
  and 1995, respectively, and $541 for the
  three months ended April 1, 1995)..........   22,396     20,451     42,882       5,369      15,126
Cost of net revenues:
  Disk, flat panel, and other................    9,749     11,799     27,280       3,244       9,203
  MBE........................................    5,417        858        434         434       --
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Total cost of net revenues...................   15,166     12,657     27,714       3,678       9,203
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Gross profit.................................    7,230      7,794     15,168       1,691       5,923
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...................    3,142      3,515      2,603         340       1,379
  Selling, general, and administrative.......    3,896      2,248      4,550         871       1,887
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Total operating expenses.....................    7,038      5,763      7,153       1,211       3,266
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Operating income.............................      192      2,031      8,015         480       2,657
Other income (expense), net..................     (201)       470        929         234         261
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  before income taxes........................       (9)     2,501      8,944         714       2,918
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes....      (75)       826      3,179         247       1,021
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Income from continuing operations............       66      1,675      5,765         467       1,897
Discontinued operations:
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
     net of applicable income taxes..........    1,457       (267)       (63)        (63)      --
  Gain on disposal of discontinued operations
     including provision of $2,622 for
     estimated closing, environmental
     remediation and warranty costs, net of
     applicable income taxes.................    --         --         1,398       1,398       --
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Income (loss) from discontinued operations...    1,457       (267)     1,335       1,335       --
                                               -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Net income...................................  $ 1,523    $ 1,408    $ 7,100    $  1,802     $ 1,897
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
Per share:
  Income from continuing operations..........  $  0.01    $  0.16    $  0.54    $   0.05     $  0.15
  Net income.................................  $  0.15    $  0.14    $  0.67    $   0.18     $  0.15
Shares used in per share amounts.............   10,305     10,285     10,606      10,295      12,631
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-4

<PAGE>   82
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SERIES A
                                      CONVERTIBLE
                                    PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK                       TOTAL
                                  -------------------    -----------------    RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                  SHARES      AMOUNT     SHARES    AMOUNT     EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                  -------    --------    ------    -------    --------    -------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992....   13,020    $ 13,020       659    $    99    $  6,932       $20,051
  Sale of common stock under
     stock option plan..........       --          --        47         14          --            14
  Net income....................       --          --        --         --       1,523         1,523
                                  -------     -------    ------    -------     -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1993....   13,020      13,020       706        113       8,455        21,588
  Sale of common stock under
     stock option plan..........       --          --        37         14          --            14
  Repurchase of common stock
     under stock option plan....       --          --       (29)       (23)         --           (23)
  Net income....................       --          --      --           --       1,408         1,408
                                  -------     -------    ------    -------     -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1994....   13,020      13,020       714        104       9,863        22,987
  Exchange of Series A preferred
     stock for common stock.....  (13,020)    (13,020)    8,680      3,125          --        (9,895)
  Common stock dividend.........       --          --        --         --      (4,922)       (4,922)
  Redeemable Series 1 preferred
     stock dividend.............       --          --        --         --         (25)          (25)
  Sale of common stock under
     stock option plan..........       --          --       557        174          --           174
  Repurchase of common stock
     under stock option plan....       --          --        (3)        (4)         --            (4)
  Sale of common stock through
     initial public offering....       --          --     2,300     11,905          --        11,905
  Net income....................       --          --        --         --       7,100         7,100
                                  -------     -------    ------    -------     -------       -------
Balance at December 31, 1995....       --          --    12,248     15,304      12,016        27,320
  Initial public offering costs
     (unaudited)................       --          --        --         (6)         --            (6)
  Sale of common stock under
     stock option plan
     (unaudited)................       --          --         3          7          --             7
  Net income (unaudited)........       --          --      --           --       1,897         1,897
                                  -------     -------    ------    -------     -------       -------
Balance at March 30, 1996
  (unaudited)...................       --    $     --    12,251    $15,305    $ 13,913       $29,218
                                  =======     =======    ======    =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-5

<PAGE>   83
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,       ---------------------
                                                                  -----------------------------     APRIL 1,    MARCH 30,
                                                                   1993       1994       1995         1995        1996
                                                                  -------    -------    -------     --------    ---------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income from continuing operations...............................  $    66    $ 1,675    $ 5,765     $    467     $ 1,897
Income (loss) from discontinued operations......................    1,457       (267)     1,335        1,335          --
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Net income......................................................    1,523      1,408      7,100        1,802       1,897
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash
  equivalents provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.................................    3,245      1,663        883          341         227
  Amortization of non-compete covenant..........................      911         --         --           --          13
  Amortization of goodwill......................................       --         --         --           --          95
  Gain on disposition of discontinued operations................       --         --     (1,398)      (1,398)         --
  Loss on disposal of equipment.................................       --         --        219           22          --
  Reserve for idle equipment due to downsizing the night vision
    business....................................................    1,411         --         --           --          --
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable.........................................    4,037     (3,829)     5,055        4,830      (5,314)
    Progress billings receivable on contracts-in-progress.......    4,642         --         --           --          --
    Inventories.................................................    1,337     (3,827)    (9,116)      (2,112)     (1,840)
    Prepaid expenses and other assets...........................   (1,335)     1,900        942          (30)        155
    Accounts payable............................................     (320)      (953)     1,276        1,298        (448)
    Accrued payroll and other accrued liabilities...............   (2,036)    (3,586)       676           60        (750)
    Customer advances...........................................    1,106      1,961      7,641        1,786       4,591
    Discontinued operations -- noncash changes and working
      capital changes...........................................       --         --     (2,770)      (4,328)        100
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Total adjustments...............................................   12,998     (6,671)     3,408          469      (3,171)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating
  activities....................................................   14,521     (5,263)    10,508        2,271      (1,274)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of short-term investments..............................   (1,001)    (9,084)    (3,001)      (1,000)     (2,571)
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments..............       --      6,006      7,080        2,998          --
Purchase of property and equipment..............................     (647)      (953)    (3,042)        (745)     (1,385)
Investment in Cathode...........................................       --         --         --           --      (1,074)
Payment for non-compete covenant................................     (305)      (305)        --           --          --
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations...................       --         --      7,546           --          --
Proceeds from sale of Chorus Investment.........................       --         --        930           --          --
Proceeds from settlement of purchase price arbitration..........    2,014         --         --           --          --
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) investing
  activities....................................................       61     (4,336)     9,513        1,253      (5,030)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock..........................       14         14     12,079           60           1
Repurchase of common stock......................................       --        (23)        (4)          (7)         --
Payments of debt obligations....................................   (1,834)        --         --           --          --
Dividends on common stock.......................................       --         --     (4,922)          --          --
Dividends on redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock................       --         --        (25)          --          --
Exchange of Series A Preferred Stock for common stock...........       --         --     (9,895)          --          --
Redemption of redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock...............       --         --     (6,100)      (1,525)         --
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) financing
  activities....................................................   (1,820)        (9)    (8,867)      (1,472)          1
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............   12,762     (9,608)    11,154        2,052      (6,303)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period................    6,114     18,876      9,268        9,268      20,422
                                                                  -------    -------    -------      -------     -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period......................  $18,876    $ 9,268    $20,422     $ 11,320     $14,119
                                                                  =======    =======    =======      =======     =======
Cash paid (received) for:
  Interest......................................................  $   113    $    12    $    --     $     --     $    --
  Income taxes..................................................    2,687         52      3,487           --       1,850
  Income tax refund.............................................       --     (1,120)      (727)          --          --
Other noncash changes:
  Purchase accounting adjustments...............................    1,454         --         --           --          --
  System transferred from machinery and equipment to
    inventory...................................................      380         --         --           --          --
  Investment in Cathode through assumption notes payable........       --         --         --           --       1,980
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-6

<PAGE>   84
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  BUSINESS AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
     Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") was formed in October 1990 for
the purpose of acquiring certain business assets and liabilities from Varian
Associates, Inc. ("Varian"). In February 1991, certain agreements were entered
into between Varian and the Company which provided for the transfer of the
assets and business of Varian's disk sputtering equipment business, night vision
device business and molecular beam epitaxy ("MBE") equipment business to
Intevac.
 
     In October 1993, certain assets of the MBE business were exchanged for a
20% ownership in the outstanding stock of Chorus Corporation ("Chorus"), a
manufacturer of MBE products. The Company retained the rights to sell certain
residual assets of the MBE business not exchanged with Chorus Corporation.
Disposition of these assets was completed during the first quarter of 1995. In
the third quarter of 1995, the Company sold its investment interest in Chorus.
 
     In 1994, the Company purchased certain assets from Aktis Corporation and
purchased certain patents from Baccarat Electronics, Inc. for $182,000 which
formed the genesis of its Rapid Thermal Processing Operation ("RTP"). RTP is
developing a rapid thermal system for use in the production of flat panel
displays under Advanced Research Project Agency ("ARPA") contracts. RTP
delivered and sold its first RTP system in the first quarter of 1995 and a
second RTP system in the first quarter of 1996.
 
     In the second quarter of 1995, the Company completed the sale of its night
vision business to Litton Systems, Inc. for cash. The Company retained certain
engineering personnel from the night vision business as well as some government
contracts for research and development work in photocathodes, various
applications of that technology, and development of processes for making thin
film transistors with sputtered materials. This activity was organized with the
RTP business to form the Advanced Technology Division ("ATD"). ATD expects to
continue this type of work and will seek continued customer support for research
and development activities.
 
     In the first quarter of 1996, the Company purchased all of the outstanding
stock of Cathode Technology Corporation ("Cathode") for $1,060,000 cash and
notes in the aggregate amount of $2,000,000. Cathode designs and manufactures
magnetron sputter sources for use in the Company's disk sputtering systems. This
acquisition is accounted for under the purchase method. The notes bear interest
at 5.58% compounded monthly and payable quarterly. Principal payments on the
notes are made quarterly based upon unit sales of the Cathode sputter sources.
Any remaining balance on the notes on January 24, 2001 is due in full regardless
of sputter source sales. Cathode licenses its patented magnetron sputter source
technology from Alum Rock Technology, Inc. ("Alum Rock") for a royalty of 2.5%
of sales of Cathode sputter sources. As part of the transaction the company
received from Alum Rock: (1) an exclusive license to use Alum Rock's technology
in the disk sputtering business, (2) a non-exclusive license to use Alum Rock's
technology in other businesses, and (3) an option to purchase Alum Rock's
patents for $1,000,000. The company has also entered into five year non-compete
agreements with the principals of Cathode and Alum Rock.
 
     The Company is a supplier of static sputtering systems used to manufacture
thin-film disks for computer hard disk drives. The Company's principal product,
the MDP-250B system enables disk manufacturers to achieve high coercivities,
high signal-to-noise ratios, minimal disk defects, durability and uniformity,
all of which are necessary in the production of high performance, high capacity
disks. The Company sells its static sputtering systems to both captive and
merchant thin film disk manufacturers. The Company sells and markets its
products directly in the United States, and through exclusive distributors in
Japan, Taiwan and Korea. The Company supports its customers in Southeast Asia
through its wholly owned subsidiary in Singapore.
 
                                       F-7

<PAGE>   85
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Basis of Presentation
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Intevac and
its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.
 
  Interim Financial Information
 
     The financial statements and related notes as of March 30, 1996 and for the
three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 are unaudited and have been
prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited
financial statements include all adjustments (consisting solely of normal
recurring accruals) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a
fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the
interim period.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Systems and components -- Revenue for system sales is recognized upon
customer acceptance. Revenue for system component sales is recognized upon
shipment.
 
     Service and Maintenance -- Service and maintenance contract revenue, which
to date has been insignificant, is recognized ratably over applicable contract
periods or as services are performed.
 
     Technology Development -- The Company performs best efforts research and
development work under various research contracts. Revenue on these contracts is
recognized in accordance with contract terms, typically as costs are incurred.
 
     These contracts cover such projects as developing a sputtering process for
thin film transistors and developing technology for rapid thermal processing of
glass substrates. Typically, for each contract, the Company commits to perform
certain research and development efforts up to an agreed upon amount. In
connection with these contracts, the Company receives funding on an incremental
basis up to a ceiling. Upon completion of each contract, each party will
typically receive certain rights to the technical and computer software data
developed under the contract. In addition, the Company has, from time to time,
negotiated with a third party to fund a portion of the Company's costs in return
for a joint interest to the Company's rights at the end of the contract.
 
     Net revenues and related cost of net revenues associated with these
contracts were $258,000 and $256,000 for 1994, respectively, $1,210,000 and
$1,180,000 for 1995, respectively, $313,000 and $304,000 for the three months
ended April 1, 1995, respectively and $367,000 and $351,000 for the three months
ended March 30, 1996, respectively.
 
  Warranty
 
     The Company's standard warranty provides for warranty for 2,000 hours of
operation or up to twelve months from customer acceptance, whichever occurs
first. During this warranty period any necessary non-consumable parts are
supplied and installed. Nonsystem products are warranted for a period of up to
twenty four months from shipment. A provision for the estimated cost of warranty
is recorded upon customer acceptance for systems and upon shipment for nonsystem
products.
 
                                       F-8

<PAGE>   86
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  International Distribution Costs
 
     The Company makes payments to agents and distributors under certain
agreements related to international sales in return for obtaining orders and
providing installation and warranty services. Payments to these agents and
distributors are included in cost of net revenues. These amounts totaled
approximately $1,046,000, $1,289,000, and $1,866,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively, and $18,000 and $650,000 for
the three month periods ending April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively.
 
  Advertising Expenses
 
     The Company accounts for advertising costs as expense in the period in
which they are incurred. Advertising expenses for 1993, 1994, 1995, and the
three months ended March 30, 1996 were insignificant.
 
  Customer Advances
 
     Customer advances generally represent nonrefundable deposits invoiced by
the Company in connection with receiving customer purchase orders and shipment
of the systems. Customer advances related to systems that have not been shipped
to customers included in accounts receivable represent $946,000, $806,000 and
$2,198,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and March 30, 1996, respectively.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
  Short-Term Investments
 
     Short-term investments consist principally of debt instruments with
maturities between three and twelve months and are carried at cost, which
approximates market. These investments are variable rate and typically
short-term in nature and therefore bear minimal risk.
 
     Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities" (FAS 115). Under FAS 115, all affected debt and equity
securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, trading, or available-
for-sale. The cumulative effect as of January 1, 1994 of adopting FAS 115 was
immaterial.
 
     Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at
the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet
date. At December 31, 1994 and March 30, 1996, all debt securities were
classified as held-to-maturity. The Company had the intent and ability to hold
the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized
cost. The fair value of the short-term investments approximates their carrying
value.
 
     Cash and cash equivalents represent cash accounts, money market funds and
variable rate municipal bonds purchased with original maturities of less than
ninety days. At December 31, 1994 and March 30, 1996, short-term investments
represent investments in variable rate municipal bonds. The fair market value of
the short-term investments as of December 31, 1994 and March 30, 1996 was
$4,073,000 and $2,543,000, respectively.
 
                                       F-9

<PAGE>   87
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  Inventories
 
     Inventories for night vision products in 1994 are stated at the lower of
weighted average cost or market. System and component inventories are stated at
the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in,
first-out basis) or market. Inventories consist of the following:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -------------------     MARCH 30,
                                                         1994        1995         1996
                                                        -------     -------     ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
        Raw materials.................................  $ 2,288     $ 2,900      $ 3,499
        Work-in-progress..............................    7,707      10,818        8,898
        Finished goods................................    1,229       2,750        5,911
                                                        -------     -------      -------
                                                        $11,224     $16,468      $18,308
                                                        =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>

 
  Property, Plant, and Equipment
 
     Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less allowances for
accumulated depreciation. Profits and losses on dispositions are reflected in
current operations.
 
     Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which are generally five to seven years for
machinery and equipment and ten years for buildings. Amortization of leasehold
improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases
or the estimated economic useful lives of the improvements.
 
     In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121), "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of".
SFAS 121 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event
the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows
attributable to such assets. SFAS 121 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1995. Adoption of SFAS 121 has not had a material impact on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
  Intangible Assets
 
     In connection with the acquisition of various operating divisions from
Varian, the Company entered into two separate non-compete covenants with Varian.
In connection with these covenants, the final installment of $305,000 was paid
on February 15, 1994.
 
     Goodwill of $2,855,000 related to the Cathode acquisition is being
amortized over seven years and $200,000 assigned to a non-compete agreement will
be amortized over five years. Accumulated amortization at March 30, 1996 was
$108,000 for these intangible assets.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income taxes to the liability method required by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 (FAS 109). The Company adopted FAS 109
retroactively to the earliest year presented. Under FAS 109, deferred tax
liabilities and assets are recognized based on temporary differences between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using current
statutory tax rates. FAS 109 also requires a valuation allowance against net
deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely
than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>   88
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  Net income per share
 
     Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of
shares of common stock and common equivalent shares, when dilutive, from
convertible preferred stock (using the as-if-converted method) and from stock
options (using the treasury stock method). Pursuant to the Securities and
Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletins, common and common equivalent
shares issued by the Company at prices below the initial public offering price
during the twelve-month period prior to the offering have been included in the
calculation, for periods prior to the initial public offering date, as if they
were outstanding for all periods presented (using the treasury stock method at
an assumed initial public offering price). Dividends paid to Series 1 preferred
stockholders through the redemption of the Series 1 Preferred Stock in the third
quarter of 1995 were $25,000. The impact on net income per share and net income
applicable to common stock is not material.
 
  Reverse Stock Split
 
     Effective October 3, 1995, there was a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of the
Company's common stock and common stock equivalents with the corresponding
adjustment of conversion rights related to the Company's Series A Preferred
Stock. All share and per share amounts included in the accompanying financial
statements and notes have been adjusted retroactively to reflect this reverse
stock split.
 
  Employee Stock Plans
 
     The Company accounts for its stock option plans and its employee stock
purchase plan in accordance with provisions of the Accounting Principles Board's
Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), "Accounting For Stock Issued to Employees." In 1995,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 123 (SFAS 123), "Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation." SFAS 123 provides an alternative to APB 25 and is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The Company has elected to
continue to account for its employee stock plans in accordance with the
provisions of APB 25. Accordingly, SFAS 123 is not expected to have any material
impact on the company's financial position or results of operations.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principals requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results inevitably will differ from those estimates, and such
differences may be material to the financial statements.
 
3.  CONCENTRATIONS
 
  Credit Risk and Significant Customers
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist of cash equivalents, short-term
investments, and accounts receivable. The Company generally invests its excess
cash in money market funds and in variable rate municipal bonds, which have
contracted maturities within one year. By policy, the Company's investments in
commercial paper, Certificates of Deposit (CD's), Eurodollar time deposits, or
bankers acceptances are rated A1/P1, or better. Investments in tax exempt or tax
advantaged instruments, such as variable rate
 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>   89
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
municipal bonds are rated A, AA, or better. To date, the Company has not
incurred losses related to these investments.
 
     The Company operates primarily in one business segment (subsequent to the
discontinuance of the night vision business), which is to design, manufacture,
and sell capital equipment used in high technology manufacturing and research
activities. Historically, a significant portion of the Company's revenues in any
particular period have been attributable to sales to a limited number of
customers. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers' financial
conditions and requires deposits on system orders but does not generally require
collateral or other security to support customer receivables. In 1993, three
customers accounted for approximately 21%, 14%, and 11% of net revenues; in
1994, five customers accounted for 25%, 15%, 13%, 12%, and 10% of net revenues;
in 1995, three customers accounted for 40%, 20%, and 17% of net revenues; for
the three months ended April 1, 1995, three customers accounted for 44%, 13% and
10% of net revenues; and for the three months ended March 30, 1996, three
customers accounted for 40%, 23% and 22% of net revenues. The Company's largest
customers purchase disk-sputtering systems and change from period to period as
thin-film disk fabrication facilities are built or expanded.
 
  Products
 
     Disk sputtering equipment contributed a significant portion of the
Company's revenues and profits in 1995. The Company expects that its ability to
maintain or expand its current levels of revenues and profits in the future will
depend upon its success in enhancing its existing systems and developing and
manufacturing, in a timely manner, the next generation of disk sputtering
equipment.
 
  Markets
 
     The market for the Company's products is characterized by rapid
technological developments, evolving industry standards, changes in customer
requirements, new product introductions and enhancements. The market for disk
sputtering systems is primarily dependent upon the decision of a prospective
customer to replace obsolete equipment or to increase manufacturing capacity by
upgrading or expanding existing manufacturing facilities or constructing new
manufacturing facilities, all of which typically involve a significant capital
commitment. In addition, the cyclicality of the disk drive industry, among other
factors, may cause prospective customers to postpone decisions regarding major
capital expenditures, including purchases of the Company's systems.
 
  Materials
 
     In certain instances, the Company is dependent upon a sole supplier or a
limited number of suppliers, or has qualified only a single or limited number of
suppliers, for certain complex components or sub-assemblies utilized in its
products. In addition, the Company makes extensive use of suppliers serving the
semiconductor equipment business and such suppliers may choose to give priority
to their semiconductor equipment customers that are much larger than the
Company. Any prolonged inability to obtain adequate deliveries could require the
Company to pay more for inventory, parts and other supplies, seek alternative
sources of supply, delay its ability to ship its products and damage
relationships with current and prospective customers. Any such delay or damage
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>   90
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  Inventories
 
     Given the volatility of the market, the Company makes inventory provisions
for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based on backlog and forecasted
demand. However, such backlog demand is subject to revisions, cancellations, and
rescheduling. Actual demand will inevitably differ from such anticipated demand,
and such differences may have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
  Competition
 
     The Company experiences intense competition worldwide from three principal
competitors, each of which has substantially greater financial, technical,
marketing, manufacturing and other resources than the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company's competitors will not develop enhancements to, or
future generations of, competitive products that will offer superior price or
performance features or that new competitors will not enter the Company's
markets and develop such enhanced products. Because of these competitive
factors, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
successfully in the future. Increased competitive pressure could cause the
Company to lower prices for its products, thereby adversely affecting the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  Export Net Revenues
 
     Export net revenues by geographic region were as follows (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEAR ENDED
                          DECEMBER 31,                         EUROPE     FAR EAST     TOTAL
    ---------------------------------------------------------  ------     --------     ------
    <S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
       1993..................................................  $1,481      $5,705      $7,186
       1994..................................................      13       8,231       8,244
       1995..................................................     723       7,954       8,677
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
    April 1, 1995............................................     695          80         775
    March 30, 1996...........................................    --         6,740       6,740
</TABLE>

 
     International sales are likely to continue to account for a substantial
portion of net revenues in the future. Sales and operating activities outside of
the United States are subject to certain inherent risks, including fluctuations
in the value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies,
tariffs, quotas, taxes and other market barriers, political and economic
instability, restrictions on the export or import of technology, potentially
limited intellectual property protection, difficulties in staffing and managing
international operations and potentially adverse tax consequences. There can be
no assurance that any of these factors will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. In
particular, although the Company's international sales have been denominated in
United States dollars, such sales and expenses may not be denominated in dollars
in the future, and currency exchange fluctuations in countries where the Company
does business could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
4.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
     In the fourth quarter of 1992, the Company was notified by the U.S. Army
that the night vision business had not been awarded the next phase of a
significant production contract that was critical to
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>   91
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
the business. In 1993, as the majority of the existing U.S. Army contract was
completed, the Company incurred a $1,400,000 charge to operations for the
downsizing of the night vision business, primarily related to noncash expenses
for losses on idle fixed assets.
 
     In the first quarter of 1995, the Company adopted a formal plan to
discontinue the operations of its night vision business. Accordingly, the
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for all periods presented
reflect the night vision operations as discontinued. In the second quarter of
1995, the Company sold its night vision business to Litton Systems, Inc. for
cash of $7,546,000. The terms of the sale of the night vision business required
the Company to indemnify Litton Systems, Inc. for certain potential warranty and
environmental claims. In connection with this sale, the Company recorded a net
gain on disposal of $2,254,000 ($1,398,000 after tax, or $0.13 per share) as
follows:
 

<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                <C>
        Gain on sale, less applicable income taxes of $1,007,000.........  $1,645,000
        Operating losses from April 1, 1995 to May 5, 1995, net of
          applicable benefit from income taxes of $151,000...............    (247,000)
                                                                           ----------
                                                                           $1,398,000
                                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

 
     In connection with this sale, the Company reduced the gain by a charge of
$2,622,000 ($1,626,000 after tax, or $0.15 per share) for costs associated with
the sale. The significant components of this charge included $795,000 for
warranty costs, $680,000 for estimated environmental remediation costs
associated with the site of the night vision operations, and $476,000 for
write-offs of certain prepaid expenses and other assets. The estimated
environmental remediation costs associated with the site of the night vision
operation was based upon a preliminary contractor bid for permits and removal of
all toxic materials the Company is responsible for removing. Although management
believes that the reserves established will cover any potential warranty and
environmental remediation obligations the Company may have, with respect to the
night vision operations and its occupancy of the Palo Alto site, there can be no
assurance that such reserves will be adequate, or that there will not be a
material impact in the near term on the financial statements presented.
 
     Net revenues of the night vision business included in discontinued
operations were $37,545,000, $18,356,000, and $4,221,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 respectively. The income (loss) from
discontinued operations were net of a provision (benefit) for income taxes of
$893,000, $(163,000) and $(39,000) for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995, respectively.
 
5.  INVESTMENT IN 601 CALIFORNIA AVENUE LLC
 
     In the third quarter of 1995, the Company entered into a Limited Liability
Company Operating Agreement ("the Operating Agreement") which expires December
31, 2015 with 601 California Avenue LLC (the "LLC"), a California limited
liability company formed and owned by the Company and certain shareholders of
the Company. The LLC was formed for the purpose of removing the buildings,
remediation and the development of an office building at the site of the
Company's discontinued night vision business (the "Site"). Under the Operating
Agreement, the Company transferred its leasehold interest in the Site in
exchange for a preferred share in the LLC, having an aggregate liquidation
preference equal to $3,900,000, (unaudited), and the remaining shareholders of
the LLC contributed cash of approximately $1,053,000 (unaudited). The Company's
preferred share votes with the common shares and has one vote out of 1,001,
except for votes on the sale, transfer or lease of the Site, the LLC or changes
to the rights of the preferred share as to which approval of the holder of the
preferred share is required. The leasehold interest in the Site is with the
Board of
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>   92
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University. The leasehold interest is
fully paid and expires in the year 2053. The fair market value of the leasehold
interest in the Site was determined by an independent appraiser to be $3,900,000
(unaudited). The Company is accounting for the investment under the cost
recovery method and has recorded its investment in the LLC at approximately
$2,431,000, which represents the Company's historical carrying value of the
leasehold interest in the Site which the Company believes is less than the net
realizable value. The Company and the LLC will cross-indemnify each other for
potential environmental claims relating to acts prior to and subsequent to the
transfer of the Site, respectively. Per the Operating Agreement, the Company is
not required to contribute additional capital to the LLC. The preferred share in
the LLC accrues an annual 10% cumulative preferred return. The cumulative
preferred return is not payable until the property is developed and generating
positive operating cash flow, which among other factors, is dependent on the LLC
obtaining additional financing, performing site environmental remediation for
which Varian has made certain indemnifications, developing the Site, and
negotiating a favorable lease(s). The Company has estimated its potential
environmental remediation costs and has provided a reserve of $680,000 for such
estimated costs. This reserve is included in net liabilities of discontinued
operations.
 
6.  INVESTMENT IN CHORUS CORPORATION
 
     In the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company sold its MBE operations and
acquired 20% of the outstanding capital stock of Chorus, a manufacturer of MBE
products, in a nonmonetary exchange whereby the Company agreed to deliver
inventory and fixed assets, and Chorus agreed to assume MBE's vacation
liability. In connection with this sale, the Company recorded a loss of
approximately $800,000, which is included in other income (expense), net. The
investment is accounted for under the equity method. The net effect of the
Company's share of Chorus' net income (loss) is included in other income
(expense), net and was $(20,000), $(2,000) and $165,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     Certain MBE inventory, sufficient to fill MBE's backlog at October 1993,
was not sold to Chorus. However, Chorus used this inventory to complete the
backlog sales and reimbursed the Company for the cost of this inventory upon
completion of the sale. A receivable of $249,000 was recorded in the Company's
financial statements at December 31, 1994 for the cost of such inventory. In
addition, the Company retained the rights to sell certain other residual used
systems of the MBE business that were not exchanged with Chorus. The sale of
these used systems was completed during the first quarter of 1995.
 
     In the third quarter of 1995, the Company sold its 20% investment interest
in Chorus, which represented 1,250,000 shares of Chorus stock to an individual
for $500,000 in cash and a note for $2,380,000. This note bears interest at
12.5% per year with principal and interest payable in installments through
August 1997. The note is secured by 1,033,000 shares of Chorus stock. The sales
price of the Chorus stock exceeded the net carrying value of the Company's
investment in Chorus by approximately $1,800,000. Due to the inherent
uncertainties regarding the performance of an individual making the remaining
installment payments on the note, the Company will defer the gain on the sale
and recognize it under the cost recovery method. Under the cost-recovery method,
no profit is recognized until cash payments by the individual buyer, including
principal and interest on debt due to the Company, exceed the Company's net
carrying value of its investment. The note receivable reserve of approximately
$1,773,000 at December 31, 1995 and at March 30, 1996 represents the deferred
gain under the cost-recovery method.
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>   93
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  LINE OF CREDIT
 
     During 1993, the Company entered into a Business Loan Agreement with a
bank, which was amended and restated in March 1996 and which provides for a
total of $10.0 million in available borrowings based on eligible receivables.
The agreement is for a revolving line of credit, which is available until March
13, 1997, when the outstanding principal will be payable. Interest on
outstanding amounts is due monthly. The line of credit bears interest, at the
option of the Company, at the prime rate, or the London Interbank Offering Rate
(LIBOR) plus two and one-half percent per annum. In the event of default,
interest on the outstanding loan increases to 5.00% over the prime rate.
 
     As of March 30, 1996, no amounts were outstanding under the agreement. The
Company is required to maintain certain financial ratios and other financial
conditions. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral
on the borrowings.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Commitments
 
     The Company leases certain facilities under noncancelable operating leases
that expire in 1999. The facility leases require the Company to pay for all
normal maintenance costs.
 
     Future minimum rental payments under these leases at December 31, 1995 are
as follows (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
            <S>                                                           <C>
            1996........................................................  $  948
            1997........................................................     911
            1998........................................................     901
            1999........................................................     467
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $3,184
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

 
     Gross rental expense was approximately $1,420,000, $1,212,000, $675,000 and
$254,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 and for the three
months ending March 30, 1996, respectively. Offsetting rental expense for the
periods ending December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was sublease income of $837,000,
$739,000, and $14,000, respectively. There was no sublease income for the three
month period ending March 30, 1996.
 
  Contingencies
 
     In August 1993, Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell") sued the
Federal government alleging infringement of certain patent rights with respect
to the contracts the Federal government has had with a number of companies,
including Intevac. The Federal government has notified the Company that it may
be liable to the Federal government in connection with contracts for certain
products from the Company's discontinued night vision business. There can be no
assurance that the resolution of the claims by Rockwell with the Federal
government will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the Company believes
that the ultimate resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse
effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>   94
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     In 1991, the Company established a defined contribution retirement plan
with 401(k) plan features. The plan covers all United States employees eighteen
years and older. Employees may make contributions by a percentage reduction in
their salaries, not to exceed the statutorily prescribed annual limit. The
Company made contributions of $134,000, $112,000 and $49,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three month period ending March 30, 1996,
respectively, and made no contributions to the Plan for the year ended December
31, 1993. Administrative expenses relating to the plan are insignificant.
 
10.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On February 15, 1991, Intevac issued 610,000 shares of nonvoting redeemable
Series 1 Preferred Stock to Varian. In 1995, the Company redeemed the shares of
nonvoting redeemable Series 1 Preferred Stock held by Varian for $6,100,000 and
paid dividends of $25,000 prior to the redemption.
 
11.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Company's Articles of Incorporation authorizes 10,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred
Stock in one or more series and to fix the price, rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates,
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices,
liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the
designation of such series, without further vote or action by the shareholders.
 
  Convertible Preferred Stock
 
     The Company previously had authorized 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
no par value, of which 13,020,000 shares were designated, issued and outstanding
as Series A preferred stock and 1,000,000 shares had been designated as Series B
preferred stock. The Series B preferred stock had been authorized by the Board
of Directors but was not filed with the state of California. In the third
quarter of 1995, the Series A convertible preferred shareholders of the Company
exchanged all of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock
of the Company for common stock and cash. Each share of preferred stock was
exchanged for two-thirds of a share of common stock and a cash payment of $0.76
which was based on a valuation from an independent appraiser. As a result of the
exchange, 13,020,000 shares of convertible preferred stock were exchanged for
8,680,000 shares of common stock, and the Company's total cash payment was
approximately $9,895,000 to the Series A convertible preferred shareholders. The
Series A and B preferred stock were convertible into two-thirds of a share of
common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain antidilution
adjustments.
 
  Common Stock Dividend
 
     In 1995, subsequent to the convertible preferred stock exchange described
above, the Company paid a one time dividend of $0.495 per outstanding share of
common stock. The Company paid a cash dividend on 9,929,303 shares of
approximately $4,922,000 to the common shareholders. The Company has no plans to
pay dividends in the future.
 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>   95
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
  Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plans
 
     The Board of Directors approved the 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
(the "1991 Plan") in 1991. The maximum number of shares that may be issued over
the term of the 1991 Plan is 2,666,667 shares.
 
     The 1991 Plan is divided into two separate components: the Option Grant
Program and the Stock Issuance Program. Under the Option Grant Program, the
Company may grant either incentive stock options or nonqualified options or
implement stock appreciation rights provisions at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. Exercisability, option price, and other terms are determined by the
Board of Directors, but the option price shall not be less than 85% and 100% of
the fair market value for nonqualified options and incentive stock options,
respectively, as determined by the Board of Directors.
 
     In 1995, the Board of Directors approved adoption of (i) the 1995 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan under which employees, nonemployee directors, and
consultants may be granted stock options to purchase stock or issued shares of
stock at not less than 85% of fair market value on the grant/issuance date; and
(ii) the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, under which employees may purchase common
stock at semiannual intervals at the lower of 85% of the fair market value of
the common stock at the beginning or end of each offering period up to an
aggregate total of 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The 1995 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to serve as the successor equity
incentive program to the Company's 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
1,882,013 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance which is
comprised of the shares which remain available for issuance under the 1991 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan, including the shares subject to outstanding options
and an additional increase of approximately 515,000 shares.
 
     Options under the Stock Option Plans are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                              AGGREGATE
                                              NUMBER OF        EXERCISE           PRICE PER
                                               SHARES           PRICE               SHARE
                                              ---------     --------------     ---------------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
        <S>                                   <C>           <C>                <C>
        Balance at December 31, 1992........      749           $  144            $0.15-0.75
          Granted...........................       75               96                 $1.28
          Exercised.........................      (47)             (14)          $0.15-$0.75
          Canceled..........................      (35)              (4)                $0.15
                                                  ---              ---
        Balance at December 31, 1993........      742              222            $0.15-0.75
          Granted...........................       99              215                 $2.18
          Exercised.........................      (37)             (14)          $0.15-$0.75
          Canceled..........................       (7)              (5)                $0.75
                                                  ---              ---
        Balance at December 31, 1994........      797              419            $0.15-2.18
          Granted...........................      708            3,738           $2.18-$7.50
          Exercised.........................     (557)            (174)          $0.15-$2.18
          Canceled..........................      (16)             (20)                $1.28
                                                  ---              ---
        Balance at December 31, 1995........      932            3,963            $0.15-7.50
          Exercised.........................       (3)              (7)                $2.18
                                                  ---              ---
        Balance at March 30, 1996...........      929           $3,956           $0.15-$7.50
                                                  ===              ===
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-18

<PAGE>   96
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     Options granted under the 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan are
immediately exercisable, however, unexercised options and shares purchased upon
the exercise of the options are subject to vesting over a five-year period.
Shares that are not vested may be repurchased by the Company. Options to
purchase 402,097, 572,454, 126,947 and 135,062 shares were vested at December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively. Shares of 88,127,
46,773, 50,667 and 49,212 were subject to repurchase at December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively.
 
12.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Kaiser Aerospace & Electronics Corporation (Kaiser) is a related party
resulting from their stock interest in the Company. Kaiser owns approximately
46% of the outstanding common stock at December 31, 1995 and at March 30, 1996.
Varian was a related party until August 1995 when their non-voting preferred
stock was redeemed.
 
     The Company had system and product sales to Varian of $1,664,000,
$2,491,000, $1,844,000 and $541,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995 and for the three months ended April 30, 1995, respectively. The
Company paid rent to Varian of approximately $1,352,000, and $1,056,000 during
the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. At December 31, 1995,
$199,000 was due from Varian. The Company has been a subcontractor to Kaiser on
certain government contracts and recognized revenues of approximately $105,000,
$406,000, and $12,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. Gross margins on these contracts for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995 were insignificant. In 1995, final settlement was reached on
a cost-type contract, which resulted in the Company receiving $12,000 from
Kaiser. The Company has not been a subcontractor to Kaiser in the three months
ended March 30, 1996.
 
     Gross margins realized on related party transactions have not been
materially different from the gross margins realized on similar types of
transactions with unaffiliated customers. Management believes rent paid to
Varian was made on terms comparable to what the Company could have obtained from
an unaffiliated third party.
 
13.  INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax
 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>   97
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets computed
in accordance with FAS 109 are as follows (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------
                                                                    1994         1995
                                                                   ------       ------
        <S>                                                        <C>          <C>
        Deferred tax assets:
          Discontinued operations reserve........................  $   --       $  809
          Idle equipment reserve.................................     237           --
          Vacation accrual.......................................     388          264
          Warranty reserve.......................................     510          454
          Deferred investment gain...............................      10          202
          Bad debt reserve.......................................      45          235
          Inventory valuation....................................   1,606        1,051
          Other accruals and reserves not previously deducted for
             tax purposes........................................     197          322
          Book depreciation in excess of tax depreciation........     375          173
          Other..................................................     330          188
                                                                   ------       ------
                                                                    3,698        3,698
        Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets..............    (862)        (462)
                                                                   ------       ------
        Total deferred tax assets................................  $2,836       $3,236
                                                                   ======       ======
</TABLE>

 
     The valuation allowances of $0.9 million and $0.5 million at December 31,
1994 and 1995, respectively, relate to certain future state income tax
deductions. The total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 1994
increased by $245,000 from December 31, 1993.
 
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing
operations consists of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------
                                                             1993      1994      1995
                                                             -----     ----     ------
        <S>                                                  <C>       <C>      <C>
        Federal:
          Current..........................................  $(780)    $ 76     $2,853
          Deferred.........................................    705      633       (109)
                                                             ------    ----      -----
                                                               (75)     709      2,744
        State:
          Current..........................................     --       --         99
          Deferred.........................................     --      117        336
                                                             ------    ----      -----
                                                                --      117        435
                                                             ------    ----      -----
             Total.........................................  $ (75)    $826     $3,179
                                                             ======    ====      =====
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-20

<PAGE>   98
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
     A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) at the federal
statutory rate of 34% in 1993 and 1994 and 35% in 1995 to the income tax
provision at the effective tax rate is as follows (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------
                                                             1993     1994       1995
                                                             ----     -----     ------
        <S>                                                  <C>      <C>       <C>
        Income taxes (benefit) computed at the federal
          statutory rate...................................  $ (3)    $ 850     $3,130
        State taxes (net of federal benefit)...............    --        90        283
        Tax exempt income..................................    (9)     (125)       (92)
        Research credit....................................   (90)      (51)        --
        Other..............................................    27        62       (142)
                                                             ----     -----     ------
          Total............................................  $(75)    $ 826     $3,179
                                                             ====     =====     ======
</TABLE>

 
     The Company's effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 were 834.0%, 33.0% and 35.5%, respectively. The effective tax
rates used for the three month periods ending April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996
were 36.0% and 35.0%, respectively. This rate is based on the estimated annual
tax rate complying with Financial Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes".
 
     Pretax income (loss) from foreign operations was $(29,000), $40,000 and
$7,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.
Unrepatriated foreign earnings for which taxes have not been provided are
immaterial.
 
14.  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COST SHARING AGREEMENT
 
     The Company entered into an agreement with a Japanese company to perform
best efforts joint research and development work. The nature of the project is
to develop a glass coating machine to be used in the production of flat panel
displays. The Company was funded one-half of the actual costs of the project up
to a ceiling of $4,250,000, payable in three installments. Subsequent to
December 31, 1995, the Company amended the agreement to increase the funding
ceiling to $5,450,000. At March 30, 1996, the Company had received $4,250,000
under the contract. Qualifying costs of approximately $1,826,000, $3,994,000,
$1,958,000 and $784,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, and
the three months ended March 30, 1996, respectively, were incurred on this
project, resulting in offsets against research and development costs of
approximately $913,000, $1,997,000, $1,130,000 and $392,000 in 1993, 1994, 1995,
and the three months ended March 30, 1996, respectively.
 
     Upon completion of the research and development work, if successful, each
party will receive certain manufacturing and marketing rights for separate
regions of the world. The agreement also calls for certain royalty payments by
each party to the other party, based on production and sales. The royalty rate
will be 10% for each party until the party has received royalty payments equal
to one-half of the amount spent on the development program, at which time the
royalty rate decreases to 5%. Subsequent to December 31, 1995 the parties
amended the agreement to make the royalty rate 5% for all sales.
 
15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On May 3, 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of San Jose
Technology Corporation ("SJT") for approximately $3.7 million in cash. SJT is a
supplier of systems used to lubricate thin-film disks for computer hard disk
drives. On June 6, 1996 the Company completed the acquisition of Lotus
Technologies, Inc. ("Lotus") for approximately $8.3 million in cash. Lotus is a
supplier of contact stop/start test equipment for computer hard disk drives and
components. In connection with the
 
                                      F-21

<PAGE>   99
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   (INFORMATION RELATING TO THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDING APRIL 1, 1995 AND
                          MARCH 30, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
acquisitions, the Company expects to take a charge of approximately $5.8 million
for in-process research and development in the three months ended June 29, 1996.
 
     The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets of Lotus
and SJT based on the fair values of those assets using a risk adjusted
discounted cash flow approach. The valuation of in-process research and
development considered, among other factors, the stage of development of each
project, the time and resources needed to complete each project, expected income
and associated risks. Associated risks include the inherent difficulties and
uncertainties in completing each project and thereby achieving technological
feasibility, and risks related to the viability of potential changes in future
target markets. The in-process research and development did not have alternative
future uses. The purchase price allocations are based on preliminary appraisals
received by Intevac, and will be finalized upon the closings to reflect the
final balance sheets of Lotus and SJT.
 
                                      F-22

<PAGE>   100
 
               INTEVAC, INC., SAN JOSE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     On May 3, 1996, Intevac, Inc. ("Intevac" or the "Company") completed the
acquisition of San Jose Technology Corporation ("SJT") for approximately $3.7
million in cash. SJT is a supplier of systems used to lubricate thin-film disks
for computer hard disk drives.
 
     On June 6, 1996 the Company completed the acquisition of Lotus
Technologies, Inc. ("Lotus") for approximately $8.3 million in cash. Lotus is a
supplier of contact stop/start test equipment for computer hard drives and
components.
 
     The following pro forma condensed combined financial statements give effect
to the acquisition of SJT and Lotus under the purchase method of accounting at
the date and for the periods shown. Under the purchase method of accounting, the
amount relating to acquired in-process research and development will be charged
to operations as of the purchase date. The purchase price allocations are based
on preliminary appraisals received by Intevac, and will be finalized upon the
closings to reflect the final balance sheets of Lotus and SJT. The Company
presently expects to record a charge of approximately $5.8 million relating to
the acquisition of in-process technology in the quarter ending June 29, 1996.
 
     The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes the acquisitions
occurred as of March 31, 1996 for SJT and April 30, 1996 for Lotus (the dates of
the balance sheet) and presents the combined financial position of Intevac, SJT
and Lotus. Such unaudited pro forma information is based on the historical
balance sheets for Intevac, SJT and Lotus and gives effect for the pro forma
adjustments described in the notes accompanying the pro forma condensed combined
financial statements. The charge relating to the acquisition of in-process
technology described above is included in the pro forma condensed combined
balance sheet as a charge to retained earnings.
 
     The pro forma condensed combined statements of operations presents the
combined year and three months results of Intevac, SJT and Lotus and, assumes
the SJT acquisition took place on January 1, 1995 and January 1, 1996 and the
Lotus acquisition took place on February 1, 1995 and February 1, 1996. Such
unaudited pro forma information is based on the historical statements of
operations for Intevac, SJT and Lotus and give effect for the pro forma
adjustments described in the notes accompanying the pro forma condensed combined
financial statements. The charge relating to the acquisition of in-process
technology described above is excluded from the pro forma statements of
operations as it represents a nonrecurring item directly related to the
transactions. The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1995 combines the historical statement of operations for
Intevac for the year ended December 31, 1995 with the historical statement of
operations for SJT for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and the
historical statement of operations for Lotus for the fiscal year ended January
31, 1996. The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three
months ended March 30, 1996 combines the historical statement of operations
information for Intevac for the three months ended March 30, 1996 with the
historical statement of operations for SJT for the three months ended March 31,
1996 and the historical statement of operations for Lotus for the three months
ended April 30, 1996.
 
     These pro forma statements may not be indicative of the results that
actually would have occurred if the combinations had been in effect on the dates
indicated or which may be realized in the future.
 
                                      F-23

<PAGE>   101
 
                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     MARCH 30,   MARCH 31,   APRIL 30,    PRO FORMA
                                       1996        1996        1996      ADJUSTMENTS
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------    INCREASE              PRO FORMA
                                      INTEVAC       SJT        LOTUS     (DECREASE)             COMBINED
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------            ---------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>                    <C>
ASSETS
Current assets.....................   $48,507     $ 2,318      $ 867       $(3,715)(A)           $39,920
                                                                            (8,335)(C)
                                                                               278(B)
Property and equipment, net........     4,637         144         26            19(B)              4,826
Other assets.......................     5,460           1          7           100(B)             12,500
                                                                               785(B)
                                                                               136(D)
                                                                             1,016(D)
                                                                             4,995(B)(D)
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------            ---------
                                      $58,604     $ 2,463      $ 900       $(4,721)              $57,246
                                      =======     =======    =======     =========              ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Current liabilities................   $28,656     $ 1,595      $ 783       $ 2,099(B)(D)         $33,133
Long term debt.....................       730       --         --           --                       730
Shareholders' equity
  Common stock.....................    15,305          95         54          (149)(J)            15,305
  Retained earnings................    13,913         773         63          (836)(J)             8,078
                                                                            (5,835)(B)(D)(K)
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------            ---------
          Total shareholders'
            equity.................    29,218         868        117        (6,820)               23,383
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------            ---------
                                      $58,604     $ 2,463      $ 900       $(4,721)              $57,246
                                      =======     =======    =======     =========              ========
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-24

<PAGE>   102
 
                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              YEAR ENDED           YEAR ENDED
                          DECEMBER 31, 1995     JANUARY 31, 1996
                          ------------------    ----------------     PRO FORMA                 PRO FORMA
                          INTEVAC      SJT           LOTUS          ADJUSTMENTS                COMBINED
                          -------     ------    ----------------    -----------                ---------
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>                 <C>                        <C>
Net revenues............  $42,882     $2,273         $3,135           $    --                   $48,290
Cost of sales...........   27,714      1,152          1,836             2,063(E)(F)(G)(H)        32,765
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
Gross profit............   15,168      1,121          1,299            (2,063)                   15,525
Operating expenses:
  Selling general and
     administrative.....    4,550        508            417                --                     5,475
  Research and
     development........    2,603          1            923                --                     3,527
  Amortization of
     acquired
     intangibles........       --         --             --                65(E)(F)                  65
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
       Total operating
          expenses......    7,153        509          1,340                65                     9,067
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
Operating income
  (loss)................    8,015        612            (41)           (2,128)                    6,458
Other income (expense)..      929          8              8              (603)(I)                   342
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations
  before tax............    8,944        620            (33)           (2,731)                    6,800
Provision (benefit) for
  income taxes..........    3,179        279             --            (1,078)(L)                 2,380
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing
  operations............    5,765        341            (33)           (1,653)                    4,420
Income (loss) from
  discontinued
  operations............    1,335         --             --                --                     1,335
                          -------     ------        -------          --------                   -------
Net income (loss).......  $ 7,100     $  341         $  (33)          $(1,653)                  $ 5,755
                          =======     ======        =======          ========                   =======
Per share:
  Income (loss) from
     continuing
     operations.........  $  0.54     $ 3.59         $(0.01)                                    $  0.42
  Net income (loss).....  $  0.67     $ 3.59         $(0.01)                                    $  0.54
                          =======     ======        =======                                     =======
Shares used in computing
  net income per
  share.................   10,606         95          3,780                                      10,606
                          =======     ======        =======                                     =======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-25

<PAGE>   103
 
                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                     ------------------------------------------------
                     MARCH 30, 1996   MARCH 31, 1996   APRIL 30, 1996
                     --------------   --------------   --------------    PRO FORMA                  PRO FORMA
                        INTEVAC            SJT             LOTUS        ADJUSTMENTS                 COMBINED
                     --------------   --------------   --------------   -----------                 ---------
<S>                  <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                         <C>
Net revenues.......     $ 15,126          $1,158           $1,312         $    --                    $17,596
Cost of sales......        9,203             510              800             516(E)(F)(G)(H)         11,029
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
Gross profit.......        5,923             648              512            (516)                     6,567
Operating expenses:
  Selling general
     and
  administrative...        1,887              92              101              --                      2,080
  Research and
     development...        1,379              --              189              --                      1,568
  Amortization of
     acquired
     intangibles...           --              --               --              16(E)(F)                   16
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
       Total
          operating
        expenses...        3,266              92              290              16                      3,664
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
Operating income...        2,657             556              222            (532)                     2,903
Other income
  (expense)........          261              15                4            (150)(I)                    130
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing
  operations before
  tax..............        2,918             571              226            (682)                     3,033
Provision (benefit)
  for income
  taxes............        1,021             249               55            (263) (L)                 1,062
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
Income (loss) from
  continuing
  operations.......        1,897             322              171            (419)                     1,971
Income (loss) from
  discontinued
  operations.......           --              --               --              --                         --
                         -------          ------           ------           -----                    -------
Net income.........     $  1,897          $  322           $  171         $  (419)                   $ 1,971
                         =======          ======           ======           =====                    =======
Per share:
  Income from
     continuing
     operations....     $   0.15          $ 3.39           $ 0.05                                    $  0.16
  Net income.......     $   0.15          $ 3.39           $ 0.05                                    $  0.16
                         =======          ======           ======                                    =======
Shares used in
  computing net
  income per
  share............       12,631              95            3,780                                     12,631
                         =======          ======           ======                                    =======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-26

<PAGE>   104
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                    CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     The pro forma information presented is theoretical in nature and not
necessarily indicative of the future consolidated results of operations of the
Company or the consolidated results of operations which would have resulted had
the Company purchased SJT and Lotus during the periods presented. The pro forma
condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the effects of the
acquisitions, assuming the acquisition and related events occurred as of March
30, 1996 for the purposes of the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and
as of January 1, 1995 and January 1, 1996 for the purposes of the pro forma
condensed combined statements of operations.
 
2.  PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT ADJUSTMENTS:
 

<TABLE>
    <S>   <C>                                                                     <C>
    (A)   The purchase price for the completion of the SJT acquisition was determined as
          follows (in thousands):
          Cash.................................................................   $ 3,700
          Estimated transaction costs..........................................        15
                                                                                  -------
                                                                                  $ 3,715
                                                                                  =======
    (B)   Allocation of the purchase price for the completion of the SJT acquisition was
          determined as follows (in thousands):
          Current assets at March 31, 1996.....................................   $ 2,318
          Property and equipment at March 31, 1996.............................       144
          Other assets at March 31, 1996.......................................         1
          Current asset purchase price adjustment..............................       278
          Fixed asset purchase price adjustment................................        19
          Non-compete covenant.................................................       100
          Current technology intangible........................................       785
          Goodwill.............................................................       375
          Assumption of SJT current and other liabilities at March 31, 1996....    (1,595)
          Current liability purchase price adjustment..........................       (75)
          Deferred taxes.......................................................      (375)
          Acquired in-process research and development.........................     1,740
                                                                                  -------
                                                                                  $ 3,715
                                                                                  =======
    (C)   The purchase price for the completion of the Lotus acquisition was determined
          as follows (in thousands):
          Cash.................................................................   $ 8,320
          Estimated transaction costs..........................................        15
                                                                                  -------
                                                                                  $ 8,335
                                                                                  =======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-27

<PAGE>   105
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
             CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 

<TABLE>
    <S>   <C>                                                                     <C>
    (D)   Allocation of the purchase price for the completion of the Lotus acquisition
          was determined as follows (in thousands):
          Current assets at April 30, 1996.....................................   $   867
          Property and equipment at April 30, 1996.............................        26
          Other assets at April 30, 1996.......................................         7
          Non-compete covenant.................................................       136
          Current technology intangible........................................     1,016
          Goodwill.............................................................     4,620
          Assumption of Lotus current liabilities at March 31, 1996............      (783)
          Deferred taxes.......................................................    (1,649)
          Acquired in-process research and development.........................     4,095
                                                                                  -------
                                                                                  $ 8,335
                                                                                  =======
    (E)   Amortization of the non-compete covenant and the current technology intangible
          for SJT will be amortized over the estimated useful lives of five years and two
          years, respectively. The amortization of the non-compete covenant will be
          included in operating expenses and amortization of the current technology
          intangible will be included in cost of sales.
    (F)   Amortization of the non-compete covenant, the current technology intangible and
          excess purchase price of $2,971,000 (goodwill) for Lotus will be amortized over
          the estimated useful lives of three years, three years and five years,
          respectively. The amortization of the non-compete covenant will be included in
          operating expenses and amortization of current technology and goodwill will be
          included in cost of sales.
    (G)   Goodwill created by the deferred tax liability on the SJT acquisition will be
          amortized over two years. The amortization of goodwill will be included in cost
          of sales.
    (H)   Goodwill created by the deferred tax liability on the Lotus acquisition will be
          amortized over three years. The amortization of goodwill will be included in
          cost of sales.
    (I)   To reduce interest income earned on the cash payments made to San Jose
          Technology and to Lotus for the purchase price and related acquisition costs.
    (J)   Elimination of SJT and Lotus stockholders' equity amounts.
    (K)   The pro forma statement of operations exclude the charge of $5.8 million for
          purchased in-process research and development which arose from the acquisition.
          These charges will be included in the Company's consolidated financial
          statements for the three month period ending June 29, 1996.
          The purchase price for each acquisition was allocated to the tangible and
          intangible assets of SJT and Lotus based on the fair market values of those
          assets using a risk adjusted discounted cash flows approach. The evaluation of
          the underlying technology acquired considered the inherent difficulties and
          uncertainties in completing the development, and thereby achieving
          technological feasibility, and the risks related to the viability of and
          potential changes in future target markets. The underlying technology had no
          alternative uses in other research and development projects or otherwise.
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-28

<PAGE>   106
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
             CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 

<TABLE>
    <S>   <C>                                                                     <C>
    (L)   The pro forma provision for income taxes represents the hypothetical amount
          that would have resulted had the Company, SJT and Lotus filed consolidated
          income tax returns during the period presented. The Company will not receive
          any tax benefits for either the amounts expensed as in-process technology or
          the expenses related to the amortization of acquired intangible assets.
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-29

<PAGE>   107
 

               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Lotus Technologies, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Lotus Technologies, Inc.
as of January 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations, shareholders'
equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Lotus Technologies, Inc. at
January 31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 28, 1996, except for

Note 4, as to which the date
is June 5, 1996
 
                                      F-30

<PAGE>   108
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       APRIL 30,
                                                                                         1996
                                                                       JANUARY 31,     ---------
                                                                          1996
                                                                       -----------     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                       ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................  $   601,712     $ 257,352
  Accounts receivable................................................      130,078       350,045
  Inventories........................................................      356,137       259,550
                                                                       -----------     ---------
Total current assets.................................................    1,087,927       866,947
Equipment and leasehold improvements:
  Machinery and equipment............................................       49,485        58,085
  Furniture and fixtures.............................................        2,561         2,561
  Leasehold improvements.............................................          455           455
                                                                       -----------     ---------
                                                                            52,501        61,101
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization..........................      (33,447)      (34,860)
                                                                       -----------     ---------
                                                                            19,054        26,241
Other assets.........................................................        7,162         7,162
                                                                       -----------     ---------
Total assets.........................................................  $ 1,114,143     $ 900,350
                                                                         =========      ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...................................................  $   209,112     $ 265,231
  Accrued bonuses....................................................      675,000       350,000
  Income taxes payable...............................................      --             55,000
  Customer deposits..................................................      234,744        53,519
  Other accrued liabilities..........................................       48,821        58,883
                                                                       -----------     ---------
Total current liabilities............................................    1,167,677       782,633
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock, no par value:
     Authorized shares -- 10,000,000
     Issued and outstanding shares -- 3,780,000 at January 31, 1996
      and April 30, 1996 (unaudited).................................       54,200        54,200
  Retained earnings (deficit)........................................     (107,734)       63,517
                                                                       -----------     ---------
Total shareholders' equity (deficit).................................      (53,534)      117,717
                                                                       -----------     ---------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit).................  $ 1,114,143     $ 900,350
                                                                         =========      ========
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-31

<PAGE>   109
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED      -------------------------
                                                         JANUARY 31,     APRIL 30,      APRIL 30,
                                                            1996            1995           1996
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>
Revenues...............................................  $ 3,135,152     $  567,733     $1,311,547
Cost of revenues.......................................    1,835,965        294,123        799,543
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
Gross profit...........................................    1,299,187        273,610        512,004
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.............................      923,260        123,920        188,675
  Marketing and selling................................      253,951         16,727         58,357
  General and administrative...........................      162,770        102,847         42,856
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
Total operating expenses...............................    1,339,981        243,494        289,888
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
Income (loss) from operations..........................      (40,794)        30,116        222,116
Interest income........................................        8,129         --              4,135
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes........      (32,665)        30,116        226,251
Provision for income taxes.............................      --              --             55,000
                                                         -----------     ----------     ----------
Net income (loss)......................................  $   (32,665)    $   30,116     $  171,251
                                                           =========      =========      =========
  Net income (loss) per share..........................  $     (0.01)    $     0.01     $     0.05
                                                           =========      =========      =========
  Common shares used in computing per share amounts....    3,780,000      3,780,000      3,780,000
                                                           =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-32

<PAGE>   110
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           TOTAL
                                                   COMMON STOCK          RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                               ---------------------     EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                                SHARES       AMOUNT      (DEFICIT)       (DEFICIT)
                                               ---------     -------     ---------     -------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 31, 1995..................  3,780,000     $54,200     $ (75,069)      $ (20,869)
  Net loss...................................     --           --          (32,665)        (32,665)
                                               ---------     -------     ----------       --------
Balance at January 31, 1996..................  3,780,000      54,200      (107,734)        (53,534)
  Net income (unaudited).....................     --           --          171,251         171,251
                                               ---------     -------     ----------       --------
Balance at April 30, 1996 (unaudited)........  3,780,000     $54,200     $  63,517       $ 117,717
                                               =========     =======     ==========       ========
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-33

<PAGE>   111
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           JANUARY       -----------------------
                                                             31,         APRIL 30,     APRIL 30,
                                                             1996          1995          1996
                                                          ----------     ---------     ---------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss).......................................  $  (32,665)    $  30,116     $ 171,251
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.........................       2,339           584         1,413
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable................................      86,861        44,748      (219,967)
     Inventories........................................    (193,719)      (69,907)       96,587
     Accounts payable...................................     156,557        69,207        56,119
     Accrued bonuses....................................     257,000      (249,000)     (325,000)
     Income taxes payable...............................      --            --            55,000
     Customer deposits..................................      61,355        60,216      (181,225)
     Other accrued liabilities..........................      12,856       (23,950)       10,062
                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.....     350,584      (137,986)     (335,760)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements.......     (20,614)       --            (8,600)
Other assets............................................      15,780        --            --
                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
Net cash used in investing activities...................      (4,834)       --            (8,600)
                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........     345,750      (137,986)     (344,360)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........     255,962       255,962       601,712
                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..............  $  601,712     $ 117,976     $ 257,352
                                                           =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-34

<PAGE>   112
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (INFORMATION AS OF APRIL 30, 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                     APRIL 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
     Lotus Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in the state of
California in March 1988. The Company is a supplier of contact stop/start test
equipment for computer hard disk drives and components. The Company's customers
are located mainly in the United States and the Pacific Rim. The Company
currently utilizes a single Japanese distributor, sales to which accounted for
approximately 25% of revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996, and
approximately 10% of revenue for the three month period ended April 30, 1996.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The financial statements and related notes as of April 30, 1996 and for the
three months ended April 30, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited and have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited financial
statements include all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring
adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the interim
periods.
 
     The results of operations for the three months ended April 30, 1996 are not
necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results inevitably will differ from those estimates,
and such differences may be material to the financial statements.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. The Company maintains deposits with banks and had invested excess
cash in a money market account at January 31, 1996 and April 30, 1996. The
Company has not experienced any losses on its investments.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market. The major components of inventories are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    APRIL 30,
                                                                                      1996
                                                                   JANUARY 31,     -----------
                                                                      1996
                                                                   -----------     (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                            <C>             <C>
    Raw materials................................................   $ 159,215       $ 116,019
    Work-in-process..............................................     186,408         135,745
    Finished goods...............................................      10,514           7,786
                                                                     --------        --------
                                                                    $ 356,137       $ 259,550
                                                                     ========        ========
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-35

<PAGE>   113
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
        (INFORMATION AS OF APRIL 30, 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                     APRIL 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
 
     Equipment and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, which are generally three to five years.
 
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     On February 1, 1996 the Company was required to adopt Financial Accounting
Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
of" (FAS 121). FAS 121 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets
in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted
cash flows attributable to such assets. The adoption of FAS 121 did not have a
material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment. Cash received from
customers prior to shipment is recorded as customer deposits until shipment
occurs and revenue is recognized. Revenue from the sales of extended warranty
contracts, which totaled $14,250 in the year ended January 31, 1996 and $1,000
and $7,500 in the three months ended April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively, is
recognized ratably over the period services are provided, generally twelve
months.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist
principally of trade receivables. The majority of the Company's product sales
are to large, well-established disk drive manufacturers, and generally, no
collateral is required. The Company's typical credit terms require a one-third
down payment subject to a 25% cancelation fee and the balance due within 30 days
of shipment. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited by the
Company's credit evaluation process and reasonably short collection terms.
 
     For the year ended January 31, 1996, four customers accounted for 26%, 25%,
13%, and 13% of revenues.
 
     For the three months ended April 30, 1996, three customers accounted for
36%, 17%, and 10% of revenues.
 
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
     Net income (loss) per share is based upon the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the periods presented.
 
2. COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company currently leases its facility under a noncancelable operating
lease that expires in December 1996. Future minimum lease payments under this
agreement are approximately $35,000 as of April 30, 1996.
 
     Rent expense under this operating lease was approximately $49,000, $9,000
and $13,000 for the year ended January 31, 1996 and the three months ended April
30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-36

<PAGE>   114
 
                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
        (INFORMATION AS OF APRIL 30, 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                     APRIL 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3. INCOME TAXES
 
     Income taxes are calculated under the liability method in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes".
 
     There was no provision for income taxes for the year ended January 31,
1996. For the three month periods ended April 30, 1995 and 1996, income taxes
have been provided based on the estimated annual effective rate applied to
pretax income for the interim periods.
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities used for financial
reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets as of January 31, 1996 are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                        <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Research credits.......................................................  $  69,000
      Inventory reserve......................................................     17,000
      Other..................................................................     24,000
                                                                               ---------
    Total deferred tax assets................................................    110,000
    Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets..............................   (110,000)
                                                                               ---------
    Net deferred tax assets..................................................  $  --
                                                                               ---------
</TABLE>

 
     The realization and amount of any tax benefit from the deferred tax asset
of $110,000 is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the
tax rate in effect in such years. Accordingly, due to the uncertainty of
realizing future taxable income, a valuation allowance has been established. The
change in the valuation allowance was a net increase of $60,000 for the year
ended January 31, 1996.
 
     For federal tax purposes, the Company has research and development credit
carryforwards of approximately $50,000, which will expire in the years 2009
through 2011. For California tax purposes, the Company has research and
development credit carryforwards of approximately $19,000, which will expire in
the years 2010 and 2011.
 
4.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     In May 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to be acquired by
Intevac, Inc. (Intevac), a leading supplier of static sputtering systems used to
manufacture thin-film disks for computer hard disk drives. Under the terms of
the proposed purchase agreement, which is expected to be consummated in June
1996, the shareholders of the Company will receive approximately $8.3 million in
cash in exchange for all of their common stock.
 
                                      F-37

<PAGE>   115
 
                   APPENDIX -- DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHIC IMAGES
 
INSIDE FRONT COVER
 
     Intevac is a leading supplier of static sputtering systems used to
manufacture thin-film disks for computer hard disk drives.
 
CENTER OF PAGE PHOTO
 
Photograph of thin-film disks.
 
Photograph of MDP-250B disk sputtering system.
 
Caption:  The MDP-250B is fully automated, has 12 independent process stations
          and achieves throughput of approximately 450 disks per hour.
 
P. 35:
 
     A depiction of the layering of the thin films on a disk substrate.
 
P. 38:
 
     An illustration of a typical in-line thin-film disk sputtering system.
 
P. 40:
 
     An illustration of Intevac's MDP-250B disk sputtering system.
 
P. 43:
 
     A diagram depicting the process of sputtering a thin-film layer on a disk.
 
P. 44:
 
     A depiction of the transport mechanism designed into Intevac's MDP-250B
disk sputtering system.
 
INSIDE BACK COVER
 
UPPER LEFT PHOTO
 
Photograph of CM-Gun sputtering source.
 
Caption:  The "CM-Gun" magnetron sputtering source uses an electromagnet to
          provide the necessary magnetic field.
 
LOWER LEFT PHOTO
 
Photograph of cooling-station.
 
Caption:  The gas conduction cooling station is typically used to lower disk
          temperature prior to sputtering the carbon top coat.

<PAGE>   116
 
CENTER PHOTO
 
Photograph of infrared substrate heater.
 
Caption:  The infrared substrate heater.
 
UPPER RIGHT PHOTO
 
Photograph of thin-film disk on pedestal.
 
Caption:  Disks are transported on pedestals which are located on the rim of the
          disk transfer wheel.
 
LOWER RIGHT PHOTO
 
Photograph of a cassette of thin-film disks entering the sputtering system.
 
Caption:  Cassettes containing 25 disks automatically travel through the system.
          Each disk moves separately through up to 12 process steps.
 
OUTSIDE BACK COVER
 
Photograph of disk cassette inside sputtering machine.
 
Intevac logo.

<PAGE>   117
 

 
                                   PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the SEC registration fee the NASD filing fees and the Nasdaq listing fee.
 

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    SEC Registration fee......................................................  $ 17,511
    NASD fee..................................................................     5,578
    Nasdaq National Market listing fee........................................    17,500
    Printing and engraving....................................................    75,000
    Legal fees and expenses of the Company....................................   100,000
    Accounting fees and expenses..............................................    90,000
    Blue sky fees and expenses................................................    10,000
    Transfer agent fees.......................................................    10,000
    Miscellaneous.............................................................    24,411
                                                                                --------
              Total...........................................................  $350,000
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Section 317 of the California Corporations Code authorizes a corporation's
Board of Directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances
for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). Article IV of the Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (Exhibit 3.1) and
Article VI of the Company's Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2) provide for indemnification of
the Company's directors, officers and other agents to the maximum extent
permitted by the California Corporations Code. Pursuant to the foregoing, the
Company will, prior to effectiveness of this Registration Statement, enter into
an Indemnification Agreement with each of its directors, officers and certain
controlling persons (Exhibit 10.4). The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1)
provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant, its
directors and executive officers and other persons for certain liabilities
arising under the Act.
 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     (1) Since January 1, 1992, the Registrant has issued and sold 1,265,950
shares (net of repurchases) of its Common Stock to employees pursuant to
exercises of options under its 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (Exhibit
10.1).
 
     (2) In August 1995, the Registrant exchanged with the holders of the
Registrant's Preferred Stock two-thirds of a share of Common Stock and $0.76 for
each outstanding share of Preferred Stock.
 
     The issuances described in Item 15(1) above were deemed exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written
compensatory benefit plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to
compensation, as provided by Rule 701.
 
     The exchange and issuances described in Item 15(2) above were deemed to be
exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public
offering. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented
their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
view to or for
 
                                      II-1

<PAGE>   118
 
sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were
affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients
had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to
information about the Registrant.
 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (A) EXHIBITS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
  -------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <C>       <S>
     1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    *3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
    *3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant
    *4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2
    *4.2    Specimen Common Stock certificate
    *4.3    Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 15, 1991, among the
            Registrant and certain investors named therein, as amended
     5.1    Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
   *10.1    The Registrant's 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
   *10.2    The Registrant's 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
   *10.3    The Registrant's Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   *10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and its
            directors and officers
   *10.5    Lease, dated May 26, 1994 regarding the space located at 3550, 3560, 3570 and
            3580 Bassett Street, Santa Clara, California, as amended
   *10.6    Lease, dated June 8, 1990 regarding the space located at 3845 Atherton Road,
            Rocklin, California, as amended
   *10.7    Amended and Restated Promissory Note and Business Loan Agreement, dated July 10,
            1995, as modified
   *10.8    601 California Avenue LLC Limited Liability Operating Agreement, dated July 28,
            1995
   *10.9    The Registrant's 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
   *10.10   Purchase and Sale Agreement between Litton Systems, Inc. and Intevac Industries,
            Inc., Intevac, Inc., E.O. Sensors, Inc., dated May 5, 1995
   *10.11   Stock Sale Agreement, Note Secured by Stock Pledge Agreement and Stock Pledge
            Agreement by and between Intevac, Inc. and Paul Colombo, dated August 24, 1994.
  **10.12   Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated March 14, 1996
    10.13   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Lotus Technologies, Inc., Lewis Lipton,
            Dennis Stark, Steve Romine and Intevac, Inc., dated June 6, 1996
    11.1    Computation of Net Income Per Share
    23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
    23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
    23.3    Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1
    24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-4).
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 * Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (No. 33-97806).
 
** Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 1996.
 
                                      II-2

<PAGE>   119
 
     (B) CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     Schedule II -- Valuations and Qualifying Accounts.
 
     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
     The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of
the time it was declared effective.
 
     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>   120
 

                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Palo Alto, State of California, on this 7th day of June, 1996.
 
                                          INTEVAC, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/  CHARLES B. EDDY
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Charles B. Eddy III
                                            Vice President, Finance and
                                              Administration, Chief Financial
                                              Officer, Treasurer
                                            and Secretary (Principal Financial
                                              and
                                            Accounting Officer)
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Norman H. Pond and Charles B. Eddy III,
and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement on Form S-1, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
THIS AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                       DATE
- ----------------------------------------    ---------------------------------    --------------
<C>                                         <S>                                  <C>
          /s/  NORMAN H. POND               Chairman of the Board, President     June 7, 1996
- ----------------------------------------    and Chief Executive Officer
            (Norman H. Pond)                (Principal Executive Officer)
        /s/  CHARLES B. EDDY III            Vice President, Finance and          June 7, 1996
- ----------------------------------------    Administration, Chief Financial
         (Charles B. Eddy III)              Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
                                            (Principal Financial and
                                            Accounting Officer)
          /s/  JOHN R. DOUGERY              Director                             June 7, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
           (John R. Dougery)
                                            Director                             June  , 1996
- ----------------------------------------
            (Edward Durbin)
         /s/  DAVID N. LAMBETH              Director                             June 7, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
           (David N. Lambeth)
          /s/  H. JOSEPH SMEAD              Director                             June 7, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
           (H. Joseph Smead)
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>   121
 
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ADDITIONS
                                  BALANCE AT   --------------------------------------
                                  BEGINNING    CHARGED TO COSTS    CHARGED TO OTHER                             BALANCE AT END
          DESCRIPTION             OF PERIOD      AND EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS -- DESCRIBE  DEDUCTIONS -- DESCRIBE    OF PERIOD
- --------------------------------  ----------   ----------------   -------------------   ---------------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>                <C>                   <C>                     <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for doubtful
      accounts..................   $ 65,019        $152,233               $ 0                 $  23,490            $193,762
Year ended December 31, 1994:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for doubtful
      accounts..................   $193,762        $ 13,689               $ 0                 $ 101,866            $105,585
Year ended December 31, 1995:
  Deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for doubtful
      accounts..................   $105,585        $524,953               $ 0                 $ 169,909(1)         $460,629
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
(1) Includes $95,000 transferred to net assets of discontinued operations.

<PAGE>   122
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                  NUMBERED
NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                    PAGE
- -------     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>                                                                        <C>
   1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  *3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant...........
  *3.2      Bylaws of the Registrant...................................................
  *4.1      Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2..................................
  *4.2      Specimen Common Stock certificate..........................................
  *4.3      Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 15, 1991, among
            the Registrant and certain investors named therein, as amended.............
   5.1      Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
 *10.1      The Registrant's 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.....................
 *10.2      The Registrant's 1995 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.....................
 *10.3      The Registrant's Employee Stock Purchase Plan..............................
 *10.4      Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and
            its directors and officers.................................................
 *10.5      Lease, dated May 26, 1994 regarding the space located at 3550, 3560, 3570
            and 3580 Bassett Street, Santa Clara, California, as amended...............
 *10.6      Lease, dated June 8, 1990 regarding the space located at 3845 Atherton
            Road, Rocklin, California, as amended......................................
 *10.7      Amended and Restated Promissory Note and Business Loan Agreement, dated
            July 10, 1995, as modified.................................................
 *10.8      601 California Avenue LLC Limited Liability Operating Agreement, dated July
            28, 1995...................................................................
 *10.9      The Registrant's 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan................................
 *10.10     Purchase and Sale Agreement between Litton Systems, Inc. and Intevac
            Industries, Inc., Intevac, Inc., E.O. Sensors, Inc., dated May 5, 1995.....
 *10.11     Stock Sale Agreement, Note Secured by Stock Pledge Agreement and Stock
            Pledge Agreement by and between Intevac, Inc. and Paul Colombo, dated
            August 24, 1994............................................................
**10.12     Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated March 14, 1996..................
  10.13     Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Lotus Technologies, Inc., Lewis
            Lipton, Dennis Stark, Steve Romine and Intevac, Inc., dated June 6, 1996...
  11.1      Computation of Net Income Per Share........................................
  23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (see page II-5).........
  23.2      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.........................
  23.3      Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit
            5.1
  24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-4)..........................................
</TABLE>

 
- ---------------
 * Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (No. 33-97806).
 
** Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
   10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 1996.





<PAGE>   1
                               2,250,000 SHARES(1)

                                  INTEVAC, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1996


ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY LLC
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC
555 California Street
Suite 2600
San Francisco, California  94104

Ladies/Gentlemen:

         Intevac, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and certain
shareholders of the Company named in Schedule B hereto (hereafter called the
"Selling Shareholders") address you as the Representatives of each of the
persons, firms and corporations listed in Schedule A hereto (herein
collectively called the "Underwriters") and hereby confirm their respective
agreements with the several Underwriters as follows:

         1.      Description of Shares.  The Company proposes to issue and sell
1,500,000 shares of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, no par value, to
the several Underwriters.  The Selling Shareholders, acting severally and not
jointly, propose to sell an aggregate of 750,000 shares of the Company's
authorized and outstanding Common Stock, no par value, to the several
Underwriters.  The 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock, no par value, of the
Company to be sold by the Company  are hereinafter called the "Company Shares"

and the 750,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value, to be sold by the Selling
Shareholders are hereinafter called the "Selling Shareholder Shares."  The
Company Shares and the Selling Shareholder Shares are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Firm Shares."  The Company also proposes to grant to the
Underwriters an option to purchase up to 337,500 additional shares of the
Company's Common Stock, no par value (the "Option Shares"), as provided in
Section 7 hereof.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Shares" shall include
the Firm Shares and the Option Shares.  All shares of Common Stock, no par
value, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales
contemplated hereby, including the Shares, are hereinafter referred to as
"Common Stock."  Unless the context otherwise requires, all representations and
warranties of the Company herein shall also be deemed to be representations and
warranties with respect to all predecessor entities, including without
limitation Intevac Industries, Inc., and its subsidiary Intevac, Inc. and DKP
Holding Co. and its subsidiary DKP Electronics.

         2.      Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company and
                 the Selling Shareholders.

                 I.       The Company represents and warrants to and agrees
with each Underwriter and each Selling Shareholder that:

                          (a)     A registration statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-_____) with respect to the Shares, including a prospectus subject to
completion, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the
applicable rules and regulations (the "Rules


__________________________________

1        Plus an option to purchase up to 337,500 additional shares from the
         Company to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>   2
and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
under the Act and has been filed with the Commission; such amendments to such
registration statement, such amended prospectuses subject to completion and
such abbreviated registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules
and Regulations as may have been required prior to the date hereof have been
similarly prepared and filed with the Commission; and the Company will file
such additional amendments to such registration statement, such amended
prospectuses subject to completion and such abbreviated registration statements
as may hereafter be required.  Copies of such registration statement and
amendments, of each related prospectus subject to completion (the "Preliminary
Prospectuses") and of any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule
462(b) of the Rules and Regulations have been delivered to you.

                          If the registration statement relating to the Shares
has been declared effective under the Act by the Commission, the Company will
prepare and promptly file with the Commission the information omitted from the
registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) or, if Robertson, Stephens &
Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the
utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the information required
to be included in any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as
applicable, of the Rules and Regulations pursuant to subparagraph (1), (4) or
(7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part of a post-effective
amendment to the registration statement (including a final form of prospectus).
If the registration statement relating to the Shares has not been declared
effective under the Act by the Commission, the Company will prepare and
promptly file an amendment to the registration statement, including a final
form of prospectus, or, if Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the
several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules
and Regulations, the information required to be included in any term sheet
filed pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and
Regulations.  The term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement shall
mean such registration statement, including financial statements, schedules and
exhibits, in the form in which it became or becomes, as the case may be,
effective (including, if the Company omitted information from the registration
statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) or files a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434
of the Rules and Regulations, the information deemed to be a part of the
registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b)
or Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations) and, in the event of any amendment
thereto or the filing of any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to
Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations relating thereto after the effective
date of such registration statement, shall also mean (from and after the
effectiveness of such amendment or the filing of such abbreviated registration
statement) such registration statement as so amended, together with any such
abbreviated registration statement.  The term "Prospectus" as used in this
Agreement shall mean the prospectus relating to the Shares as included in such
Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective (including, if the
Company omitted information from the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule
430A(a) of the Rules and Regulations, the information deemed to be a part of
the Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule
430A(b) of the Rules and Regulations); provided, however, that if in reliance
on Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations and with the consent of Robertson,
Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, the Company
shall have provided to the Underwriters a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434(b) or
(c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation is sent or given for
purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the Act, the term "Prospectus" shall mean the
"prospectus subject to completion" (as defined in Rule 434(g) of the Rules and
Regulations) last provided to the Underwriters by the Company and circulated by
the Underwriters to all prospective purchasers of the Shares (including the
information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time it
became effective pursuant to Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any revised prospectus shall be provided to
the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection with the offering of the
Shares that differs from the prospectus referred to in the immediately
preceding sentence (whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus from
and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use.  If
in reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations and with the consent of
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, the
Company shall have provided to the Underwriters a term sheet pursuant to Rule
434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation is sent or
given for purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the Act, the Prospectus and the term
sheet, together, will not be materially different from the prospectus in the
Registration Statement.

                                       2

<PAGE>   3
                          (b)     The Commission has not issued any order
preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or instituted
proceedings for that purpose, and each such Preliminary Prospectus has
conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules
and Regulations and, as of its date, has not included any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; and at the time the Registration Statement became or
becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up
to and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and on any later date on which
Option Shares are to be purchased, (i) the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, contained and will
contain all material information required to be included therein by the Act and
the Rules and Regulations and will in all material respects conform to the
requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (ii) the Registration
Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, did not and will not
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements
thereto, did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
provided, however, that none of the representations and warranties contained in
this subparagraph (b) shall apply to information contained in or omitted from
the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information relating
to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by such Underwriter specifically
for use in the preparation thereof.

                          (c)     Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has
been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation with full
power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease and operate its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the
transfer of certain assets by Varian Associates, Inc. to DKP Electronics and
the acquisition of DKP Electronics from Varian Associates, Inc. by DKP Holding
Co. pursuant to the Capitalization Agreement between both parties dated
February 15, 1991 (the "Acquisition") was duly and properly effectuated in
accordance with applicable corporate and other laws, and DKP Electronics
received good and marketable title to all properties and assets transferred to
it by Varian Associates, Inc. in connection with the Acquisition; the Company
owns all of the outstanding capital stock of its subsidiaries free and clear of
any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest;
each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires
such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good
standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial
or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; no proceeding has
been instituted in any such jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or curtailing, or
seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification;
each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in possession of and operating in
compliance with all authorizations, licenses, certificates, consents, orders
and permits from state, federal and other regulatory authorities which are
material to the conduct of its business, all of which are valid and in full
force and effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
violation of its respective charter or bylaws or in default in the performance
or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in
any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or in any lease,
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or
other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
is a party or by which it or any of its subsidiaries or their respective
properties may be bound, except where such violation or default would not have
a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings,
operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries
considered as one enterprise; and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is in violation of any material law, order, rule, regulation,
writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental
agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties of which it has
knowledge.  The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any
corporation, association or other entity other than  Intevac Foreign Sales
Corporation, Intevac GmbH, Intevac Asia Pte Ltd., San Jose Technology Corp.,
and Lotus Technologies, Inc. ("Lotus"); and, other than Lotus, none of the
subsidiaries of the Company is a "significant subsidiary," as such term is
defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations and none of such


                                       3

<PAGE>   4
subsidiaries have operations, assets or liabilities that are material to the
condition (financial or otherwise) earnings, operations, business or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

                          (d)     The Company has full legal right, power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and perform the transactions
contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement on the part of
the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to
indemnification and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law and
except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles; the
performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein
contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and
provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any bond, debenture, note or
other evidence of indebtedness, or under any lease, contract, indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by
which it or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties may be
bound, (ii) the charter or bylaws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or
(iii) any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of
any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign,
having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their
respective properties except with respect to (i) and (ii) where such breach,
violation or default would not have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects
of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.  No consent,
approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any court, government
or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties is
required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the transactions herein
contemplated, except such as may be required under the Act or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") which shall be obtained
on or prior to the Closing Date, or except such as may be required under state
or other securities or Blue Sky laws.

                          (e)     There is not any pending or, to the best of
the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding against
the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or any
of their respective properties, assets or rights before any court, government
or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective officers or
properties or otherwise which (i) might result in any material adverse change
in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise or might materially and adversely affect their properties, assets or
rights, (ii) might prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
or (iii) is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus and is not so disclosed; and there are no agreements, contracts,
leases or documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries of a character
required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement by the
Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been accurately described in
all material respects in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement.

                          (f)     All outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Company (including the Selling Shareholder Shares) have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, have been
issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not
issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to
subscribe for or purchase securities, and the authorized and outstanding
capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under the
caption "Capitalization" and conforms in all material respects to the
statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus (and such statements correctly state the substance of the
instruments defining the capitalization of the Company); the Company Shares and
the Option Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the
Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the
Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable,
and will be sold free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; and no preemptive right, co-sale
right, registration right, right of first refusal or other similar right of
shareholders exists with respect to any of the Company Shares or Option Shares
or the issuance and sale thereof other than those that have been


                                       4

<PAGE>   5
expressly waived prior to the date hereof and those that will automatically
expire upon and will not apply to the consummation of the transactions
contemplated on the Closing Date.  No further approval or authorization of any
shareholder, the Board of Directors of the Company or others is required for
the issuance and sale or transfer of the Shares, except as may be required
under the Act or the Exchange Act which shall be obtained on or prior to the
Closing Date, or except as may be required under state or other securities or
Blue Sky laws.  All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each
subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
fully paid and nonassessable, and were not issued in violation of or subject to
any preemptive right, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase shares and
are owned by the Company free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest.  Except as disclosed in the
Prospectus and the financial statements of the Company, and the related notes
thereto, included in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has
outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights
to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible
into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital
stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations.  The
description of the Company's stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or
arrangements, and the options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,
set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information
required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and
rights.

                          (g)     Ernst & Young LLP, which has examined (i) the
consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the related
schedules and notes, as of December 31, 1995 and March 30, 1996 and for each of
the years in the three (3) years ended December 31, 1995 and for the three (3)
months ended March 30, 1996 and (ii) the financial statements of Lotus,
together with the related notes, as of January 31, 1996 and April 30, 1996 and
for the twelve (12) months ended January 31, 1996 and for the three (3) months
ended April 30, 1996, each filed with the Commission as a part of the
Registration Statement, which are included in the Prospectus, are independent
accountants within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the
related schedules and notes, the unaudited consolidated financial information
and the audited financial statements of Lotus, together with the related notes,
forming part of the Registration Statement and Prospectus, fairly present the
financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries and Lotus, as the case may be, at the respective dates and for the
respective periods to which they apply; and all audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company, together with the related schedules and notes, the
unaudited consolidated financial information and the audited financial
statements of Lotus, together with the related notes, filed with the Commission
as part of the Registration Statement, have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the
periods involved except as may be otherwise stated therein.  The selected and
summary financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement
present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis
consistent with the audited financial statements presented therein.  The pro
forma financial information included in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X and present fairly the
information shown therein.  No other financial statements or schedules are
required to be included in the Registration Statement.

                          (h)     Subsequent to the respective dates as of
which information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there
has not been (i) any material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (ii) any transaction that is
material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any
obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, incurred by the Company or its
subsidiaries, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(iv) any change in the capital stock or outstanding indebtedness of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries
considered as one enterprise, (v) any dividend or distribution of any kind
declared, paid or made on the capital stock of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or (vi) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the
property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has been sustained or
will have been sustained which has a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects
of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.


                                       5

<PAGE>   6
                          (i)     Except as set forth in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus (i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good
and marketable title to all properties and assets described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of any pledge, lien,
security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest, other than such as
would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (ii) the agreements to which
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus are valid agreements, enforceable by the Company and
its subsidiaries (as applicable), except as the enforcement thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by
general equitable principles and, to the Company's knowledge, the other
contracting party or parties thereto are not in material breach or material
default under any of such agreements, and (iii) each of the Company and its
subsidiaries has valid and enforceable leases for all properties described in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus as leased by it, except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles.  Except as set
forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company owns or leases
all such properties as are necessary to its operations as now conducted or as
proposed to be conducted.

                          (j)     The Company and its subsidiaries have timely
filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns
and have paid all taxes shown thereon as due, and there is no tax deficiency
that has been or, to the Company's knowledge, might be asserted against the
Company or any of its subsidiaries that might have a material adverse effect on
the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise; and all tax liabilities are adequately provided for on the books of
the Company and its subsidiaries.

                          (k)     The Company and its subsidiaries maintain
insurance with insurers of recognized financial responsibility of the types and
in the amounts generally deemed adequate for their respective businesses and
consistent with insurance coverage maintained by similar companies in similar
businesses, including, but not limited to, insurance covering real and personal
property owned or leased by the Company or its subsidiaries against theft,
damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured
against, all of which insurance is in full force and effect; neither the
Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought
or applied for; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason
to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as
and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar
insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not
materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise),
earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

                          (l)     To the Company's knowledge, no labor
disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists
or is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor
disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers or customers,
that might be expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition
(financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects
of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.  No
collective bargaining agreement exists with any of the Company's employees and,
to the Company's knowledge, no such agreement is imminent.

                          (m)     Each of the Company and its subsidiaries owns
or possesses adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions,
trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights
which are necessary to conduct its businesses as described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus; the expiration of any patents, patent rights, trade
secrets, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights would not have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings,
operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries
considered as one enterprise; the Company has not received any notice of, and
has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of
the Company by others with respect to any patent, patent rights, inventions,
trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights;
and the Company has not received any notice of, and has no knowledge of, any
infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any
patent, patent rights, inventions, trade


                                       6

<PAGE>   7
secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights which,
singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling
or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.

                          (n)     The Common Stock is registered pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and is listed on The Nasdaq National Market,
and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect
of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or
delisting the Common Stock from The Nasdaq National Market, nor has the Company
received any notification that the Commission or the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") is contemplating terminating such
registration or listing.

                          (o)     The Company has been advised concerning the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and the rules and
regulations thereunder, and has in the past conducted, and intends in the
future to conduct, its affairs in such a manner as to ensure that it will not
become an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment
company" within the meaning of the 1940 Act and such rules and regulations.

                          (p)     The Company has not distributed and will not
distribute prior to the later of (i) the Closing Date, or any date on which
Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, and (ii) completion of
the distribution of the Shares, any offering material in connection with the
offering and sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary Prospectuses, the
Prospectus, the Registration Statement and other materials, if any, permitted
by the Act.

                          (q)     Neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has at any time during the last five (5) years (i) made any
unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office or failed to disclose
fully any contribution in violation of law, or (ii) made any payment to any
federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with
similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or
permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.

                          (r)     The Company has not taken and will not take,
directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be
expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of
the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

                          (s)     Each officer and director of the Company,
each Selling Shareholder, and certain other beneficial owners of an aggregate
of __________ shares of Common Stock have agreed in writing that such person
will not, until 90 days from the date of the Prospectus (the "Lock-up Period"),
offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan, pledge or
grant any rights with respect to (collectively, a "Disposition") any shares of
Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or
any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock
(collectively, "Securities") now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such
person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power
of disposition, otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the
donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii)
as a distribution to partners or shareholders of such person, provided that the
distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this
restriction, or (iii) with the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens &
Company LLC.  The foregoing restriction has been expressly agreed to preclude
the holder of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction
which is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a
Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities
would be disposed of by someone other than such holder.  Such prohibited
hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale
(whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right
(including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any
Securities or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market
basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of
its value from Securities.  Furthermore, such person has also agreed and
consented  to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's
transfer agent against the transfer of the Securities held by such person
except in compliance with this restriction.  The Company has provided to
counsel for the Underwriters a complete and accurate list of all


                                       7

<PAGE>   8
securityholders of the Company and the number and type of securities held by
each securityholder.  The Company has provided to counsel for the Underwriters
true, accurate and complete copies of all of the agreements pursuant to which
its officers, directors and shareholders have agreed to such or similar
restrictions (the "Lock-up Agreements") presently in effect or effected hereby.
The Company hereby represents and warrants that it will not release any of its
officers, directors or other shareholders from any Lock-up Agreements currently
existing or hereafter effected without the prior written consent of Robertson,
Stephens & Company LLC.  The Company further represents and warrants that with
respect to the Company's 1995 Stock Option/Issuance Plan it will not grant any
options that will vest until after the Lock-up Period and that the Company will
not waive any rights it may have to repurchase any shares proposed to be sold
that were issued upon exercise of unvested options granted under the Company's
1995 Stock Option/Issuance Plan.

                          (t)     Except as set forth in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, (i) the Company is in compliance with all rules, laws
and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of toxic
substances and protection of health or the environment ("Environmental Laws")
which are applicable to its business, (ii) the Company has received no notice
from any governmental authority or third party of an asserted claim under
Environmental Laws, which claim is required to be disclosed in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, (iii) except as disclosed in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, the Company is unaware of the performance of any act
which would require it to make future material capital expenditures to comply
with Environmental Laws and (iv) except as disclosed in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, no property which is owned, leased or occupied by the
Company now or in the past has been designated as a Superfund site pursuant to
the Comprehensive Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
(42 U.S.C. Section  9601, et seq.), or otherwise designated as a contaminated
site under applicable state or local law.

                          (u)     The Company and each of its subsidiaries
maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with
management's general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for
assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with
management's general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded
accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable
intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

                          (v)     There are no outstanding loans, advances
(except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of
business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of
any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of the members of the
families of any of them, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus.

                          (w)     The Company has complied with all provisions
of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes relating to doing business with the
Government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.

                          (x)     The sales by the Company of:  (i) its
molecular beam epitaxy systems to Chorus Corporation on October 21, 1993; (ii)
its night vision business to Litton Systems, Inc. on March 5, 1995; and (iii)
its leasehold interest in 601 California Avenue, Palo Alto, California (the
"Site") to 601 California Avenue LLC (the "LLC") on July 28, 1995, a limited
liability Company formed and owned by the Company and certain shareholders of
the Company, were effectuated in accordance with applicable corporate and other
laws, and resulted in no liability of any kind to the Company, except as
disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  The formation of the
LLC was in accordance with the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act, as
amended.

                          (y)     The acquisition by the Company of:  (i) San
Jose Technology Corp. on  May __, 1996; (ii) Cathode Technology Corporation on
January __, 1996; and (iii) Lotus on June __, 1996 were effectuated in
accordance with applicable corporate and other laws, and resulted in no
liability to the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus.


                                       8

<PAGE>   9
                 II.      Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly,
represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter and the Company
that:

                          (a)     Such Selling Shareholder now has and on the
Closing Date will have valid marketable title to the Shares to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim or equitable interest other than pursuant to this Agreement;
and upon delivery of such Shares hereunder and payment of the purchase price as
herein contemplated, each of the Underwriters will obtain valid marketable
title to the Shares purchased by it from such Selling Shareholder, free and
clear of any pledge, lien, security interest pertaining to such Selling
Shareholder or such Selling Shareholder's property, encumbrance, claim or
equitable interest, including any liability for estate or inheritance taxes, or
any liability to or claims of any creditor, devisee, legatee or beneficiary of
such Selling Shareholder.

                          (b)     Such Selling Shareholder has duly authorized
(if applicable), executed and delivered, in the form heretofore furnished to
the Representatives, an irrevocable Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney")
appointing ___________ and ___________ as attorneys-in-fact (collectively, the
"Attorneys" and individually, an "Attorney") and a Letter of Transmittal and
Custody Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") with
______________________________, as custodian (the "Custodian"); each of the
Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement constitutes a valid and binding
agreement on the part of such Selling Shareholder, enforceable in accordance
with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
principles; and each of such Selling Shareholder's Attorneys, acting alone, is
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the certificate referred
to in Section 6(h) hereof on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, to determine
the purchase price to be paid by the several Underwriters to such Selling
Shareholder as provided in Section 3 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the
Selling Shareholder Shares under this Agreement and to duly endorse (in blank
or otherwise) the certificate or certificates representing such Shares or a
stock power or powers with respect thereto, to accept payment therefor, and
otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in connection with this
Agreement.

                          (c)     All consents, approvals, authorizations and
orders required for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of
the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the execution and delivery by
or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and the sale and
delivery of the Selling Shareholder Shares under this Agreement (other than, at
the time of the execution hereof (if the Registration Statement has not yet
been declared effective by the Commission), the issuance of the order of the
Commission declaring the Registration Statement effective and such consents,
approvals, authorizations or orders as may be necessary under state or other
securities or Blue Sky laws) have been obtained and are in full force and
effect; such Selling Shareholder, if other than a natural person, has been duly
organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization as the type of entity that it purports to be;
and such Selling Shareholder has full legal right, power and authority to enter
into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Power of
Attorney and Custody Agreement, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the
Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement.

                          (d)     Such Selling Shareholder will not, during the
Lock-up Period, effect the Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter
acquired directly by such Selling Shareholder or with respect to which such
Selling Shareholder has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition,
otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees
thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a
distribution to partners or shareholders of such Selling Shareholder, provided
that the distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this
restriction, or (iii) with the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens &
Company LLC.  The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the
holder of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction
which is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a
Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities
would be disposed of by someone other than the Selling Shareholder.  Such
prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any
short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of
any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect
to any Securities or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based
market basket or


                                       9

<PAGE>   10
index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value
from the Securities.  Such Selling Shareholder also agrees and consents to the
entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against
the transfer of the securities held by such Selling Shareholder except in
compliance with this restriction.

                          (e)     Certificates in negotiable form for all
Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement, together
with a stock power or powers duly endorsed in blank by such Selling
Shareholder, have been placed in custody with the Custodian for the purpose of
effecting delivery hereunder.

                          (f)     This Agreement has been duly authorized by
each Selling Shareholder that is not a natural person and has been duly
executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder and is a
valid and binding agreement of such Selling Shareholder, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be
limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
principles; and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions herein contemplated will not result in a material breach or
violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,
(i) any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or under any
lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint
venture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is a
party or by which such Selling Shareholder, or any Selling Shareholder Shares
hereunder or any properties of such Selling Stockholder may be bound, (ii) to
the best of such Selling Shareholders' knowledge, result in any violation of
any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any
court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or over the properties of such
Selling Shareholder, or (iii) if such Selling Shareholder is other than a
natural person, result in any violation of any provisions of the charter,
bylaws or other organizational documents of such Selling Shareholder.

                          (g)     Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and
will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might
reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of
the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

                          (h)     Such Selling Shareholder has not distributed
and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection
with the offering and sale of the Shares.

                          (i)     All information furnished by or on behalf of
such Selling Shareholder relating to such Selling Shareholder and the Selling
Shareholder Shares that is contained in the representations and warranties of
such Selling Shareholder in such Selling Shareholder's Power of Attorney or set
forth in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus is, and at the time the
Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at
all times subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date, was or will be,
true, correct and complete, and does not, and at the time the Registration
Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times
subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined), will
not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make such
information not misleading.

                          (j)     Such Selling Shareholder will review the
Prospectus and will comply with all agreements and satisfy all conditions on
its part to be complied with or satisfied pursuant to this Agreement on or
prior to the Closing Date and will advise one of its Attorneys and Robertson,
Stephens & Company LLC prior to the Closing Date if any statement to be made on
behalf of such Selling Shareholder in the certificate contemplated by Section
6(h) would be inaccurate if made as of the Closing Date.

                          (k)     Such Selling Shareholder does not have, or
has waived prior to the date hereof, any preemptive right, co-sale right or
right of first refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Shares
that are to be sold by the Company or any of the other Selling Shareholders to
the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement; such Selling Shareholder does not
have, or has waived prior to the date hereof, any registration right or other
similar right to participate in the offering made by the Prospectus, other than
such rights of participation as have been


                                       10

<PAGE>   11
satisfied by the participation of such Selling Shareholder in the transactions
to which this Agreement relates in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
and such Selling Shareholder does not own any warrants, options or similar
rights to acquire, and does not have any right or arrangement to acquire, any
capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other securities from the Company,
other than those described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                          (l)     Such Selling Shareholder is not aware that
any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section
2.I. above is untrue or inaccurate in any material respect.

         3.      Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Shares.  On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Shareholders
agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters, and each
Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and
the Selling Shareholders, respectively, at a purchase price of $_____ per
share, the respective number of Company Shares as hereinafter set forth and
Selling Shareholder Shares set forth opposite the names of the Company and the
Selling Shareholders in Schedule B hereto.  The obligation of each Underwriter
to the Company and to each Selling Shareholder shall be to purchase from the
Company or such Selling Shareholder that number of Company Shares or Selling
Shareholder Shares, as the case may be, which (as nearly as practicable, as
determined by you) is in the same proportion to the number of Company Shares or
Selling Shareholder Shares, as the case may be, set forth opposite the name of
the Company or such Selling Shareholder in Schedule B hereto as the number of
Firm Shares which is set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule A hereto (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10) is to the
total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters under this
Agreement.

                 The certificates in negotiable form for the Selling
Shareholder Shares have been placed in custody (for delivery under this
Agreement) under the Custody Agreement.  Each Selling Shareholder agrees that
the certificates for the Selling Shareholder Shares of such Selling Shareholder
so held in custody are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder,
that the arrangements made by such Selling Shareholder for such custody,
including the Power of Attorney is to that extent irrevocable and that the
obligations of such Selling Shareholder hereunder shall not be terminated by
any act of such Selling Shareholder or by operation of law, whether by the
death or incapacity of such Selling Shareholder or the occurrence of any other
event, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement.  If
any Selling Shareholder should die or be incapacitated, or if any other such
event should occur, before the delivery of the certificates for the Selling
Shareholder Shares hereunder, the Selling Shareholder Shares to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder shall, except as specifically provided herein or in the
Custody Agreement, be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other event
had not occurred, regardless of whether the Custodian shall have received
notice of such death or other event.

                 Delivery of definitive certificates for the Firm Shares to be
purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made against
receipt of a wire transfer reference number issued by the Federal Reserve
System evidencing payment of the purchase price therefor by the several
Underwriters by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to an account
specified in writing by the Company with regard to the Shares being purchased
from the Company, and to an account specified in writing by the Custodian for
the respective accounts of the Selling Shareholders with regard to the Shares
being purchased from such Selling Shareholders, at the offices of Brobeck,
Phleger & Harrison, Two Embarcadero Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto,
California 94303 (or at such other place as may be agreed upon among the
Representatives and the Company), at 7:00 A.M., San Francisco time (a) on the
third (3rd) full business day following the first day that Shares are traded,
(b) if this Agreement is executed and delivered after 1:30 P.M., San Francisco
time, the fourth (4th) full business day following the day that this Agreement
is executed and delivered or (c) at such other time and date not later than
seven (7) full business days following the first day that Shares are traded as
the Representatives and the Company may determine (or at such time and date to
which payment and delivery shall have been postponed pursuant to Section 10
hereof), such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the
"Closing Date;" provided, however, that if the Company has not made available
to the Representatives copies of the Prospectus within the time provided in
Section 4(d) hereof, the Representatives may, in their sole discretion,
postpone the Closing Date until no later than


                                       11

<PAGE>   12
two (2) full business days following delivery of copies of the Prospectus to
the Representatives.  The certificates for the Firm Shares to be so delivered
will be made available to you at such office or such other location including,
without limitation, in New York City, as you may reasonably request for
checking at least one (1) full business day prior to the Closing Date and will
be in such names and denominations as you may request, such request to be made
at least two (2) full business days prior to the Closing Date.  If the
Representatives so elect, delivery of the Firm Shares may be made by credit
through full fast transfer to the accounts at The Depository Trust Company
designated by the Representatives.

                 It is understood that you, individually, and not as the
Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated
to) make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or
Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior to
the Closing Date for the Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter or
Underwriters.  Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter
or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder.

                 After the Registration Statement becomes effective, the
several Underwriters intend to make an initial public offering (as such term is
described in Section 11 hereof) of the Firm Shares at an initial public
offering price of $_____ per share.  After the initial public offering, the
several Underwriters may, in their discretion, vary the public offering price.

                 The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front
cover page (insofar as such information relates to the Underwriters), on the
inside front cover page concerning stabilization, over-allotment and passive
market making by the Underwriters and in the second and sixth paragraphs under
the caption "Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus
constitutes the only information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company
for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration
Statement, and you, on behalf of the respective Underwriters, represent and
warrant to the Company and the Selling Shareholders that the statements made
therein do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

         4.      Further Agreements of the Company.  The Company agrees with
the several Underwriters that:

                          (a)     The Company will use its best efforts to
cause the Registration Statement and any amendment thereof, if not effective at
the time and date that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties
hereto, to become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will use its
best efforts to cause any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule
462(b) of the Rules and Regulations as may be required subsequent to the date
the Registration Statement is declared effective to become effective as
promptly as possible; the Company will notify you, promptly after it shall
receive notice thereof, of the time when the Registration Statement, any
subsequent amendment to the Registration Statement or any abbreviated
registration statement has become effective or any supplement to the Prospectus
has been filed; if the Company omitted information from the Registration
Statement at the time it was originally declared effective in reliance upon
Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will provide evidence
satisfactory to you that the Prospectus contains such information and has been
filed, within the time period prescribed, with the Commission pursuant to
subparagraph (1) or (4) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part
of a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement as originally
declared effective which is declared effective by the Commission; if the
Company files a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations,
the Company will provide evidence satisfactory to you that the Prospectus and
term sheet meeting the requirements of Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, of
the Rules and Regulations, have been filed, within the time period prescribed,
with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph (7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules
and Regulations; if for any reason the filing of the final form of Prospectus
is required under Rule 424(b)(3) of the Rules and Regulations, it will provide
evidence satisfactory to you that the Prospectus contains such information and
has been filed with the Commission within the time period prescribed; it will
notify you promptly of any request by the Commission for the amending or
supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional
information; promptly upon your request, it will prepare and file with the
Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or
Prospectus which, in the opinion of


                                       12

<PAGE>   13
counsel for the several Underwriters ("Underwriters' Counsel"), may be
necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Shares by the
Underwriters; it will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, and
promptly notify you of the filing of, any amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or Prospectus which may be necessary to correct any
statements or omissions, if, at any time when a prospectus relating to the
Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred
as a result of which the Prospectus or any other prospectus relating to the
Shares as then in effect would include any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; in
case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus nine (9) months or
more after the effective date of the Registration Statement in connection with
the sale of the Shares, it will prepare promptly upon request, but at the
expense of such Underwriter, such amendment or amendments to the Registration
Statement and such prospectus or prospectuses as may be necessary to permit
compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act; and it will
file no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus
which shall not previously have been submitted to you a reasonable time prior
to the proposed filing thereof or to which you shall reasonably object in
writing, subject, however, to compliance with the Act and the Rules and
Regulations and the provisions of this Agreement.

                          (b)     The Company will advise you, promptly after
it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge, of the issuance of any stop order
by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
of the initiation or threat of any proceeding for that purpose; and it will
promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to
obtain its withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order should
be issued.

                          (c)     The Company will use its best efforts to
qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such
jurisdictions as you may designate and to continue such qualifications in
effect for so long as may be required for purposes of the distribution of the
Shares, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith
or as a condition thereof to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a
general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not
otherwise required to be so qualified or to so execute a general consent to
service of process.  In each jurisdiction in which the Shares shall have been
qualified as above provided, the Company will make and file such statements and
reports in each year as are or may be required by the laws of such
jurisdiction.

                          (d)     The Company will furnish to you, as soon as
available, and, in the case of the Prospectus and any term sheet or abbreviated
term sheet under Rule 434, in no event later than the first (1st) full business
day following the first day that Shares are traded, copies of the Registration
Statement (three of which will be signed and which will include all exhibits),
each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
to such documents, including any prospectus prepared to permit compliance with
Section 10(a)(3) of the Act, all in such quantities as you may from time to
time reasonably request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Robertson, Stephens
& Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the
utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall provide
to you copies of a Preliminary Prospectus updated in all respects through the
date specified by you in such quantities as you may from time to time
reasonably request.

                          (e)     The Company will make generally available to
its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than the
forty-fifth (45th) day following the end of the fiscal quarter first occurring
after the first anniversary of the effective date of the Registration
Statement, an earnings statement (which will be in reasonable detail but need
not be audited) complying with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and
covering a twelve (12) month period beginning after the effective date of the
Registration Statement.

                          (f)     During a period of five (5) years after the
date hereof, the Company will furnish to its shareholders as soon as
practicable after the end of each respective period, annual reports (including
financial statements audited by independent certified public accountants) and
unaudited quarterly reports of operations for each of the first three quarters
of the fiscal year, and will furnish to you and the other several Underwriters
hereunder, upon request (i) concurrently with furnishing such reports to its 
shareholders, statements of operations of the Company for each of the first 
three (3) quarters in the form furnished to the Company's shareholders, (ii) 
concur-


                                       13

<PAGE>   14

rently with furnishing to its shareholders, a balance sheet of the Company as of
the end of such fiscal year, together with statements of operations, of
shareholders' equity, and of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year,
accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent
certified public accountants, (iii) as soon as they are available, copies of all
reports (financial or other) mailed to shareholders, (iv) as soon as they are
available, copies of all reports and financial statements furnished to or filed
with the Commission, any securities exchange or the NASD, (v) every material
press release and every material news item or article in respect of the Company,
its subsidiaries or its or their affairs which was generally released to
shareholders or prepared by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (vi) any
additional information of a public nature concerning the Company or its
subsidiaries, or its business which you may reasonably request.  During such
five (5) year period, if the Company shall have active subsidiaries, the
foregoing financial statements shall be on a consolidated basis to the extent
that the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated, and
shall be accompanied by similar financial statements for any significant
subsidiary which is not so consolidated.

                          (g)     The Company will apply the net proceeds from
the sale of the Shares being sold by it in the manner set forth under the
caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

                          (h)     The Company will maintain a transfer agent
and, if necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a
registrar (which may be the same entity as the transfer agent) for its Common
Stock.

                          (i)     If the transactions contemplated hereby are
not consummated by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of
the Company or any Selling Shareholder to perform any agreement on their
respective parts to be performed hereunder or to fulfill any condition of the
Underwriters' obligations hereunder, or if the Company shall terminate this
Agreement pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, or if the Underwriters shall
terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11(b)(i), the Company will
reimburse the several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including
fees and disbursements of Underwriters' Counsel) incurred by the Underwriters
in investigating or preparing to market or marketing the Shares.

                          (j)     If at any time during the ninety (90) day
period after the Registration Statement becomes effective, any rumor,
publication or event relating to or affecting the Company shall occur as a
result of which in your opinion the market price of the Common Stock has been
or is likely to be materially affected (regardless of whether such rumor,
publication or event necessitates a supplement to or amendment of the
Prospectus), the Company will, after written notice from you advising the
Company to the effect set forth above, forthwith prepare, consult with you
concerning the substance of and disseminate a press release or other public
statement, reasonably satisfactory to you, responding to or commenting on such
rumor, publication or event.

                          (k)     During the Lock-up Period, the Company will
not, without the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC,
effect the Disposition of, directly or indirectly, any Securities other than
the sale of the Company Shares and the Option Shares hereunder and the
Company's issuance of options or Common Stock under the Company's presently
authorized 1991 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, 1995 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plans").

                          (l)     During a period of  ninety (90) days from the
effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will not file a
registration statement registering shares under the Plans or other employee
benefit plan.

         5.      Expenses.

                          (a)     The Company and the Selling Shareholders
agree with each Underwriter that:

                                        (i)     The Company will pay and bear
all costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing
of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, schedules and
exhibits), Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto; the printing of





                                       14

<PAGE>   15
this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealer
Agreement, the Preliminary Blue Sky Survey and any Supplemental Blue Sky
Survey, the Underwriters' Questionnaire and Power of Attorney, and any
instruments related to any of the foregoing; the issuance and delivery of the
Shares hereunder to the several Underwriters, including transfer taxes, if any,
the cost of all certificates representing the Shares and transfer agents' and
registrars' fees; the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; all
fees and other charges of the Company's independent certified public
accountants; the cost of furnishing to the several Underwriters copies of the
Registration Statement (including appropriate exhibits), Preliminary Prospectus
and the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing;
NASD filing fees and the cost of qualifying the Shares under the laws of such
jurisdictions as you may designate (including filing fees and fees and
disbursements of Underwriters' Counsel in connection with such NASD filings and
Blue Sky qualifications); and all other expenses directly incurred by the
Company and the Selling Shareholders in connection with the performance of
their obligations hereunder.  Any additional expenses incurred as a result of
the sale of the Shares by the Selling Shareholders will be borne collectively
by the Company and the Selling Shareholders.  The provisions of this Section
5(a)(i) are intended to relieve the Underwriters from the payment of the
expenses and costs which the Selling Shareholders and the Company hereby agree
to pay, but shall not affect any agreement which the Selling Shareholders and
the Company may make, or may have made, for the sharing of any of such expenses
and costs.  Such agreements shall not impair the obligations of the Company and
the Selling Shareholders hereunder to the several Underwriters.

                                        (ii)    In addition to its other
obligations under Section 8(a) hereof, the Company agrees that, as an interim
measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
other proceeding described in Section 8(a) hereof, it will reimburse the
Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Company's
obligation to reimburse the Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility
that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of
competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim reimbursement
payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriters shall promptly
return such payment to the Company together with interest, compounded daily,
determined on the basis of the prime rate (or other commercial lending rate for
borrowers of the highest credit standing) listed from time to time in The Wall
Street Journal which represents the base rate on corporate loans posted by a
substantial majority of the nation's thirty (30) largest banks (the "Prime
Rate").  Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the
Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear
interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.

                                        (iii)   In addition to their other
obligations under Section 8(b) hereof, each Selling Shareholder agrees that, as
an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation,
inquiry or other proceeding described in Section 8(b) hereof relating to such
Selling Shareholder, it will reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis for
all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to
the propriety and enforceability of such Selling Shareholder's obligation to
reimburse the Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility that such
payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent
jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so
held to have been improper, the Underwriters shall promptly return such payment
to the Selling Shareholders, together with interest, compounded daily,
determined on the basis of the Prime Rate.  Any such interim reimbursement
payments which are not made to the Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a
request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date
of such request.

                          (b)     In addition to their other obligations under
Section 8(b) hereof, the Underwriters severally and not jointly agree that, as
an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation,
inquiry or other proceeding described in Section 8(b) hereof, they will
reimburse the Company and each Selling Shareholder on a monthly basis for all
reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or
defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding,
notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and
enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the


                                       15

<PAGE>   16
Company and each such Selling Shareholder for such expenses and the possibility
that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of
competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim reimbursement
payment is so held to have been improper, the Company and each such Selling
Shareholder shall promptly return such payment to the Underwriters together
with interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate.
Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the Company and
each such Selling Shareholder within thirty (30) days of a request for
reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such
request.

                          (c)     It is agreed that any controversy arising out
of the operation of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in
Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) hereof, including the amounts of any
requested reimbursement payments, the method of determining such amounts and
the basis on which such amounts shall be apportioned among the reimbursing
parties, shall be settled by arbitration conducted under the provisions of the
Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. or pursuant to the Code of Arbitration Procedure of the NASD.
Any such arbitration must be commenced by service of a written demand for
arbitration or a written notice of intention to arbitrate, therein electing the
arbitration tribunal.  In the event the party demanding arbitration does not
make such designation of an arbitration tribunal in such demand or notice, then
the party responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do so.  Any such
arbitration will be limited to the operation of the interim reimbursement
provisions contained in Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) hereof and will
not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of the obligation to
indemnify for expenses which is created by the provisions of Sections 8(a),
8(b) and 8(c) hereof or the obligation to contribute to expenses which is
created by the provisions of Section 8(e) hereof.

         6.      Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.  The obligations of
the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares as provided herein
shall be subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and the Closing Date
and any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may
be, of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling
Shareholders herein, to the performance by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions:

                          (a)     The Registration Statement shall have become
effective not later than 2:00 P.M., San Francisco time, on the date following
the date of this Agreement, or such later date and time as shall be consented
to in writing by you; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof
shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, any Selling Shareholder or any
Underwriter, threatened by the Commission, and any request of the Commission
for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of
Underwriters' Counsel.

                          (b)     All corporate proceedings and other legal
matters in connection with this Agreement, the form of Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, and the registration, authorization, issue, sale and
delivery of the Shares, shall have been reasonably satisfactory to
Underwriters' Counsel, and such counsel shall have been furnished with such
papers and information as they may reasonably have requested to enable them to
pass upon the matters referred to in this Section.

                          (c)     Subsequent to the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option
Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, there shall not have been any
change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations,
business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered
as one enterprise from that set forth in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus, which, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse and that
makes it, in your sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with
the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus.

                          (d)     You shall have received on the Closing Date
and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
may be, the following opinion of Brobeck, Phleger and Harrison, counsel for the
Company and the Selling Shareholders, dated the Closing Date or such later date
on which Option Shares are to


                                       16

<PAGE>   17
be purchased, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriters and with
reproduced copies or signed counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters,
to the effect that:

                                        (i)     The Company and each
                 Significant Subsidiary (as that term is defined in Regulation
                 S-X) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
                 corporation in good standing under the laws of the
                 jurisdiction of its incorporation;

                                        (ii)    The Company and each
                 Significant Subsidiary has the corporate power and authority
                 to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
                 business as described in the Prospectus;

                                        (iii)   The Company and each
                 Significant Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business as a
                 foreign corporation and is in good standing in each
                 jurisdiction, if any, in which the ownership or leasing of its
                 properties or the conduct of its business requires such
                 qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or
                 be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect
                 on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings,
                 operations or business of the Company and its subsidiaries
                 considered as one enterprise;

                                        (iv)    The authorized, issued and
                 outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in
                 the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" as of the
                 dates stated therein, the issued and outstanding shares of
                 capital stock of the Company (including the Selling
                 Shareholder Shares) have been duly and validly issued and are
                 fully paid and nonassessable, and will not have been issued in
                 violation of or subject to any preemptive right, or to such
                 counsel's knowledge, co-sale right, registration right, right
                 of first refusal or other similar right;

                                        (v)     All issued and outstanding
                 shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have
                 been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
                 nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of or
                 subject to any preemptive right, or to such counsel's
                 knowledge, co-sale right, registration right, right of first
                 refusal or other similar right and are owned by the Company
                 free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,
                 encumbrance, claim or equitable interest;

                                        (vi)    The Firm Shares or the Option
                 Shares, as the case may be, to be issued by the Company
                 pursuant to the terms of this Agreement have been duly
                 authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment
                 therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, will be duly and
                 validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will not
                 have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive
                 right, co-sale right, registration right, right of first
                 refusal or other similar right;

                                        (vii)   The Company has the corporate
                 power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to issue,
                 sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be issued
                 and sold by it hereunder;

                                        (viii)  This Agreement has been duly
                 authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
                 the Company and has been duly executed and delivered by the
                 Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and
                 delivery by you, is a valid and binding agreement of the
                 Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
                 insofar as indemnification provisions may be limited by
                 applicable law and except as enforceability may be limited by
                 bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
                 laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or
                 by general equitable principles;

                                        (ix)    The Registration Statement has
                 become effective under the Act and, to such counsel's
                 knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
                 Registration Statement has


                                       17

<PAGE>   18
                 been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been
                 instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act;

                                        (x)     The Registration Statement and
                 the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto
                 (other than the financial statements (including supporting
                 schedules) and financial data derived therefrom as to which
                 such counsel need express no opinion), as of the effective
                 date of the Registration Statement, complied as to form in all
                 material respects with the requirements of the Act and the
                 applicable Rules and Regulations;

                                        (xi)    The information in the
                 Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock,"
                 to the extent that it constitutes matters of law or legal
                 conclusions, has been reviewed by such counsel and is a fair
                 summary of such matters and conclusions; and the forms of
                 certificates evidencing the Common Stock and filed as exhibits
                 to the Registration Statement comply with California law;

                                        (xii)   The description in the
                 Registration Statement and the Prospectus of the charter and
                 bylaws of the Company and of statutes are accurate and fairly
                 present the information required to be presented by the Act
                 and the applicable Rules and Regulations;

                                        (xiii)  To such counsel's knowledge,
                 there are no agreements, contracts, leases or documents to
                 which the Company is a party of a character required to be
                 described or referred to in the Registration Statement or
                 Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
                 Statement which are not described or referred to therein or
                 filed as required;

                                        (xiv)   The performance of this
                 Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein
                 contemplated (other than performance of the Company's
                 indemnification obligations hereunder, concerning which no
                 opinion need be expressed) will not (a) result in any
                 violation of the Company's charter or bylaws or (b) to such
                 counsel's knowledge, result in a  breach or violation of any
                 of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,
                 any material bond, debenture, note or other evidence of
                 indebtedness, or any material lease, contract, indenture,
                 mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or
                 other agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which
                 the Company is a party or by which its properties are bound,
                 or any applicable material statute, rule or regulation known
                 to such counsel or, to such counsel's knowledge, any order,
                 writ or decree of any court, government or governmental agency
                 or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
                 subsidiaries, or over any of their properties or operations;
                 provided however, that no opinion need be rendered concerning
                 state securities or Blue Sky laws;

                                        (xv)    No consent, approval,
                 authorization or order of or qualification with any court,
                 government or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction
                 over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or over any of
                 their properties or operations is necessary in connection with
                 the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein
                 contemplated, except such as have been obtained under the Act
                 and the Exchange Act or such as may be required under state or
                 other securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the
                 purchase and the distribution of the Shares by the
                 Underwriters and the rules and regulations of the NASD as they
                 pertain to the fairness of the Underwriters' compensation;

                                        (xvi)   To such counsel's knowledge,
                 there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or
                 threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries of a
                 character required to be disclosed in the Registration
                 Statement or the Prospectus by the Act or the Rules and
                 Regulations, other than those described therein;

                                        (xvii)  To such counsel's knowledge,
                 neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is presently
                 (a) in violation of its respective charter or bylaws, or (b)
                 in breach of any applicable


                                       18

<PAGE>   19
                 material statute, rule or regulation known to such counsel or,
                 to such counsel's knowledge, any order, writ or decree of any
                 court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over
                 the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or over any of their
                 properties or operations;

                                        (xviii) To such counsel's knowledge,
                 except as set forth in the Registration Statement and
                 Prospectus, no holders of Common Stock or other securities of
                 the Company have registration rights with respect to
                 securities of the Company and, except as set forth in the
                 Registration Statement and Prospectus, all holders of
                 securities of the Company having rights known to such counsel
                 to registration of such shares of Common Stock or other
                 securities, because of the filing of the Registration
                 Statement by the Company have, with respect to the offering
                 contemplated thereby, waived such rights or such rights have
                 expired by reason of lapse of time following notification of
                 the Company's intent to file the Registration Statement or
                 have included securities in the Registration Statement
                 pursuant to the exercise of and in full satisfaction of such
                 rights;

                                        (xix)   Each Selling Shareholder which
                 is not a natural person has full right, power and authority to
                 enter into and to perform its obligations under the Power of
                 Attorney and Custody Agreement to be executed and delivered by
                 it in connection with the transactions contemplated herein;
                 the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling
                 Shareholder that is not a natural person has been duly
                 authorized by such Selling Shareholder; the Power of Attorney
                 and Custody Agreement of each Selling Shareholder has been
                 duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling
                 Shareholder; and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement
                 of each Selling Shareholder constitutes the valid and binding
                 agreement of such Selling Shareholder, enforceable in
                 accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof
                 may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
                 moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
                 creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
                 principles;

                                        (xx)    Each of the Selling
                 Shareholders has full right, power and authority to enter into
                 and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to
                 sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to be sold by
                 such Selling Shareholder hereunder;

                                        (xxi)   This Agreement has been duly
                 authorized by each Selling Shareholder that is not a natural
                 person and has been duly executed and delivered by or on
                 behalf of each Selling Shareholder; and

                                        (xxii)  Upon the delivery of and
                 payment for the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement, each
                 of the Underwriters will receive valid marketable title to the
                 Shares purchased by it from such Selling Shareholder, free and
                 clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance,
                 claim or equitable interest.  In rendering such opinion, such
                 counsel may assume that the Underwriters are without notice of
                 any defect in the title of the Shares being purchased from the
                 Selling Shareholders.

                          In addition, such counsel shall state that such
counsel has participated in conferences with officials and other
representatives of the Company, the Company's patent counsel, the
Representatives, Underwriters' Counsel and the independent certified public
accountants of the Company, at which such conferences the contents of the
Registration Statement and Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and
although they have not verified the accuracy or completeness of the statements
contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, nothing has come to
the attention of such counsel which leads them to believe that, at the time the
Registration Statement became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up
to and on the Closing Date and on any later date on which Option Shares are to
be purchased, the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement
thereto (other than the financial statements including supporting schedules and
other financial and statistical information derived therefrom, as to which such
counsel need express no comment) contained any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or at the Closing Date
or any later date on which the Option Shares are to be


                                       19

<PAGE>   20
purchased, as the case may be, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto (except as aforesaid) contained any untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                          Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as
to questions of law not involving the laws of the United States or the State of
California upon opinions of local counsel, and as to questions of fact upon
representations or certificates of officers of the Company, the Selling
Shareholders or officers of the Selling Shareholders (when the Selling
Shareholder is not a natural person), and of government officials, in which
case their opinion is to state that they are so relying and that they have no
knowledge of any material misstatement or inaccuracy in any such opinion,
representation or certificate.  Copies of any opinion, representation or
certificate so relied upon shall be delivered to you, as Representatives of the
Underwriters, and to Underwriters' Counsel.

                          (e)     You shall have received on the Closing Date
and on any later date on which Option Shares are purchased, as the case may be,
the following opinion of  Stanley Z. Cole, outside patent counsel for the
Company, dated the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are
to be purchased, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriters and with
reproduced copies or signed counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters,
stating that such counsel is familiar with the technology used by the Company,
its business and the manner of its technology's use thereof and has read the
Prospectus, including particularly the portions of the Prospectus referring to
patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, copyrights or other proprietary information or
materials (herein called Intellectual Property Rights) and to the effect that:

                                        (i)     Such counsel has no reason to
                 believe that the Prospectus (a) contains any untrue statement
                 of a material fact with respect to Intellectual Property
                 Rights owned or used by the Company, or the manner of its use
                 thereof, or any claim or possible claim on the part of any
                 person that the Company is infringing any Intellectual
                 Property Rights of any such person or (b) omits to state any
                 material fact relating to Intellectual Property Rights owned
                 or used by the Company, or the manner of its use thereof, or
                 any claim or possible claim of which such counsel has
                 knowledge, that is required to be stated in the Prospectus or
                 is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
                 circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

                                        (ii)    To the best of such counsel's
                 knowledge, and other than as set forth in the Prospectus, the
                 Company has not received notice of any other claims of
                 infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights which are
                 currently pending;

                                        (iii)   Other than as set forth in the
                 Prospectus and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, there
                 are no other legal or governmental proceedings relating to any
                 Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Company
                 pending against the Company, or any third party, there are no
                 legal or governmental proceedings relating to a third party's
                 Intellectual Property Rights pending against the Company, and
                 no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by
                 governmental authorities or others;

                                        (iv)    Other than as set forth in the
                 Prospectus, such counsel does not know of any contracts or
                 other documents relating to the Intellectual Property Rights
                 of the Company of a character required to be filed as an
                 exhibit to the Registration Statement or required to be
                 described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that
                 are not filed or described as required;

                                        (v)     Other than as set forth in the
                 Prospectus, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the
                 Company is not infringing or otherwise violating any
                 Intellectual Property Rights of others and there are no
                 infringements by others of any Intellectual Property Rights
                 owned or used by the Company which, in the judgment of such
                 counsel, could affect materially the use thereof by the
                 Company;


                                       20

<PAGE>   21
                                        (vi)    To the best of such counsel's
                 knowledge, the Company owns or possesses sufficient licenses
                 or other rights to use all necessary Intellectual Property
                 Rights to conduct the business being conducted by the Company
                 as described in the Prospectus;

                                        (vii)   Such statements in the
                 Prospectus under the captions "Risk Factors--Patents and Other
                 Intellectual Property Rights"  and "Business--Patents and
                 Other Intellectual Property Rights", insofar as such
                 statements constitute summaries of matters of law, are
                 accurate and complete statements or summaries of such matters
                 of law set forth therein;

                                        (viii)  As to each patent and patent
                 application listed in Exhibit 1 to this opinion and except as
                 set forth in such Exhibit 1, there is an assignment to the
                 Company.  The assignments have been submitted to the United
                 States Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") and those
                 assignments have been recorded in the USPTO's title records or
                 have been submitted to the USPTO for recording;

                                        (ix)    The Company's U.S. patent
                 applications listed on Exhibit 1 to this opinion have been
                 prepared and filed in the USPTO in a form and with
                 accompanying papers that are acceptable to the USPTO for the
                 purposes of according each such application a filing date and
                 serial number, and of placing each such application in
                 condition for eventual examination on the merits as to
                 patentability.  For each such U.S.  application an Official
                 Filing Receipt has been received from the USPTO.  As to each
                 of such applications, such counsel is not aware of any
                 material defect of form in preparation or filing; and

                                        (x)     As to each of the Company's
                 foreign patents and patent applications based on the United
                 States patents or applications listed on Exhibit 1 to this
                 opinion, the applications have either (a) been submitted to
                 patent firms in the respective foreign countries with
                 instructions to file the applications in the patent offices of
                 those countries naming the Company as the owner of record, or
                 (b) as to certain Patent Cooperation Treaty applications, been
                 submitted directly to the relevant patent office of those
                 countries naming the Company as the owner of record.  In each
                 such application, written confirmation has been received that
                 the application has, in fact, been accepted for filing by such
                 patent offices.  There is no assurance that the patent offices
                 of the respective countries will not reject the claims of the
                 foreign patent applications as being unpatentable, or that any
                 claims will be allowed without amendment, nor is there any
                 assurance that those patent offices will ultimately conclude
                 that the foreign patent applications meet all requirements for
                 patentability.

                          (f)     You shall have received on the Closing Date
and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
may be, an opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, in form and substance
satisfactory to you, with respect to the sufficiency of all such corporate
proceedings and other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby as you may reasonably require, and the Company
shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they may have requested
for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

                          (g)     You shall have received on the Closing Date
and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
may be, a letter from Ernst & Young LLP addressed to the Underwriters, dated
the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased,
as the case may be, confirming that they are independent certified public
accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the
applicable published Rules and Regulations and based upon the procedures
described in such letter delivered to you concurrently with the execution of
this Agreement (herein called the "Original Letter"), but carried out to a date
not more than five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date or such later
date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, (i)
confirming, to the extent true, that the statements and conclusions set forth
in the Original Letter are accurate as of the Closing Date or such later date
on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, and (ii)
setting forth any revisions and additions to the statements and conclusions set
forth in the Original Letter which are necessary to reflect any changes in the
facts described in


                                       21

<PAGE>   22
the Original Letter since the date of such letter, or to reflect the
availability of more recent financial statements, data or information. The
letter shall not disclose any change in the condition (financial or otherwise),
earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise from that set forth in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus, which, in your sole judgment, is material
and adverse and that makes it, in your sole judgment, impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by
the Prospectus. The Original Letter from Ernst & Young LLP shall be addressed to
or for the use of the Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriters and shall (i) represent, to the extent true, that they are
independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the
meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations, (ii) set
forth their opinion with respect to their examination of (A) the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and as of March 30, 1996
and related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the three (3) years ended December 31, 1995
and the three (3) months ended March 30, 1996, respectively, and (B) the balance
sheet of Lotus as of January 31, 1996 and as of April 30, 1996, and related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
the twelve (12) months ended January 31, 1996 and for the three (3) months ended
April 30, 1996, (iii) state that Ernst & Young LLP has performed the procedure
set out in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71 ("SAS 71") for a review of
interim financial information and providing the report of Ernst & Young LLP as
described in SAS 71 on the financial statements for each of the quarters in the
nine (9) quarter period ended March 30, 1996 (the "Quarterly Financial
Statements"), (iv) state that in the course of such review, nothing came to
their attention that leads them to believe that any material modifications need
to be made to any of the Quarterly Financial Statements in order for them to be
in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
across the periods presented, (v) state that nothing came to their attention
that caused them to believe that the pro forma financial statements included in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all
material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of
Regulation S-X and that the pro forma adjustments thereto have not been properly
applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of such statements, and
(vi) address other matters agreed upon by Ernst & Young LLP and you. In
addition, you shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter addressed to
the Company and made available to you for the use of the Underwriters stating
that their review of the Company's system of internal accounting controls, to
the extent they deemed necessary in establishing the scope of their examination
of the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1995 did
not disclose any weaknesses in internal controls that they considered to be
material weaknesses.

                          (h)     You shall have received on the Closing Date
and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
may be, a certificate of the Company, dated the Closing Date or such later date
on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, signed by the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the
effect that, and you shall be satisfied that:

                                        (i)     The representations and
                 warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and
                 correct, as if made on and as of the Closing Date or any later
                 date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
                 may be, and the Company has complied with all the agreements
                 and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
                 or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or any later date
                 on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may
                 be;

                                        (ii)    No stop order suspending the
                 effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued
                 and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
                 are pending or threatened under the Act;

                                        (iii)   When the Registration Statement
                 became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to the
                 delivery of such certificate, the Registration Statement and
                 the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto,
                 contained all material information required to be included
                 therein by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and in all
                 material respects conformed to the requirements of the Act and
                 the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement, and any
                 amendment or supplement thereto, did not and does not include
                 any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
                 material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
                 make the statements


                                       22

<PAGE>   23
                 therein not misleading, the Prospectus, and any amendment or
                 supplement thereto, did not and does not include any untrue
                 statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
                 necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
                 circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and,
                 since the effective date of the Registration Statement, there
                 has occurred no event required to be set forth in an amended
                 or supplemented Prospectus which has not been so set forth;
                 and

                                        (iv)    Subsequent to the respective
                 dates as of which information is given in the Registration
                 Statement and Prospectus, there has not been (a) any material
                 adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise),
                 earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
                 Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (b)
                 any transaction that is material to the Company and its
                 subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, except transactions
                 entered into in the ordinary course of business, (c) any
                 obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the
                 Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
                 incurred by the Company or its subsidiaries, except
                 obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (d)
                 any change in the capital stock or outstanding indebtedness of
                 the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the
                 Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (e)
                 any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or
                 made on the capital stock of the Company or any of its
                 subsidiaries, or (f) any loss or damage (whether or not
                 insured) to the property of the Company or any of its
                 subsidiaries which has been sustained or will have been
                 sustained which has a material adverse effect on the condition
                 (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
                 business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries
                 considered as one enterprise.

                          (i)     You shall be satisfied that, and you shall
have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date from the Attorneys for each
Selling Shareholder to the effect that, as of the Closing Date, they have not
been informed that:

                                        (i)     The representations and
                 warranties made by such Selling Shareholder herein are not
                 true or correct in any material respect on the Closing Date;
                 or

                                        (ii)    Such Selling Shareholder has
                 not complied with any obligation or satisfied any condition
                 which is required to be performed or satisfied on the part of
                 such Selling Shareholder at or prior to the Closing Date.

                          (j)     The Company shall have obtained and delivered
to you an agreement from each officer and director of the Company, each Selling
Shareholder, and certain other beneficial owners of an aggregate of __________
shares of Common Stock in writing prior to the date hereof that such person
will not, during the Lock-up Period, effect the Disposition of any Securities
now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such person or with respect to
which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, otherwise
than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees thereof
agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution to
partners or shareholders of such person, provided that the distributees thereof
agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii) with
the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.  The foregoing
restriction shall have been expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the
Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed
to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Securities
during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities would be disposed of by
someone other than the such holder.  Such prohibited hedging or other
transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not
against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including,
without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any Securities or
with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index)
that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the
Securities.  Furthermore, such person will have also agreed and consented to
the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent
against the transfer of the Securities held by such person except in compliance
with this restriction.


                                       23

<PAGE>   24
                                  (k)      The Company and the Selling
         Shareholders shall have furnished to you such further certificates and
         documents as you shall reasonably request (including certificates of
         officers of the Company, the Selling Shareholders or officers of the
         Selling Shareholders (when the Selling Shareholder is not a natural
         person)) as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of
         the Company and the Selling Shareholders herein, as to the performance
         by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of their respective
         obligations hereunder and as to the other conditions concurrent and
         precedent to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.

                          All such opinions, certificates, letters and
documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are
reasonably satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel.  The Company and the Selling
Shareholders will furnish you with such number of conformed copies of such
opinions, certificates, letters and documents as you shall reasonably request.

         7.      Option Shares.

                          (a)     On the basis of the representations,
warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several
Underwriters, for the purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with
the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares only, a nontransferable option to
purchase up to an aggregate of 337,500 Option Shares at the purchase price per
share for the Firm Shares set forth in Section 3 hereof.  Such option may be
exercised by the Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters on one
(1) or more occasions in whole or in part during the period of thirty (30) days
after the date on which the Firm Shares are initially offered to the public, by
giving written notice to the Company.  The number of Option Shares to be
purchased by each Underwriter upon the exercise of such option shall be the
same proportion of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the
several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of such option as the number of
Firm Shares purchased by such Underwriter (set forth in Schedule A hereto)
bears to the total number of Firm Shares purchased by the several Underwriters
(set forth in Schedule A hereto), adjusted by the Representatives in such
manner as to avoid fractional shares.

                          Delivery of definitive certificates for the Option
Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of
the option granted by this Section 7 shall be made against receipt of a wire
transfer reference number issued by the Federal Reserve System evidencing
payment of the purchase price therefor by the several Underwriters by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by
the Company.  Such delivery and payment shall take place at the offices of
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, Two Embarcadero Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto,
California 94303 or at such other place as may be agreed upon among the
Representatives and the Company (i) on the Closing Date, if written notice of
the exercise of such option is received by the Company at least two (2) full
business days prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) on a date which shall not be
later than the third (3rd) full business day following the date the Company
receives written notice of the exercise of such option, if such notice is
received by the Company less than two (2) full business days prior to the
Closing Date.

                          The certificates for the Option Shares to be so
delivered will be made available to you at such office or such other location
including, without limitation, in New York City, as you may reasonably request
for checking at least one (1) full business day prior to the date of payment
and delivery and will be in such names and denominations as you may request,
such request to be made at least two (2) full business days prior to such date
of payment and delivery.  If the Representatives so elect, delivery of the
Option Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to the accounts
at the Depository Trust Company designated by the Representatives.

                          It is understood that you, individually, and not as
the Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be
obligated to) make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter
or Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior
to the date of payment and delivery for the Option Shares to be purchased by
such Underwriter or Underwriters.  Any such payment by you shall not relieve
any such Underwriter or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations
hereunder.


                                       24

<PAGE>   25
                          (b)     Upon exercise of any option provided for in
Section 7(a) hereof, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase
such Option Shares will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the date of
payment and delivery for such Option Shares) to the accuracy of and compliance
with the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein, to
the accuracy of the statements of the Company and officers of the Company made
pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder, to the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof and to
the condition that all proceedings taken at or prior to the payment date in
connection with the sale and transfer of such Option Shares shall be
satisfactory in form and substance to you and to Underwriters' Counsel, and you
shall have been furnished with all such documents, certificates and opinions as
you may request in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of
the representations, warranties or statements, the performance of any of the
covenants or agreements of the Company or the satisfaction of any of the
conditions herein contained.

         8.      Indemnification and Contribution.

                          (a)     The Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject (including,
without limitation, in its capacity as an Underwriter or as a "qualified
independent underwriter" within the meaning of Schedule E of the Bylaws of the
NASD), under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, specifically including,
but not limited to, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of any
representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of the Company herein
contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each
Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in
any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement,
such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or
supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by such
Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in the preparation
thereof and, provided further, that the indemnity agreement provided in this
Section 8(a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or actions based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of material fact or omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact purchased Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus in which
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission was corrected had not been sent or given to such person within the
time required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations, unless such failure is
the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.

                          The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(a) shall
extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit
of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Act or the Exchange Act.  This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any
liabilities which the Company may otherwise have.

                          (b)     Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not
jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such
Underwriter may become subject (including, without limitation, in its capacity
as an Underwriter or as a "qualified independent underwriter" within the
meaning of Schedule E or the Bylaws of the NASD) under the Act, the Exchange
Act or otherwise, specifically including, but not limited to, losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based
upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of
such Selling Shareholder herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any


                                       25

<PAGE>   26
material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Section 8(b) to
the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or such
Underwriter by such Selling Shareholder, directly or through such Selling
Shareholder's representatives, specifically for use in the preparation thereof,
and agrees to reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the
indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8(b) with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from
whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
or omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact purchased
Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus in which such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was corrected had not been
sent or given to such person within the time required by the Act and the Rules
and Regulations, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the
Company with Section 4(d) hereof.

                          The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(b) shall
extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit
of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Act or the Exchange Act.  This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any
liabilities which such Selling Shareholder may otherwise have.

                          (c)     Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly,
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Shareholder
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
the Company or such Selling Shareholder may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, specifically including, but not limited to, losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of
or based upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or
covenant of such Underwriter herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii)
and (iii) of this Section 8(c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
to the Company by such Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for
use in the preparation thereof, and agrees to reimburse the Company and each
such Selling Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
the Company and each such Selling Shareholder in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

                 The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(c) shall extend upon
the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each
officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each director
of the Company, each Selling Shareholder and each person, if any, who controls
the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the Act or the
Exchange Act.  This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities
which each Underwriter may otherwise have.

                          (d)     Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
any indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8.  In case any such
action is brought against any indemnified


                                       26

<PAGE>   27
party, and it notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent
that it shall elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party
promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party; provided, however, that if the defendants in any such action
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to
assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such
action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties.  Upon receipt of notice
from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying
party's election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the
indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel
in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being
understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the
expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with appropriate local
counsel) approved by the indemnifying party representing all the indemnified
parties under Section 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c) hereof who are parties to such
action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within
a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the
indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified
party at the expense of the indemnifying party.  In no event shall any
indemnifying party be liable in respect of any amounts paid in settlement of
any action unless the indemnifying party shall have approved the terms of such
settlement; provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect
of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and
indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party,
unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified
party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such
proceeding.

                          (e)     In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution in any action in which a claim for indemnification is made
pursuant to this Section 8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a
final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the
expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that
such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact
that this Section 8 provides for indemnification in such case, all the parties
hereto shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities
to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such
proportion so that, except as set forth in Section 8(f) hereof, the
Underwriters severally and not jointly are responsible pro rata for the portion
represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount bears to the
initial public offering price, and the Company and the Selling Shareholders are
responsible for the remaining portion, provided, however, that (i) no
Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount
by which the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares purchased by such
Underwriter exceeds the amount of damages which such Underwriter has been
otherwise required to pay and (ii) no person guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The contribution agreement in this Section 8(e) shall
extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit
of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter, the Company or any
Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act and each
officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each director
of the Company.

                          (f)     The liability of each Selling Shareholder
under the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and under
the indemnity agreements contained in the provisions of this Section 8 shall be
limited to an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Selling
Shareholder Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder to the Underwriters minus
the amount of the underwriting discount paid thereon to the Underwriters by
such Selling Shareholder.  The Company and such Selling Shareholders may agree,
as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under
this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they
each shall be responsible.


                                       27

<PAGE>   28
                          (g)     The parties to this Agreement hereby
acknowledge that they are sophisticated business persons who were represented
by counsel during the negotiations regarding the provisions hereof including,
without limitation, the provisions of this Section 8, and are fully informed
regarding said provisions.  They further acknowledge that the provisions of
this Section 8 fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties
to investigate the Company and its business in order to assure that adequate
disclosure is made in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as required by
the Act and the Exchange Act.

         9.      Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements to
Survive Delivery.  All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of
the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters herein or in
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the indemnity and contribution
agreements contained in Section 8 hereof shall remain operative and in full
force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Act or the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Company or any Selling
Shareholder or any of their officers, directors or controlling persons within
the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, and shall survive the delivery of
the Shares to the several Underwriters hereunder or termination of this
Agreement.

         10.     Substitution of Underwriters.  If any Underwriter or
Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the number of Firm Shares agreed
by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder upon tender of
such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and if the aggregate
number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the Firm Shares, the
remaining Underwriters shall be obligated, severally in proportion to their
respective commitments hereunder, to take up and pay for the Firm Shares of
such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters.

                 If any Underwriter or Underwriters so defaults and the
aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed to take up and pay for exceeds 10% of the Firm
Shares, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right, but shall not be
obligated, to take up and pay for (in such proportions as may be agreed upon
among them) the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase.  If such remaining Underwriters do not, at the
Closing Date, take up and pay for the Firm Shares which the defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase, the Closing Date
shall be postponed for twenty-four (24) hours to allow the several Underwriters
the privilege of substituting within twenty-four (24) hours (including
non-business hours) another underwriter or underwriters (which may include any
nondefaulting Underwriter) satisfactory to the Company.  If no such underwriter
or underwriters shall have been substituted as aforesaid by such postponed
Closing Date, the Closing Date may, at the option of the Company, be postponed
for a further twenty-four (24) hours, if necessary, to allow the Company the
privilege of finding another underwriter or underwriters, satisfactory to you,
to purchase the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so
agreed but failed to purchase.  If it shall be arranged for the remaining
Underwriters or substituted underwriter or underwriters to take up the Firm
Shares of the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters as provided in this
Section 10, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone the time of
delivery for a period of not more than seven (7) full business days, in order
to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the
Company agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration Statement,
supplements to the Prospectus or other such documents which may thereby be made
necessary, and (ii) the respective number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the
remaining Underwriters and substituted underwriter or underwriters shall be
taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation.  If the remaining
Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all such Firm Shares so agreed to be
purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters or substitute another
underwriter or underwriters as aforesaid and the Company shall not find or
shall not elect to seek another underwriter or underwriters for such Firm
Shares as aforesaid, then this Agreement shall terminate.

                 In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to
the preceding paragraph of this Section 10, neither the Company nor any Selling
Shareholder shall be liable to any Underwriter (except as provided in Sections
5 and 8 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall
have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted under this Agreement, to
purchase the number of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased
hereunder, which Underwriter shall remain liable to the Company, the Selling


                                       28

<PAGE>   29
Shareholders and the other Underwriters for damages, if any, resulting from
such default) be liable to the Company or any Selling Shareholder (except to
the extent provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof).

                 The term "Underwriter" in this Agreement shall include any
person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

         11.     Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination.

                          (a)     This Agreement shall become effective at the
earlier of (i) 6:30 A.M., San Francisco time, on the first full business day
following the effective date of the Registration Statement, or (ii) the time of
the initial public offering of any of the Shares by the Underwriters after the
Registration Statement becomes effective.  The time of the initial public
offering shall mean the time of the release by you, for publication, of the
first newspaper advertisement relating to the Shares, or the time at which the
Shares are first generally offered by the Underwriters to the public by letter,
telephone, telegram or telecopy, whichever shall first occur.  By giving notice
as set forth in Section 12 before the time this Agreement becomes effective,
you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, or the Company, may
prevent this Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party
to any other party, except as provided in Sections 4(i), 5 and 8 hereof.

                          (b)     You, as Representatives of the several
Underwriters, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice
as hereinafter specified at any time on or prior to the Closing Date or on or
prior to any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case
may be, (i) if the Company or any Selling Shareholder shall have failed,
refused or been unable to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or
because any other condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder required
to be fulfilled is not fulfilled, including, without limitation, any change in
the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise from that set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus,
which, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse, or (ii) if additional
material governmental restrictions, not in force and effect on the date hereof,
shall have been imposed upon trading in securities generally or minimum or
maximum prices shall have been generally established on the New York Stock
Exchange or on the American Stock Exchange or in the over the counter market by
the NASD, or trading in securities generally shall have been suspended on
either such exchange or in the over the counter market by the NASD, or if a
banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal, New York or California
authorities, or (iii) if the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall have
sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity
of such character as to interfere materially with the conduct of the business
and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have
been insured, or (iv) if there shall have been a material adverse change in the
general political or economic conditions or financial markets as in your
reasonable judgment makes it inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the
offering, sale and delivery of the Shares, or (v) if there shall have been an
outbreak or escalation of hostilities or of any other insurrection or armed
conflict or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency which,
in the reasonable opinion of the Representatives, makes it impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated
by the Prospectus.  In the event of termination pursuant to subparagraph (i)
above, the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall remain obligated to pay
costs and expenses pursuant to Sections 4(i), 5 and 8 hereof.  Any termination
pursuant to any of subparagraphs (ii) through (v) above shall be without
liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections 5 and
8 hereof.

                 If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective
or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 11, you shall
promptly notify the Company by telephone, telecopy or telegram, in each case
confirmed by letter.  If the Company shall elect to prevent this Agreement from
becoming effective, the Company shall promptly notify you by telephone,
telecopy or telegram, in each case, confirmed by letter.

         12.     Notices.  All notices or communications hereunder, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and if sent to you
shall be mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied
(and confirmed by letter) to you c/o Robertson, Stephens & Company, LLC, 555
California Street, Suite 2600, San Francisco, California 94104, telecopier
number (415) 781-0278, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to





                                       29

<PAGE>   30
Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill
Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304, telecopier number (415) 493-6811, Attention: Alan K.
Austin; if sent to the Company, such notice shall be mailed, delivered,
telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by letter)
to 3550 Bassett Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, telecopier number (408)
727-5739, Attention: Norman H. Pond, Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, Two Embarcadero Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto,
California 94303, telecopier number (415) 496-2885, Attention: Gari L. Cheever;
if sent to one or more of the Selling Shareholders, such notice shall be sent
mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and
confirmed by letter) to [NAME OF ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR SELLING SHAREHOLDERS], as
Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Shareholders, at [ADDRESS OF
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT], telecopier number (___) ________.

         13.     Parties.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the several Underwriters and the Company and the Selling
Shareholders and their respective executors, administrators, successors and
assigns.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall
be construed to give any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and
their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and the
controlling persons within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, officers
and directors referred to in Section 8 hereof, any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim in respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein
contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being
intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns
and said controlling persons and said officers and directors, and for the
benefit of no other person or entity.  No purchaser of any of the Shares from
any Underwriter shall be construed a successor or assign by reason merely of
such purchase.

                 In all dealings with the Company and the Selling Shareholders
under this Agreement, you shall act on behalf of each of the several
Underwriters, and the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to
act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement made or given by
you jointly or by Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC on behalf of you.

         14.     Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

         15.     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in several
counterparts, each of which will constitute an original.


                                       30

<PAGE>   31
                 If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among
the Company and the several Underwriters, please so indicate in the space
provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a
binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters.


                         Very truly yours,

                         INTEVAC, INC.


                         By                                                     
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:



                         SELLING SHAREHOLDERS


                         By                                                     
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Shareholders
                                named in Schedule B hereto


Accepted as of the date first above written:

ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY LLC
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC

On their behalf and on behalf of each of the
several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.


ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY LLC

By ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY GROUP, L.L.C.


By  
   -------------------------------------------------------
                    Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>   32
                                   SCHEDULE A




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Number of               
                                                                Firm Shares             
                                                                To Be                   
                  Underwriters                                  Purchased                       
          ------------------------------                        -----------                               
<S>                                                             <C>
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.  . . . . . . . . . . .
Hambrecht & Quist LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                 ---------
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        2,250,000
                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   33
                                   SCHEDULE B



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Number of
                                                             Company
                                                            Shares To
                                                             Be Sold
                                                            ---------
<S>                                                        <C>
Intevac, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,500,000
                                                             ---------
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,500,000
                                                             =========
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Number of
                                                              Selling
                                                            Shareholder
                                                               Shares
          Name of Selling Shareholder                        To Be Sold
          ---------------------------                        ----------
<S>                                                         <C>
Kaiser Aerospace and Electronics Corporation  . . . . . . .    600,000
Norman H. Pond  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    129,378
John Lester Hughes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10,000
Charles B. Eddy, III  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9,269
Verle W. Aebi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,353
                                                             ---------
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    750,000
                                                             =========
</TABLE>












<PAGE>   1
                  [BROBECK PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP LETTERHEAD]

                                  June 7, 1996

Intevac, Inc.
3550 Bassett Street
Santa Clara, CA  95054

                  Re:      Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be
filed by you with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on
June 7, 1996 (the "Registration Statement"), in connection with the registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 2,250,000 shares of your Common
Stock (the "Shares"). As your counsel in connection with this transaction, we
have examined the proceedings taken and are familiar with the proceedings
proposed to be taken by you in connection with the sale and issuance of the
Shares.

                  It is our opinion that, upon conclusion of the proceedings
being taken or contemplated by us, as your counsel, to be taken prior to the
issuance of the Shares, such Shares, when issued and sold in the manner
described in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

                  We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to such
Registration Statement, and further consent to the use of our name wherever
appearing in such Registration Statement, including the prospectus constituting

a part thereof, and any amendment thereto.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     /s/ BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP




<PAGE>   1
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                               DATED JUNE 6, 1996

                                  BY AND AMONG

                            LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

         LEWIS T. LIPTON, TRUSTEE FOR THE LIPTON SEPARATE PROPERTY TRUST

                             DATED JANUARY 12, 1993,

                         DENNIS C. STARK, STEVEN ROMINE

                                       AND

                                  INTEVAC, INC.


<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

   1.       Purchase and Sale of Stock....................................  1
            1.1      Purchase and Sale....................................  1
            1.2      Closing..............................................  1

   2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling
            Shareholders..................................................  1
            2.1      Organization, Good Standing and Qualification........  2
            2.2      Capitalization.......................................  2
            2.3      Subsidiaries.........................................  2
            2.4      Authorization........................................  2
            2.5      Common Stock.........................................  2
            2.6      Governmental Consents................................  3
            2.7      Returns..............................................  3
            2.8      Litigation...........................................  3
            2.9      Intellectual Property................................  3
            2.10     Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements....  5
            2.11     Compliance With Other Instruments....................  5
            2.12     Agreements; Action...................................  5
            2.13     Disclosure...........................................  6
            2.14     Title to Property and Assets.........................  6
            2.15     Financial Statements.................................  6
            2.16     Changes..............................................  6
            2.17     Employee Benefit Plans...............................  8
            2.18     Taxes................................................  8
            2.19     Bank Accounts........................................  8
            2.20     Insurance............................................  8
            2.21     Minute Books.........................................  8
            2.22     Labor Agreements and Actions.........................  8
            2.23     Brokers' or Finders' Fees............................  9
            2.24     Accounts Receivable..................................  9
            2.25     Related Party Transactions...........................  9
            2.26     Manufacturing and Marketing..........................  9
            2.27     Inventory............................................  9
            2.28     Customers and Suppliers.............................. 10
            2.29     Employee Matters..................................... 10

   3.       Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders.... 10
            3.1      Authorization........................................
 10
            3.2      Compliance With Other Instruments.................... 10
            3.3      Governmental Consents................................ 11

                                       i.


<PAGE>   3

          3.4      Litigation............................................... 11
          3.5      Title to Stock........................................... 11
          3.6      Disclosure............................................... 11
          3.7      Intellectual Property of the Selling Shareholders........ 11

 4.       Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser................... 12
          4.1      Organization, Good Standing and Qualification............ 12
          4.2      Authorization............................................ 12
          4.3      Purchase for Investment.................................. 12
          4.4      Disclosure of Information; Due Diligence................. 12
          4.5      Investment Experience; Accredited Investor Status........ 13
          4.6      Governmental Consents.................................... 13
          4.7      Insolvency............................................... 13

 5.       Conditions of the Purchaser's Obligations at the Closing.......... 13
          5.1      Representations and Warranties........................... 13
          5.2      Performance.............................................. 13
          5.3      Compliance Certificate................................... 14
          5.4      Securities Laws Qualifications........................... 14
          5.5      Proceedings and Documents................................ 14
          5.6      Share Certificate........................................ 15
          5.7      Government and Third-Party Consents...................... 15
          5.8      Company Options.......................................... 15
          5.9      Company Warrants......................................... 15
          5.10     Selling Shareholder Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure
                   Agreement................................................ 14
          5.11     Opinion of Company Counsel............................... 15
          5.12     Opinion of Selling Shareholder Counsel................... 15

 6.       Conditions of the Company's and Selling Shareholder's Obligations
          at Closing........................................................ 15
          6.1      Representations and Warranties........................... 15
          6.2      Performance.............................................. 15
          6.3      Compliance Certificate................................... 15
          6.4      Securities Laws Qualification............................ 15
          6.5      Proceedings and Documents................................ 15

 6.6      Government Consents............................................... 15
          6.7      Payment of Purchase Price................................ 15
          6.8      Payment of Finder's Fee.................................. 16
          6.9      Opinion of Purchaser Counsel............................. 16

 7.       Indemnification................................................... 16
          7.1      Right to Indemnification..................................16
          7.2      Limitation................................................16
          7.3      Notification, Etc.........................................17

                                      ii.


<PAGE>   4

        Miscellaneous........................................................17
        8.1      Survival of Warranties......................................17
        8.2      Successors and Assigns......................................17
        8.3      Governing Law...............................................18
        8.4      Counterparts................................................18
        8.5      Titles and Subtitles........................................18
        8.6      Notices.....................................................18
        8.7      Cost and Expense............................................18
        8.8      Amendments and Waivers......................................18
        8.9      Severability................................................18
        8.10     Entire Agreement............................................18
        8.11     California Corporate Securities Law.........................19
        8.12     Publicity...................................................19
        8.13     Expenses; Attorneys' Fees...................................19

                             SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

Schedules:

Schedule A        Schedule of Selling Shareholders
Schedule B        Schedule of Exceptions
Schedule C        Schedule of Material Contracts

Exhibits:

Exhibit A         Selling Shareholder Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure
                  Agreement
Exhibit B         Opinion of Company Counsel
Exhibit C         Opinion of Selling Shareholder Counsel
Exhibit D         Opinion of Purchaser Counsel

                                      iii.


<PAGE>   5

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of
June 6, 1996, by and among Lotus Technologies, Inc., a California corporation
(the "Company"), Lewis T. Lipton, Trustee for the Lipton Separate Property Trust
dated January 12, 1993 ("Mr. Lipton"), Dennis C. Stark, an individual ("Mr.
Stark"), Steven Romine, an individual ("Mr. Romine") and Intevac, Inc., a
California corporation (the "Purchaser").

                  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

                  1.       Purchase and Sale of Stock.

                  1.1 Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined below) the Purchaser shall purchase
from each of Mr. Lipton, Mr. Stark and Mr. Romine (collectively, the "Selling
Shareholders" and each, individually, a "Selling Shareholder") that number of
shares of Lotus Technologies, Inc. common stock, without par value (the "Common
Stock"), set forth opposite each Selling Shareholder's name on Schedule A hereto
for an aggregate price of $8,025,000 (the "Purchase Price").

                  1.2 Closing. The purchase and sale of the Common Stock shall
take place at the offices of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, Two Embarcadero
Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303, at 11:00 a.m., on June 6,
1996 or at such other location and time as the Company, the Selling Shareholders
and the Purchaser mutually agree upon (which time and place are designated as
the "Closing"). At the Closing, each Selling Shareholder shall deliver to the
Purchaser a certificate representing the Common Stock that the Purchaser is
purchasing from such Selling Shareholder, properly endorsed in blank for
transfer and accompanied by a duly executed stock power in proper form, against
delivery to such Selling Shareholder by the Purchaser of a check or a bank wire
transfer in the amount of the purchase price therefor.

                  2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the
Selling Shareholders. In this Agreement, any reference to a "Material Adverse
Effect" with respect to any entity means any event, change or effect that is
materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), properties,
assets, liabilities, business, operations, results of operations or prospects of
such entity, taken as a whole. Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders
hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that, except as set forth on a
Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto as Schedule B specifically identifying
the relevant Section or subsection hereof:

                                       1.


<PAGE>   6

                  2.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of California and has all requisite corporate power and
authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly
qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company.

                  2.2      Capitalization.

                           (a) Common Stock. The authorized capital of the

Company consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 3,780,000 shares of which
are issued and outstanding.

                           (b) Rights. There are no outstanding options,

warrants, subscriptions, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights or
first refusal rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the
Company, or from any shareholder, of any shares of the Company's capital stock
or securities convertible into its capital stock. Neither the Company nor any
Selling Shareholder is a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and
there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or entities, that
affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to
any security or by a director of the Company.

                           (c) Holders. All holders of securities of the Company

and all persons who have a right to hold securities of the Company are set forth
by name and the type and amount of securities and/or other rights so held in
Schedule A.

                  2.3 Subsidiaries. The Company does not presently own or
control, and has never owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, any interest
in any other corporation, association, partnership or other business or
investment entity.

                  2.4 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the
Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated herein, and the performance of all obligations of the Company
hereunder, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement
has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and
legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its
terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally, to general equitable principles and to limitations on the
enforceability of indemnification provisions as applied to certain types of
claims arising hereafter, if any, under the federal securities law.

                  2.5 Common Stock. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are
duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and
were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

                                                       2.


<PAGE>   7

                  2.6 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order or
authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, any federal, regional, state or local governmental authority on the
part of the Company is required in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Based in part on the
representations of the Purchaser in Sections 4.3 and 4.5 of this Agreement, the
offer and sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Agreement are
exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act").

                  2.7 Returns. The Company has not had any of its products
returned by a purchaser or user thereof, other than for minor, nonrecurring
warranty problems. The Company is not aware of any pending warranty claims other
than those that arise in the ordinary course of business and which will not
require a bulk recall or modification of products currently sold to customers.

                  2.8 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings and
investigations pending or, to the Company's or the Selling Shareholders'
knowledge, currently threatened against the Company. There is no action, suit,
proceeding, or investigation pending or, to the Company's or the Selling
Shareholders' knowledge, currently threatened against the Company which
questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Company to enter
into such Agreement, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or
which might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company, or any change in the current equity ownership of
the Company. The Company is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any
order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or
instrumentality. There is no legal action, lawsuit, legal proceeding or
investigation related to any of the foregoing by the Company currently pending
or which the Company intends to initiate.

                  2.9      Intellectual Property.

                           (a) The Company owns, or licenses or otherwise
possesses legally enforceable rights to use all patents, trademarks, trade
names, service marks, copyrights, and any applications therefor, schematics,
technology, know-how, trade secrets, inventory, ideas, algorithms, processes,
computer software programs or applications (in both source code and object code
form), and tangible or intangible proprietary information or material
("Intellectual Property") that are used in the business of the Company as
currently conducted, except to the extent that the failure to have such rights
have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.

                           (b) The Schedule of Exceptions lists (i) all patents
and patent applications and all registered and unregistered trademarks, trade
names, service marks, and copyrights, which the Company considers to be material
its business and included in the Intellectual Property, including the
jurisdictions in which each such Intellectual Property right has been issued or
registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has
been filed, (ii) all material licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to
which the

                                       3.


<PAGE>   8

Company is a party and pursuant to which any person is authorized to use any
Intellectual Property, and (iii) all material licenses, sublicenses and other
agreements as to which the Company is a party and pursuant to which the Company
is authorized to use any third party patents, trademarks or registered
copyrights, including software ("Third Party Intellectual Property Rights")
which are incorporated in, are, or form a part of any Company product that is
material to its business.

                           (c) To the best of the Company's knowledge, there is
no material unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of
any Intellectual Property rights of the Company, any trade secret material to
the Company, or any Intellectual Property right of any third party to the extent
licensed by or through the Company, by any third party, including any employee
or former employee of the Company. The Company has not entered into any
agreement to indemnify any other person against any charge of infringement of
any Intellectual Property, other than indemnification provisions contained in
purchase orders arising in the ordinary course of business.

                           (d) The Company is not, nor will it as a result of
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, be in breach of any license, sublicense or
other agreement relating to the Intellectual Property or Third Party
Intellectual Property Rights, the breach of which would have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.

                           (e) All patents and registered trademarks, service
marks and copyrights held by the Company and listed on the Schedule of
Exceptions are valid and existing. The Company (i) has not been sued in any
suit, action or proceeding which involves a claim of infringement of any
patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights or violation of any trade secret
or other proprietary right of any third party and (ii) has not brought any
action, suit or proceeding for infringement of Intellectual Property or breach
of any license or agreement involving Intellectual Property against any third
party. To the best of the Company's knowledge, the manufacture, marketing,
licensing or sale of the Company 's products does not infringe any patent,
trademark, service mark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of
any third party, except where such infringement would not have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company.

                           (f) The Company has secured valid written assignments
from all consultants and employees who contributed to the creation or
development of Intellectual Property of the rights to such contributions that
the Company does not already own by operation of law.

                           (g) The Company has taken reasonable and appropriate
steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property
not otherwise protected by patents or copyright ("Confidential Information").
All use,

                                       4.


<PAGE>   9

disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information owned by the Company by
or to a third party has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement
between the Company and such third party. All use, disclosure or appropriation
of Confidential Information not owned by the Company has been pursuant to the
terms of a written agreement between the Company and the owner of such
Confidential Information, or is otherwise lawful.

                  2.10 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements. Each
employee, officer, director and consultant of the Company has executed a
non-disclosure agreement in the form provided to counsel to the Purchaser. The
Company is not aware that any of such employees, officers, directors or
consultants are in material violation thereof, and the Company will use its best
efforts to prevent any such violation.

                  2.11 Compliance With Other Instruments. The Company is not in
violation of any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or in
violation or default of any provision of any instrument, judgment, order, writ,
decree or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound or any
provision of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the
Company, which violation or default would have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in any such
violation or default or require any consent under or be in conflict with or
constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a
violation or default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order,
writ, decree or contract, or an event which results in the creation of any lien,
charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company where any such event would
have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

                  2.12     Agreements; Action.

                           (a) Any agreements, understandings, instruments,
contracts or proposed transactions to which the Company is a party or by which
it is bound which involve obligations of or payments to the Company in excess of
$5,000 are listed on Schedule C hereto.

                           (b) No defaults exist with respect to the Company
(or, to the Company's knowledge, any other party) under any contract or
agreement to which the Company is a party that would have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company, either individually or in the aggregate.

                           (c) Since May 17, 1996, dividends and distributions
made by the Company to its shareholders and bonuses paid by the Company to its
employees have not exceeded, in the aggregate $350,000.

                           (d) The Company has no obligation and is not a party
to a contract, oral or written, which would result in the payment of a bonus to
any employee or shareholder subsequent to the date hereof.

                                                       5.


<PAGE>   10

                  2.13 Disclosure. The Company has fully provided the Purchaser
and the Purchaser's legal counsel with all the information in the Company's
possession that the Purchaser has requested in determining whether to purchase
the Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholders. Neither Section 2 of this
Agreement nor any schedule or exhibit attached to this Agreement nor any
certificate delivered pursuant hereto that, in any such case, has been or will
be provided by or on behalf of the Company contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which
they were made.

                  2.14 Title to Property and Assets. The Company owns its
property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and
encumbrances, except such encumbrances and liens which arise in the ordinary
course of business and do not materially impair the Company's ownership or use
of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases,
the Company is in compliance with such leases in all material respects and holds
a valid leasehold interest free of any material liens, claims or encumbrances.
The property and assets of the Company that are used in the operation of its
business are in good operating condition and repair.

                  2.15 Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to
Purchaser its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 31,
1996, and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of
operations and statement of cash flows) at, and for the two-month period ended
March 31, 1996 (collectively, the "Financial Statements"). The Financial
Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles (except that the unaudited financial statements do not have notes
thereto) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with
each other. The Financial Statements are complete and correct in all material
respects and accurately set out and describe the financial condition and
operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated
therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. The Company's net book
value (total assets minus total liabilities) as of the date hereof is not less
than $0.

                  2.16 Changes. Since March 31, 1996, except as permitted by
Section 2.12(c), there has not been:

                           (a) any change in the financial condition or
operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial
Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business which have not
been, in the aggregate, materially adverse;

                           (b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not
covered by insurance, which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company
(as its business is currently conducted);

                                       6.


<PAGE>   11

                           (c) any sale, exchange, or other disposition of the
Company's assets or rights, other than in the ordinary course of business, or
any waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it,
or any material change or amendment to or default under a material contract or
arrangement by which the Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or
subject;

                           (d) any declaration, authorization or payment of any
dividend or other distribution of the assets of the Company, or any agreement to
declare, authorize or pay any such dividend or distribution;

                           (e) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim
or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the
ordinary course of business and which is not material to the assets, properties,
financial condition, operating results or business of the Company;

                           (f) any commitments entered into by the Company
involving capital expenditures in excess of $5,000, or any debt obligation or
liability (whether absolute or contingent), incurred by the Company in excess of
$5,000 or that would be required under generally accepted accounting principles
to be reflected in the Company's financial statements (whether or not presently
outstanding) except current liabilities incurred, and obligations under
agreements entered into, in the ordinary course of business;

                           (g) any increase in the compensation or rate of
compensation or commissions payable or to become payable by the Company to any
of its directors or officers, or any payment of any bonus, profit-sharing amount
or other extraordinary compensation to any such person or any change in any then
existing bonus, profit-sharing, retirement or other similar plan, agreement or
arrangement or any adoption of or entry into any new bonus, profit-sharing,
group life or health insurance, or other similar plan, agreement or arrangement;

                           (h) any loans made by the Company to any of the
Company's directors, officers or employees, or any of their affiliates, other
than travel advances made in the ordinary course of business;

                           (i) to the Company's and the Selling Shareholders'
knowledge, any other event or condition internal to the Company (e.g., other
than external events or conditions, including without limitation, market
conditions and trends, competitive product announcements, etc.) of any character
which might have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company (as its business is
currently conducted);

                           (j) any material increase in the returns or rates of
returns by consumers or distributors of any products of the Company, any
termination or failure to renew by a distributor of any material contract or
arrangement for the sale or distribution of

                                       7.


<PAGE>   12

the Company's products or any material and adverse change in the terms of any
such contracts or arrangements; or

                           (k) any termination or failure to renew by a supplier
of any material contract or arrangement for the sale or supply of parts
necessary for the manufacture of the Company's products or any material and
adverse change in the terms of any such contract.

                  2.17 Employee Benefit Plans. The Company does not have any
Employee Benefit Plan as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.

                  2.18 Taxes. The Company has filed all income tax returns
(federal, state, foreign and local) required to be filed by it, and all income
taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments received
by the Company and all other taxes (federal, state, foreign and local) due and
payable by the Company on or before the date hereof have been paid. The income
tax returns filed by the Company are true and correct in all material respects.
There are no agreements, waivers or other arrangements providing for an
extension of time with respect to the assessment of any tax or deficiency
against the Company, nor are there any actions, suits, proceedings,
investigations or claims now pending against the Company in respect of any tax
or assessment, or, to the Company's knowledge, any matters under discussion with
any federal, state, foreign or local authority relating to any taxes or
assessments, or any claims for additional taxes or assessments asserted by any
such authority. The provisions made for income taxes on the Financial Statements
are expected to be sufficient for the payment of all unpaid federal, state,
foreign and local income taxes of the Company for all periods prior to such
date.

                  2.19 Bank Accounts. The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth the
names and locations of all banks, trust companies, savings and loan associations
and other financial institutions at which the Company maintains accounts of any
nature and the names of all persons authorized to draw thereon or make
withdrawals therefrom.

                  2.20 Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect fire
and casualty insurance policies as listed in the Schedule of Exceptions. The
Company has in full force and effect products liability and errors and omissions
insurance in amounts set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions.

                  2.21 Minute Books. The minute books of the Company contain a
record of all meetings of directors and shareholders since the time of
incorporation and reflect all material transactions referred to in such minutes
accurately in all material respects.

                  2.22 Labor Agreements and Actions. The Company is not bound by
or subject to any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or
arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or has sought
to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of the Company.

                                       8.


<PAGE>   13

                  2.23 Brokers' or Finders' Fees. The Company has not incurred
and will not incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokers' or
finders' fees, agents' commissions or other similar charges in connection with
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby other than the fee to be
paid by the Purchaser to Broadview Associates, L.P. ("Broadview") in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  2.24 Accounts Receivable. Subject to any reserves set forth in
the Financial Statements, the accounts receivable shown on the Financial
Statements represent and will represent bona fide claims against debtors for
sales and other charges, and are not subject to discount except for normal cash
and immaterial trade discounts. The amount carried for doubtful accounts and
allowances disclosed in the Financial Statements is sufficient to provide for
any losses which may be sustained on realization of the receivables.

                  2.25 Related Party Transactions. No employee, officer or
director of the Company or member of his or her immediate family is indebted to
the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend
or guarantee credit) to any of such persons. None of such persons has any direct
or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company
is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm
or corporation that competes with the Company, except that the employees,
officers or directors of the Company and members of their immediate families may
own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company. No
member of the immediate family of any officer or director of the Company is
directly interested in any material contract with the Company.

                  2.26 Manufacturing and Marketing. The Company has not granted
rights to manufacture, produce, assemble, license, market or to sell its
products to any other person and is not bound by any agreement that affects the
Company's exclusive right to develop, manufacture, assemble, distribute, market
or sell its products.

                  2.27 Inventory. The inventories shown on the Financial
Statements or thereafter acquired by the Company consisted of items of a
quantity and quality usable or salable in the ordinary course of business. Since
March 31, 1996, the Company has continued to replenish inventories in a normal
and customary manner consistent with past practices. The Company has not
received written or oral notice that it will experience in the foreseeable
future any difficulty in obtaining, in the desired quantity and quality and at a
reasonable price and upon reasonable terms and conditions, the raw materials,
supplies or component products required for the manufacture, assembly or
production of its products. The values at which inventories are carried reflect
the inventory valuation policy of the Company, which is consistent with its past
practice and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied
on a consistent basis. Since March 31, 1996, due provision was made on the books
of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices
to provide for all slow-moving, obsolete, or unusable inventories to their
estimated useful or scrap values and such inventory reserves are adequate to
provide for such slow-moving, obsolete or unusable inventory and inventory
shrinkage.

                                       9.


<PAGE>   14

                  2.28 Customers and Suppliers. As of the date hereof, no
customer which individually accounted for more than 5% of the Company's gross
revenues during the 12 month period preceding the date hereof, and no supplier
of the Company, has canceled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat
to the Company to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with the
Company, or has at any time on or after March 31, 1996 decreased materially its
services or supplies to the Company in the case of any such supplier, or its
usage of the services or products of the Company in the case of such customer,
and to the Company's knowledge, no such supplier or customer intends to cancel
or otherwise terminate its relationship with the Company or to decrease
materially its services or supplies to the Company or its usage of the services
or products of the Company, as the case may be. The Company has not engaged in
any fraudulent conduct with respect to any customer or supplier of the Company.

                  2.29 Employee Matters. There are no claims pending, or to the
Company's or Selling Shareholder's knowledge, currently threatened, resulting
from the Company's violation of any employment, labor or wage laws. All payments
due from the Company on account of employee health and welfare insurance have
been paid and all severance, sick or vacation payments by the Company which are
or were due under the terms of any agreement or otherwise have been paid. All
employees of the Company have been hired on an "at will" basis.

                  3. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders.
Each of the Selling Shareholders hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser
for himself and not for the other Selling Shareholders, that:

                  3.1 Authorization. All acts and conditions required by law on
the part of the Selling Shareholder to authorize the execution and delivery of
this Agreement by such Selling Shareholder and the transactions contemplated
herein and the performance of all obligations of such Selling Shareholder
hereunder have been duly performed and obtained, and this Agreement constitutes
a valid and legally binding obligation of the Selling Shareholder, enforceable
in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally, to general equitable principles and to
limitations on the enforceability of indemnification provisions as applied to
certain types of claims arising hereafter, if any, under the federal securities
laws.

                  3.2 Compliance With Other Instruments. The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby will not result in any violation or default of any provision
of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract to which such
Selling Shareholder is a party or by which he or she is bound, or require any
consent under or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage
of time and giving of notice, either a violation or default under any such
provision.

                                       10.


<PAGE>   15

                  3.3 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order or
authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, any federal, regional, state or local governmental authority of the
United States on the part of such Selling Shareholder is required in connection
with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except
for filings, if any, required pursuant to applicable federal and state
securities laws, which filings will be made within the required statutory
period.

                  3.4 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, or
investigation pending or, to such Selling Shareholders' knowledge, currently
threatened against such Selling Shareholder which questions the validity of this
Agreement or the right of such Selling Shareholder to enter into this Agreement
or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  3.5 Title to Stock. Such Selling Shareholder has good title to
the Common Stock to be transferred by such Selling Shareholder to the Purchaser
under this Agreement, free and clear of any lien, pledge, security interest or
other encumbrance (other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable
securities laws) and, upon delivery of the shares of Common Stock at the Closing
as provided for in this Agreement, and assuming the Purchaser is acquiring the
Common Stock in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim, the
Purchaser will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any lien, pledge,
security interest or encumbrance (other than restrictions on transfer arising
under applicable securities laws).

                  3.6 Disclosure. Such Selling Shareholder has fully provided
the Purchaser and the Purchaser's legal counsel with all the information in such
Selling Shareholders' possession that the Purchaser has requested in determining
whether to purchase the Common Stock offered by such Selling Shareholder.
Neither Section 3 of this Agreement nor any schedule or exhibit attached to this
Agreement nor any certificate delivered pursuant hereto that, in any such case,
has been or will be provided by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder
contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made herein or therein not misleading in
light of the circumstances under which they were made.

                  3.7 Intellectual Property of the Selling Shareholders. Each of
the Selling Shareholders individually represents and warrants to the Purchaser
as follows:

                           (a) The conduct of the Company's business as now
conducted and as now proposed to be conducted does not violate, conflict with or
infringe any Intellectual Property of the Selling Shareholder or any affiliate
of the Selling Shareholder.

                           (b) The Selling Shareholder does not now conduct any
business that violates, conflicts with or infringes any Intellectual Property of
the Company and does not now propose to conduct any such business, directly or
through an affiliate.

                                       11.


<PAGE>   16

                           (c) Neither the Selling Shareholder nor any affiliate
of the Selling Shareholder (other than the Company) is a party to or otherwise
bound by any option, license or agreement of any kind (whether formal or
informal) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound,
which, in any such case (i) conflicts with the Company's representation in
Section 2.9 hereof or (ii) would give the Selling Shareholder any continuing
interest in, or would give the Company any continuing payment obligation to the
Selling Shareholder with respect to, any Intellectual Property formerly owned by
the Selling Shareholder and currently used by the Company.

                           (d) The non-disclosure agreement between the Selling
Shareholder and the Company is in full force and effect, has not been amended or
modified in any respect and no provision of such agreement has been waived.

                  4. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. The
Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Selling
Shareholders that:

                  4.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The
Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of California and has all requisite corporate power
and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Purchaser is duly
qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Purchaser.

                  4.2 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the
Purchaser, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated herein, and the performance of all obligations of the Purchaser
hereunder, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement
has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes a valid
and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally, to general equitable principles and to limitations on the
enforceability of indemnification provisions as applied to certain types of
claims arising hereafter, if any, under the federal securities law.

                  4.3 Purchase for Investment. This Agreement is made with the
Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser's representation which, by the
Purchaser's execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the
Common Stock to be received by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment and
not with a view to the distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser
has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise
distributing the same in a manner contrary to the Act or applicable state
securities laws.

                  4.4 Disclosure of Information; Due Diligence. The Purchaser
represents that it has made an independent investigation and has had an
opportunity to ask questions of

                                       12.


<PAGE>   17

and receive answers from the Company and the Selling Shareholders regarding the
Company and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Common Stock offered
hereby and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of
the information supplied or to which it had access. The foregoing, however, does
not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company or the
Selling Shareholders contained herein.

                  4.5 Investment Experience; Accredited Investor Status. The
Purchaser is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, can bear the economic risk of its investment (including possible
complete loss of such investment) for an indefinite period of time and has such
knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Common Stock. The
Purchaser represents it has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the
Common Stock. The Purchaser understands that the Common Stock has not been
registered under the Act, or under the securities laws of any jurisdiction by
reason of reliance upon certain exemptions, and that the reliance of the Company
and the Selling Shareholders on such exemptions is predicated upon the accuracy
of the Purchaser's representations and warranties in this Section 4. The
Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.
The Purchaser acknowledges that the certificates representing the stock to be
received by Purchaser will bear legends repeating the restrictions on resale
contained in applicable securities laws.

                  4.6 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order or
authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or
filing with, any federal, regional, state or local governmental authority on the
part of the Purchaser is required in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  4.7 Insolvency. The consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement will not render the Purchaser insolvent or
bankrupt under any federal or state insolvency or bankruptcy law.

                  5. Conditions of the Purchaser's Obligations at the Closing.
The obligations of the Purchaser under Section 1.1 of this Agreement are subject
to the fulfillment at or before the Closing of each of the following conditions,
unless waived by the Purchaser.

                  5.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of (i) the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in Section
2 hereof and (ii) each of the Selling Shareholders contained in Section 3
hereof, shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing with the same effect
as though such representations and warranties had been made as of the date of
the Closing.

                  5.2 Performance. The Company and the Selling Shareholders
shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and
conditions contained in this

                                       13.


<PAGE>   18

Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or
before the Closing.

                  5.3 Compliance Certificate. The President of the Company shall
have delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing a certificate certifying that the
conditions specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, as those conditions relate to the
Company, have been fulfilled and stating that there has been no material adverse
change in the assets, condition, prospects or business of the Company, financial
or otherwise, since March 31, 1996. Each of the Selling Shareholders shall have
delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing a certificate certifying that the
conditions specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, as those conditions relate to the
Selling Shareholders, respectively, have been fulfilled.

                  5.4 Securities Laws Qualifications. The offer and sale of the
Common Stock to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered or
qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under all applicable
securities laws.

                  5.5 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other
proceedings of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated at
the Closing and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory
in form and substance to the Purchaser's counsel, and the Purchaser and its
counsel shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other
copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

                  5.6 Share Certificates. The Selling Shareholders shall have
delivered to the Purchaser share certificates representing the shares of Common
Stock to be purchased hereunder by the Purchaser, properly endorsed in blank for
transfer and accompanied by a duly executed stock power in proper form.

                  5.7 Government and Third-Party Consents. The Company shall
deliver to the Purchaser at or prior to the Closing all government and
third-party consents, releases, authorizations and approvals necessary for the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  5.8 Company Options. As of the date of the Closing, there will
not be outstanding any options to purchase shares of the Company's stock.

                  5.9 Company Warrants. As of the date of the Closing, there
will not be outstanding any warrants to purchase shares of the Company's stock.

                  5.10 Selling Shareholder Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure
Agreement. Mr. Lipton, Mr. Stark and Mr. Romine shall have entered into a non-
competition and non-disclosure agreement with Purchaser in the form attached
hereto as of Exhibit A.

                                       14.


<PAGE>   19

                  5.11 Opinion of Company Counsel. The Purchaser shall have
received from Graham & James LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as
of the date of the Closing, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
B.

                  5.12 Opinion of Selling Shareholder Counsel. The Purchaser
shall have received from Graham & James LLP, counsel to the Selling
Shareholders, an opinion, dated as of the date of the Closing, substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                  6. Conditions of the Company's and Selling Shareholder's
Obligations at Closing. The obligations of the Company and the Selling
Shareholders under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment on or before
the Closing of each of the following conditions:

                  6.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 4 hereof, shall be true and
correct on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such
representations and warranties had been made as of the date of the Closing.

                  6.2 Performance. The Purchaser shall have performed and
complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this
Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before
the Closing.

                  6.3 Compliance Certificate. The President or Chief Financial
Officer of the Purchaser shall have delivered to the Company at the Closing a
certificate stating that the conditions specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have
been fulfilled.

                  6.4 Securities Laws Qualification. The offer and sale to the
Purchaser of the Common Stock shall be registered, qualified or exempt from
registration or qualification under all applicable securities laws.

                  6.5 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other
proceedings of the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated at
the Closing and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory
in form and substance to the Company's and Selling Shareholders' counsel, and
the Company, the Selling Shareholders and their counsel shall have received all
such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as
they may reasonably request.

                  6.6 Government Consents. The Purchaser shall deliver to the
Company and the Selling Shareholders at or prior to the Closing all government
consents, releases, authorizations and approvals necessary for the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  6.7 Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchaser shall have
delivered to each Selling Shareholder the purchase price with respect to the
Common Stock to be purchased

                                       15.


<PAGE>   20
from such Selling Shareholder in the form of a check or bank wire transfer of
immediately available funds.

                   6.8 Payment of Finder's Fee. As soon as practicable following
the Closing, Purchaser shall pay to Broadview a finder's fee of $295,000 in
connection with the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.

                   6.9 Opinion of Purchaser Counsel. The Company and the Selling
Shareholders shall have received from Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel
to the Purchaser, an opinion dated as of the Closing, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit D.

                   7. Indemnification.

                   7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each of the Selling
Shareholders, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Purchaser (for purposes of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 hereof, the "Indemnified
Party") from the date of the Closing until the date three (3) months after the
date of the Closing and each of the Selling Shareholders, severally, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Indemified Party from the date three (3) months
after the date of the Closing until the first anniversary of the date of the
Closing from and against and shall reimburse the Indemnified Party against and
in respect of any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, obligations,
liabilities, remedies or penalties (collectively, "Losses") that the Indemnified
Party shall suffer or incur relating to, arising out of or in connection with
any breach or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made by the
Company and Selling Shareholders in Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement;
including any expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in
connection with defending any such action or claim (including, without
limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) in litigation to which
the Indemnified Party is a party. With respect to the foregoing, the Selling
Shareholders will not, however, be responsible for any Losses that are finally
judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of
the Indemnified Party.

                   7.2 Limitation. The liability of each Selling Shareholder
under this Section 7 and for any other Losses relating to, arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement or other transactions contemplated hereby shall
be limited to the Purchase Price set forth opposite each Selling Shareholder's
name on Schedule A hereto and no claim for indemnification hereunder shall be
asserted until Losses exceed $100,000 in the aggregate and such Losses exceed
$100,000, a claim by the Indemnified Party may be made for all additional Losses
above $100,000. A written notice specifying the specific basis for such claim
must be delivered to the Selling Shareholders before the first anniversary of
the date of the Closing. Section 7 is the exclusive remedy of the Purchaser with
respect to any Losses incurred as a result of the matters specified in Section
7.1, provided, however, nothing in this Section 7 shall limit, in any manner,
any remedy at law or in equity to which the

                                       16.

<PAGE>   21
Purchaser shall be entitled against the Selling Shareholders as a result of
wilful fraud or intentional misrepresentation by any Selling Shareholders.

                   In any case in which claims have been asserted as and when
required hereunder, the Selling Shareholders and the Indemnified Party agree
that the indemnity obligations of the Selling Shareholders with respect to such
matters shall continue in full force and effect until such matters have been
settled by agreement of the Selling Shareholders and the Indemnified Party.

                   7.3 Notification, Etc. In case any proceeding (including any
governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving the Indemnified Party,
the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Selling Shareholders in writing
and the Selling Shareholders, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall
retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the
Indemnified Party and any others the Selling Shareholders may designate in such
proceeding and the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such
proceeding shall be paid by the Selling Shareholders which shall thereupon
reduce the obligations of the Selling Shareholders in Section 7.2 hereof. In any
such proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
the Indemnified Party. It is understood that the Selling Shareholders shall not,
in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same
jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Indemnified Party. The
Selling Shareholders shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without the written consent of all of them, but if settled with such
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Selling
Shareholders agree to indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against any loss
or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The rights of the
Indemnified Party to indemnification under this Section 7 are exclusive;
provided, however, that any rights or remedies asserted against the Selling
Shareholder shall be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

                   8. Miscellaneous.

                   8.1 Survival of Warranties. The warranties, representations
and covenants contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing until the first
anniversary of the date of the Closing, notwithstanding any investigation by the
Purchaser.

                   8.2 Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective
successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or
their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided
in this Agreement.

                                       17.

<PAGE>   22
                   8.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements
among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the
State of California.

                   8.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                   8.5 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in
this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

                   8.6 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required
or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given upon (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified, or
(ii) upon deposit with the United States Post Office, postage prepaid,
registered or certified with return receipt requested and addressed to the party
to be notified at the address indicated for such party on the signature page
hereof, or (iii) upon confirmation of facsimile transmission at the facsimile
number indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or (iv) at such
other address as such party may designate by 10 days' advance written notice to
the other parties given in the foregoing manner.

                   8.7 Cost and Expense. Each of the Purchaser, Company and
Selling Shareholders will be responsible for its own costs and expenses in
connection with the negotiation and consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby. All legal expenses of the Company in excess of $15,000
related to the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement will be the
responsibility of the Selling Shareholders.

                   8.8 Amendments and Waivers. After the Closing, any term of
this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively) only with the written consent of a majority in interest of the
Selling Shareholders and the Purchaser, provided that no such amendment would
affect any Shareholder in a manner different than the other Shareholders will be
treated.

                   8.9 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement
are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be
excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of this Agreement shall be
interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in
accordance with its terms.

                   8.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents
delivered at the Closing constitute the full and entire understanding and
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersede all prior agreements with respect to

                                       18.

<PAGE>   23
the subject matter hereof,including without limitation the letter of intent
dated May 16, 1996 among the Purchaser, the Company and the Selling
Shareholders.

                   8.11 California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE
SECURITIES THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF
AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT, THE SALE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR
THE PAYMENT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH
QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH EXEMPTION BEING APPLICABLE.

                   8.12 Publicity. Purchaser and the Company will not make any
press release or other public announcement concerning this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby except with the prior approval of the other,
except for such disclosures as may be required by applicable law or securities
exchange rules and regulations. A Selling Shareholder will not make any press
release or other public announcement concerning this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby except with the prior approval of the
Purchaser.

                   8.13 Expenses; Attorneys' Fees. If any action at law or in
equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may
be entitled.

                                       19.

<PAGE>   24
                   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first above written.

                           COMPANY

                           LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                           -----------------------------------------
                           Lewis T. Lipton, President

                  Address: 130-C Knolls Drive
                           Los Gatos, CA  95030

                           SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

                           -------------------------------------------------
                           Lewis T. Lipton, Trustee for the Lipton Separate
                           Property Trust dated January 12, 1993

                  Address: 17660 Vista Avenue
                           Monte Sereno, CA 95030

                           -------------------------------------------------
                           Dennis C. Stark

                  Address: #5 No Name Road
                           Los Gatos, CA 95030

                           -------------------------------------------------
                           Steven Romine

                  Address: 671 Cresci Road
                           Los Gatos, CA 95030

<PAGE>   25
                           PURCHASER

                           INTEVAC, INC.

                           ------------------------------------------------ 
                           Norman H. Pond, President

                  Address: 3550 Bassett Street
                           Santa Clara, CA  95054

                                       

<PAGE>   26

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SCHEDULE A

                        SCHEDULE OF SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

                                Number of Shares
Selling Shareholder             of Common Stock    Purchase Price
- -------------------             ----------------   --------------
<S>                             <C>                <C>
Lewis T. Lipton, Trustee for
the Lipton Separate Property

Trust dated January 12, 1993       1,260,000       $2,675,000.00

Dennis C. Stark                    1,260,000       $2,675,000.00

Steven Romine                      1,260,000       $2,675,000.00

Total                              3,780,000       $8,025,000.00
                                   =========       =============
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   27
                                   SCHEDULE B

                             SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

<PAGE>   28
                                   SCHEDULE C

                         SCHEDULE OF MATERIAL CONTRACTS

<PAGE>   29
                                    EXHIBIT A

                               SELLING SHAREHOLDER

                  NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

                   This SELLING SHAREHOLDER NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE
AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is entered into as of this 6th day of June, 1996
("Effective Date") by and among Intevac, Inc., a California corporation
("Intevac"), and 1~.

                   WHEREAS, Intevac, Mr. 2~ and certain other parties have
entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 (the
"Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which Intevac is acquiring all of the
outstanding stock of Lotus Technologies, Inc. (the "Stock Purchase");

                   WHEREAS, in order to induce Intevac to enter into the
Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto have agreed that this Agreement shall
govern their respective rights with respect to the matters set forth herein.

                   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and
covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

                   1. Non-Competition:

                   1.1 Covenant Not to Compete. The parties understand and agree
that this Agreement is entered into in connection with the acquisition by
Intevac of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Lotus
Technologies, Inc. ("LTI") from the shareholders of LTI. The parties further
understand and agree that Mr. 2~ was a key and significant shareholder of LTI.
Commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing for a period up to and
including the date that is three (3) years after the Effective Date, in
consideration of the performance by Intevac of its respective obligations under
the Purchase Agreement, Mr. 2~ agrees that he shall not engage in any of the
following activities outside of his employment with Intevac:

                        (a) Enter into or engage in the business of designing,
developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling of equipment for contact
stop/start ("CSS") testing, including stiction, friction, torque and lifetime
aspects related to those characteristics, and track average amplitude and pulse
width 50 measurements as done on hard disks, heads used in hard disk drives and
completed hard disk drives; or

<PAGE>   30
                        (b) In any way interfere or compete with Intevac in its
operation of the present business of LTI, including projects currently under
development that relate to CSS testing, track average amplitude and pulse width
50 measurements done on hard disks, heads used in hard disk drives and completed
hard disk drives; or

                        (c) Enter into or engage in any business or activity
which would use LTI technology, trade secrets or know-how; or

                        (d) Assist any person or entity, in any manner, in the
use of LTI patented technology, trade secrets or know-how.

                   However, Section 1.1 of this Agreement in no way shall
restrict Mr. 2~ from working for any entity that does not commercially compete
with Intevac.

                   1.2 Covenant Not to Solicit. Commencing upon the Effective
Date and continuing for a period that is three (3) years after the Effective
Date, Mr. 2~ agrees (i) not to solicit any employee, consultant or other service
provider of Intevac or any of its respective affiliates to terminate his, her or
its employment, consulting or other service arrangement with Intevac or such
affiliate and (ii) not to solicit any business partner of Intevac or any of its
respective affiliates to terminate its relationship with Intevac or such
affiliate or otherwise interfere with such relationship.

                   1.3 Covenants Not Unduly Restrictive. Mr. 2~ acknowledges,
represents and warrants to Intevac that the covenants of Mr. 2~ in Sections 1.1
and 1.2 hereof are reasonably necessary for the protection of Intevac's
interests under this Agreement and are not unduly restrictive upon Mr. 2~. In
any event, if any restriction set forth in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 hereof is held
to be unreasonable, then Mr. 2~ agrees, and hereby submits, to the reduction and
limitation of such prohibition to such area or period as shall be deemed
reasonable.

                   2. Non-Disclosure.

                   2.1 Proprietary Information. Mr. 2~ has in his possession or
may come into his possession in the future information relating to LTI's
business (including, without limitation, trade secrets, computer programs, names
and expertise of employees and consultants, designs, technology, know-how,
ideas, compositions, data, techniques, improvements, inventions (whether
patentable or not), schematics and other technical, business, financial,
customer and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information),
which to the extent previously, presently or subsequently disclosed to Mr. 2~ is
hereinafter referred to as "Proprietary Information."

                   2.2 Non-Disclosure of Proprietary Information. Mr. 2~ hereby
agrees, except as Intevac may otherwise consent in writing, (i) to hold the
Proprietary Information in strict confidence and to take all reasonable
precautions to protect such Proprietary

<PAGE>   31
Information, (ii) not to divulge any such Proprietary Information or
any information derived therefrom to any third person, (iii) not to make any use
whatsoever at any time of such Proprietary Information, except when providing
services to Intevac, and (iv) not to copy any such Proprietary Information
except in the performance of his duties to Intevac and its affiliates. Without
granting any right or license, Intevac agrees that the foregoing clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) and (iv) shall not apply with respect to any Proprietary Information
after three (3) years from the date hereof or any information that Mr. 2~ can
document is, through no improper action or inaction by Mr. 2~ or any affiliate,
agent, consultant or employee of Mr. 2~, generally available to the public. Mr.
2~ may make disclosures required by court order, provided Mr. 2~ uses reasonable
efforts to limit such disclosure and to obtain confidential treatment or a
protective order, and has allowed Intevac to participate in the proceeding.

                   3. REMEDIES.

                   3.1 Injunctive Relief. The parties hereto further agree that
the covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement relate to special,
unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of such covenants
or obligations may cause Intevac irreparable injury for which adequate remedy at
law will not be available; and, therefore, that upon any such breach of any such
covenant or obligation, or any threat thereof, Intevac shall be entitled to the
immediate remedy of a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or
such other form of injunctive or equitable relief in addition to whatever
remedies they might have at law.

                   3.2 Remedies Cumulative. Intevac's rights and remedies under
this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and
remedies Intevac may have at law or in equity.

                   4. MISCELLANEOUS.

                   4.1 Notices. All notices and other communications required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be delivered to the parties at the address
set forth below their respective signature blocks, or at such other address that
they designate by notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 4.1.
All notices and communications must be sent by one of the methods specified
below and shall be deemed to have been received unless otherwise set forth
herein: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii)
in the case of telex or facsimile transmission, on the date on which the sender
receives confirmation by telex or facsimile transmission that such notice was
received by the addressee, provided that a copy of such transmission is
additionally sent by mail as set forth in (iv) below; (iii) in the case of
overnight air courier, on the second business day following the day sent, with
receipt confirmed by the courier; and (iv) in the case of mailing by first class
certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the
fifth business day following such mailing. All notices in (i), (ii) and (iii)
must be followed by certified mail, return receipt requested within five (5)
days.

<PAGE>   32
                   4.2 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall
inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal
representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that Mr. 2~ may not
assign, transfer or delegate his rights or obligations hereunder and any attempt
to do so shall be null and void.

                   4.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all
prior agreements, written or oral, are merged herein and are of no further force
or effect.

                   4.4 Amendment. This Agreement may be modified or amended only
by a written agreement signed by the President of Intevac and Mr. 2~.

                   4.5 Waivers. No waiver of any term or provision of this
Agreement will be valid unless such waiver is in writing signed by the party
against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. The waiver of any term or
provision of this Agreement shall not apply to any subsequent breach of this
Agreement.

                   4.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                   4.7 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
deemed severable, and if any part of any provision is held illegal, void or
invalid under applicable law, such provision may be changed to the extent
reasonably necessary to make the provision, as so changed, legal, valid and
binding. If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, void or invalid in
its entirety, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be
affected or impaired but shall remain binding in accordance with their terms.

                   4.8 Governing Law. The terms of this Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among
California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State
of California.

                   4.9 Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any proceeding, claim or
action being filed or instituted between the parties with respect to this
Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to receive from the other party
all costs, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred
by the prevailing party in connection with that action or proceeding whether or
not the controversy is reduced to judgment or award. The prevailing party will
be that party who may be fairly said by the trier of fact to have prevailed on
the major disputed issues.

<PAGE>   33
                   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                           INTEVAC, INC.


                           -------------------------------------------------
                           Norman H. Pond, President

                  Address: 3550 Bassett Street
                           Santa Clara, CA 95054


                           -------------------------------------------------
                           1~

                  Address: 
                           --------------------------------------------------

                           --------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   34
                                    EXHIBIT B

                 MATTERS TO BE COVERED IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL
                           TO LOTUS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   1. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, and the
Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties
and to conduct its business as presently conducted.

                   2. The Company is qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation in each jurisdiction of the United States where its failure to do so
would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

                   3. The Company has the requisite corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform the Stock Purchase Agreement. The
foregoing has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, duly executed and
delivered by an authorized officer of the Company and constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company according
to its terms.

                   4. To our knowledge, the capitalization of the Company
immediately prior to the Closing is as follows:

                        a. Common Stock. 10,000,000 shares of common stock
("Common Stock"), no par value, 3,780,000 shares of which have been duly
authorized and validly issued, are nonassessable, and to our knowledge, fully
paid.

                        b. There are no preemptive rights or options, warrants,
conversion privileges or other rights (or agreements for any such rights)
outstanding to purchase or otherwise obtain from the Company any of the
Company's securities.

                   5. The execution, delivery, performance and compliance with
the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement do not violate any provision of any
applicable federal or California corporate law or any provision of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws and, to our knowledge, do not conflict with
or constitute a default under the provisions of any judgment, writ, decree or
order or the material provisions of any material agreement to which the Company
is a party or by which it is bound.

                   6. All consents, approvals, permits, orders or authorizations
of, and all qualifications, registrations, designations, declarations or filings
with, any federal, or California state governmental authority on the part of the
Company required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of
the Stock Purchase Agreement have been

<PAGE>   35
obtained, and are effective, and we are not aware of any proceedings, or threat
thereof, which question the validity thereof.

                   7. Based in part upon the representations of Purchaser in the
Stock Purchase Agreement, the offer and sale of the Common Stock to Purchaser
pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement are exempt from the
registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

                   8. We are not aware that there is any action, proceeding or
governmental investigation pending against the Company, which questions the
validity of the Stock Purchase Agreement or the right of the Company or its
officers, directors and employees to enter into the Stock Purchase Agreement, or
which is not referred to in the Schedule of Exceptions.

<PAGE>   36
                                    EXHIBIT C

                     MATTERS TO BE COVERED IN THE OPINION OF
                  COUNSEL FOR EACH OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

    (i)   The Stock Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on
          behalf of the Selling Shareholder.

    (ii)  The Selling Shareholder has full power and authority, and any approval
          required by law (other than as required by State securities and blue
          sky laws as to which such counsel need express no opinion), to sell,
          assign, transfer and deliver the portion of the Stock to be sold by
          such Selling Shareholder.

    (iii) The stock power executed and delivered by the Selling Shareholder is a
          valid and binding instrument.

    (iv)  Upon payment for and delivery of the Common Stock with all necessary
          endorsements in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, and
          assuming the Purchaser is acquiring the shares of Common Stock in good
          faith without notice of any adverse claim, the Purchaser will be the
          owner of the shares of Common Stock, free and clear of any adverse
          claim.

                   In rendering such opinion such counsel for the Selling
Shareholders may rely, as to matters governed other than by the laws of the
State of California or Federal law on local counsel in such jurisdictions and,
as to the matters set forth in subparagraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), on other
counsel representing the respective Selling Shareholder provided that in each
case counsel for the Selling Shareholder shall state that they believe that they
and Intevac, Inc. are justified in relying on such other counsel.

<PAGE>   37
                                    EXHIBIT D

                 MATTERS TO BE COVERED IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL
                       TO INTEVAC, INC. (THE "PURCHASER")

                   1. The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, and the
Purchaser has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties
and to conduct its business as presently conducted.

                   2. The Purchaser has the requisite corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform the Stock Purchase Agreement. The
Stock Purchase Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Purchaser,
duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer of the Purchaser and
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable
against the Purchaser according to its terms.

                   3. The execution, delivery, performance and compliance with
the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement do not violate any provision of any
applicable federal or California corporate law or any provision of the Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws and, to our knowledge, do not conflict with or
constitute a default under the provisions of any judgment, writ, decree or
order.

                   4. All consents, approvals, permits, orders or authorizations
of, and all qualifications, registrations, designations, declarations or filings
with any federal or California state governmental authority on the part of the
Purchaser required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of
the Stock Purchase Agreement have been obtained, and are effective, and we are
not aware of any proceedings, or threat thereof, which question the validity
thereof.

                   5. We are not aware that there is any action, proceeding or
governmental investigation pending against the Purchaser, which questions the
validity of the Stock Purchase Agreement or the right of the Purchaser or its
officers, directors and employees to enter into the Stock Purchase Agreement.



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
 
                                 INTEVAC, INC.
 
                      COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       --------------------
                                               -----------------------------    APR. 1,     MAR. 30,
                                                1993       1994       1995        1995        1996
                                               -------    -------    -------    --------    --------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Shares used in Calculation of Net Income
  Per Share:
     Average Common Shares outstanding.......      674        700      3,653         690      12,249
     Net effect of dilutive stock options....      155        109        152         129         382
     Shares related to SAB Nos. 55, 64 and
       83:
       Stock options.........................      217        217        198         217       --
       Common stock issued...................      579        579        527         579       --
     Series A convertible preferred shares
       as-if-converted.......................    8,680      8,680      6,076       8,680       --
                                               -------    -------    -------    --------    --------
                                                10,305     10,285     10,606      10,295      12,631
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
Income from continuing operations............  $    66    $ 1,675    $ 5,765    $    467    $  1,897
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
Net income...................................  $ 1,523    $ 1,408    $ 7,100    $  1,802    $  1,897
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
Income per share from continuing
  operations.................................  $  0.01    $  0.16    $  0.54    $   0.05    $   0.15
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
Net income per share.........................  $  0.15    $  0.14    $  0.67    $   0.18    $   0.15
                                               =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>






<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated February 2,
1996 in the Registration Statement
(Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Intevac, Inc. for the registration of
2,587,500 shares of its common stock.
 
                                                               Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
June 6, 1996





<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated March 28, 1996 (except for Note 4, as to which the
date is June 5, 1996,) with respect to the financial statements of Lotus
Technologies, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related
Prospectus of Intevac, Inc. for the registration of 2,587,500 shares of its
common stock.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Jose, California
June 5, 1996